You are on page 1of 396


2010 2011
portland state university
bulletin 2010 | 2011
Vol 44 , Summer 2010

Copies of this catalog may be obtained by mailing

$6.00 plus $3.00 postage and handling to the PSU
Bookstore, General Book Department, 1715 SW
Fifth Avenue, Portland, OR 97201. Other countries:
$6.00 plus air-mail postage.

Information in this Bulletin is accurate as of February

2010. It has been compiled with care but may contain
errors. Any errors discovered should be reported to
the Office of Academic Affairs.

The Portland State University Bulletin is not a contract

but rather a guide for the convenience of students.
The University reserves the right to change or
withdraw courses; to change the fees, rules, and
calendar for admission, registration, instruction, and
graduation; and to change other regulations affecting
the student body, at any time.

Printed in Oregon on recycled paper.

Bulletin 2010 2011
P.O. Box 751
Portland, OR 97207-0751
Toll free: 1-800-547-8887
Table of Contents
Catalog Quick Reference 5

Welcome to Portland State University 17

Tuition, Fees, and Aid; Campus Services; School of Extended Studies; Office of International

Student Services 31

Undergraduate Studies 53
University Studies; University Honors; Military Science

Graduate Studies 57

School of Business Administration 75

Graduate School of Education 95

Maseeh College of Engineering and Computer Science 121

Civil and Environmental Engineering; Computer Science; Electrical and Computer
Engineering; Engineering and Technology Management; Mechanical and Materials

School of Fine and Performing Arts 157

Architecture; Art; Music; Theater Arts

College of Liberal Arts and Sciences 187

Anthropology; Applied Linguistics; Biology; Black Studies; Chemistry; Chicano/Latino
Studies; Communication; Conflict Resolution; Economics; English; Environmental Science
and Management; Geography; Geology; History; Interdisciplinary Studies; International
Studies; Judaic Studies; Mathematics and Statistics; Native American Studies; Philosophy;
Physics; Preprofessional Programs; Psychology; Science Education; Sociology; Speech and
Hearing Sciences; Women, Gender, and Sexuality Studies; World Languages and Literatures

School of Social Work 313

Child and Family Studies; Social Work

College of Urban and Public Affairs 325

School of Community Health; Hatfield School of Government; Toulan School of Urban
Studies and Planning

Directories 367

Index 387
4 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Portland State University

campus map

Campus Buildings Honors Building, University (UHP)....................... D-2 Sixth Avenue Building (SAB)....................................I-8
Academic and Student Rec Center........................... F-8 Koinonia House (KHSE).........................................E-7 Smith Memorial Student Union (SMSU)................ F-6
Art Building (AB).....................................................I-9 Lincoln Hall (LH)................................................... C-6 Unitus Building (UTS).............................................J-9
The Broadway (BHB)...............................................I-7 Market Center Building........................................ C-10 University Center Building (UCB).......................... G-8
Business Administration, School of (BA)................. F-7 Market Square Building...........................................B-8 University Place (UP)..............................................J-10
Campus Public Safety (CPSO)................................ H-6 Millar Library, Branford P. (ML, LIB)..................... G-4 University Services (USB)........................................E-7
Clay Building (CLY)................................................A-7 Native American Student and Community Center Urban Center (URBN)........................................... D-8
Cramer Hall (CH)...................................................E-6 (NASCC)................................................................J-6 West Heating Plant (WHP).................................... H-3
East Hall (EH)........................................................ H-7 Neuberger Hall (NH)............................................. G-6
Education, Graduate School of (ED)....................... F-7 Parking 1 (P1)......................................................... G-7 Campus Housing
Engineering Building (EB).................................... H-10 Parking 2 (P2)......................................................... D-7 Blackstone (BLKS).................................................. C-4
Engineering & Computer Science Annex (CECS).. H-8 Parking 3 (P3)......................................................... D-1 The Broadway (BHB).............................................. F-7
Extended Studies (XSB).......................................... D-4 Peter W. Stott Center (PSC).................................... H-4 Joseph C. Blumel Hall (JCB)...................................B-2
Fifth Avenue Cinema (CIN)................................... H-8 Peter W. Stott Community Field............................. G-3 King Albert (KNGA).............................................. C-2
Fourth Avenue Building (FAB)............................. G-10 PSU Bookstore (BOOK)..........................................E-8 Montgomery Court (MONT)................................ C-4
Harder House (HH)............................................... C-4 Research Greenhouses...............................................I-4 Ondine (OND).......................................................E-8
Harrison Street Building (HSB)............................... F-3 Science and Education Center (SEC)........................J-9 Parkway (PRKW).....................................................A-4
Helen Gordon Child Development Center Science Building 1 (SB1)........................................ D-3 St. Helens (STHL)...................................................B-2
(HGCDC)............................................................ C-1 Science Building 2 (SB2).........................................E-3 Stephen Epler Hall (SEH)....................................... C-2
Hoffmann Hall (HOFF).......................................... F-2 Shattuck Hall (SH)................................................. H-6 Stratford (STFR)......................................................A-3
Simon Benson House (SBH)...................................E-4
Quick Reference

Portland State University, operating from a Undergraduate students at Portland State

solid base of liberal and professional arts University may work toward a Bachelor of
and science, encourages innovative curricula Arts, a Bachelor of Science, or a Bachelor of
both on the undergraduate and the graduate Fine Arts degree in a wide variety of fields
levels through its degree, certificate, and from the academic colleges and professional
preprofessional programs. schools. The Bachelor of Music degree is
available for those seeking a professional
Major academic units music degree. Additionally, specialist certifi-
cate programs, minors, preprofessional pro-
School of Business Administration
grams, and secondary education programs
supplement the major studies and provide
Graduate School of Education many diverse opportunities. Master’s degrees are offered in numerous disciplines, and the
Maseeh College of Engineering and University offers 15 doctoral degrees,
Computer Science including degrees in applied physics, applied psychology, biology, chemistry, civil
engineering, computer science, education,
School of Fine and Performing Arts electrical and computer engineering, mathe-
matics education, mathematical sciences,
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences mechanical engineering, social work and social research, and four interdisciplinary
School of Social Work degrees in which approximately a dozen departments participate.
See page 7 for a list of the programs
College of Urban and Public Affairs offered at PSU and consult the index for further information about these programs.
6 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Academic calendar
FALL 2010 WINTER 2011 SPRING 2011 SUMMER 2011 FALL 2011

Graduate admission application

priority filing dates for University
application April 1 Sept. 1, 2010 Nov. 1, 2010 Feb. 1 April 1

International admission application

priority filing dates March 1 July 1, 2010 Nov. 1, 2010 Feb. 1 March 1

1Undergraduate admission application

priority filing dates June 1 Oct. 1, 2010 Feb. 1 May 1 Feb 1

2Advance registration begins May 10 Nov. 8, 2010 Feb. 14 May 2 May 9

Classes begin (day and evening) Sept. 27 Jan. 3 April 1 June 20 Sept. 26

Last day to enroll in classes, add a class,

or make section changes Oct. 8 Jan. 14 April 8 varies Oct. 7

Last day to drop

without course recorded as W Oct. 10 Jan. 16 April 10 varies Oct. 9

Last day of refund period Oct. 24 Jan. 30 April 24 varies Oct. 23

Last day to make changes in grading option Nov. 14 Feb. 20 May 15 varies Nov.13

Last day to withdraw from a class Nov. 14 Feb. 20 May 15 varies Nov. 13

Final examinations Dec. 6-11 March 14-19 June 6-11 3Aug. 10-12 Dec. 5-10

Term ends Dec. 11 March 19 June 11 Dec. 10

4Commencement days June 12 Aug. 13

Holidays Nov. 11 Nov. 11

Nov. 25-26 Jan. 17 May 30 July 4 Nov. 24-25

1Consult specific academic department for information on departmental deadlines and procedures for admission.
2Advance registration beginning dates are tentative. Refer to the annual Registration Guide or for infor-
mation on registration dates, deadlines and procedures.
3For eight-week courses.
4The annual commencement day is in June, and there is a summer ceremony in August. There are no ceremonies in fall or winter.
Catalog Quick Reference 7

Programs of study
Minor Certificate Bachelor’s Master’s Doctorate

Accounting   n      
Aging Services n    
Anthropology n   n n 1
Applied Linguistics:
Teaching English as a Second Language n n n n2  
Revitalizing Endangered Indigenous Languages
Architecture n   n n  
Undergraduate options: Art History; Art Practices; Drawing/Painting/
Printmaking; Graphic Design; Sculpture. Graduate options:
Contemporary Art Practices with an emphasis in either Social n   n n  
Practice or Studio Practice. Minor options: Art History; Design
Management; Drawing/Painting/Printmaking; Graphic Design;
Photography; Sculpture; Time Arts.
Arts and Letters     n    
Arts Studies     n    
n n n n n3
Undergraduate certificate: Biotechnology
Black Studies n n n    
Business Administration:
Undergraduate options: Accounting; Advertising Management;
Finance; General Management; Human Resource Management;
n n n n 1
Marketing; Supply and Logistics Management; Food Industry
Management Certificate. Graduate option: Financial Analysis,
Health Care Management.

n   n n n3
Undergraduate option: Biochemistry
Chicano/Latino Studies   n      
Child and Family Studies     n    
Civil Engineering:
n  n n3 n
Graduate certificate in Transportation.
Civic Leadership n
Communication Studies n n4 n n  

Community Development n   n    

Community Health n
Computer Applications n        

Computer Engineering     n 7 7

Computer Science n  n 4 n n n
Conflict Resolution       n  
8 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Minor Certificate Bachelor’s Master’s Doctorate

Contemporary Turkish Studies n     n  

Criminology and Criminal Justice n n n n 5
Dance n      
Earth Science n
Economics n n4 n n 1,3,5
Graduate options: Elementary Education, Secondary Education,
Special Education, ESL/Bilingual Education, Library/Media, n n4 n n
Counseling, Educational Leadership and Policy, and Post-Secondary
Electrical Engineering n   n 7 7
Electrical and Computer Engineering   n4   n n
Engineering & Technology Management       n n 1,8
English: Writing n   n n  
Environmental Engineering n   n n3 n
Environmental Management       n  
Environmental & Resource Economics   n4   n  
Environmental Sciences and Resources   n4 n n n
European Studies   n      
Film  n   n    
Foreign Languages:
Undergraduate options: Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Japanese,
Russian, Spanish, combination of two or more of these languages; n n n n  
Certificates: Teaching Japanese as a Foreign Language; Advanced
Proficiency in Russian; Graduate options: French, German, Spanish.

Foreign Literatures and Languages       n  

Geography n   n n 3,5
Undergraduate option: Environmental Geology minor. Graduate n n4 n n 3
option: Geohydrology
Gerontology   n4      
Health Care Management   n   n  
Health Studies:
Undergraduate options: Aging Services; Community Health
n   n n  
Education; Health Sciences; Physical Activity/Exercise; School Health;
M.P.H. option: Health Promotion.
History n   n n  
Infant and Toddler Mental Health n n4 n n  
Interdisciplinary Film Studies n        
Interdisciplinary Studies       n  
International Business Studies   n      
International Development Studies   n n    
Catalog Quick Reference 9

Minor Certificate Bachelor’s Master’s Doctorate

International Economics n        
International Management       n  
International Studies:
African Studies; Canadian Studies; East Asian Studies; European
n   n    
Studies; International Development Studies; Latin American Studies;
Middle East Studies.

Judaic Studies n        
Latin American Studies   n      
Law and Legal Studies n
Liberal Studies     n    
Management of New Product Development   n4    
Manufacturing Engineering n
Mathematics n n4 n n n
Mathematics Education         n
Mechanical Engineering:
    n n n
Materials Science and Engineering
Middle East Studies   n      
n   n n  
Jazz minor; Graduate options: Conducting, Jazz, Performance
Native American Studies n        
Philosophy n   n    
Physics n   n n 3
Political Science n   n n 5
Psychology n n n n n
Public Administration:
M.P.A. option: Health Administration; M.P.H. option: Health       n n5
Administration and Policy
Public Affairs and Policy n
Public Management   n4   n  
Real Estate Development n n4
  n n    
Options: Biology; Chemistry; Environmental; General; Geology
Social Science     n n  
Social Work     n n n
Sociology n   n n n 1,5
Software Engineering   n4   n  
Speech and Hearing Sciences n   n n  
Statistics       n  
Sustainability   n4      
Sustainable Urban Development n
10 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Minor Certificate Bachelor’s Master’s Doctorate

Systems Engineering   n4   n  
Systems Science:
Options for Ph.D.: Anthropology; Business Administration; Civil
  n4   n n
Engineering; Economics; Engineering Management; General;
Mathematics; Mechanical Engineering; Psychology; Sociology.

Theater Arts n   n n  
Transportation n4
Urban Design n4  
Urban Studies and Planning:
n n4   n n5
Graduate option: Urban and Regional Planning; Regional Science
Women’s Studies:
Options for minor: Sexuality, Gender & Queer Studies; Women’s n n n    
Options: Book Publishing, Creative Writing, Technical Writing

Preprofessional Programs: agriculture; chiropractic; clinical laboratory science; cytotechnology; dentistry; forestry; law; medicine; naturopathic medicine;
nuclear medicine technology; nursing; occupational therapy; optometry; osteopathy; pharmacy; physical therapy; physician assistant; podiatry; radiation
therapy; veterinary medicine.
1 Departments participating in multidisciplinary doctoral program of systems science.
2 Offered by Department of Applied Linguistics as Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL).
3 Departments participating in multidisciplinary doctoral program of environmental sciences and resources.
4 Graduate certificate.
5 Departments participating in multidisciplinary doctoral programs of urban studies and public administration and policy.
6 M.A./M.S. offered by Graduate School of Education. M.A.T./M.S.T. offered in cooperation with appropriate department.
7 M.S., M.Eng., and Ph.D. in Electrical and Computer Engineering.
8 M.S., M.Eng., and Ph.D. in Engineering and Technology Management.
Catalog Quick Reference 11

University graduate
admission requirements
University requirements for admission to sion statuses: other categories of graduate study and concurrent-
graduate certificates or degrees.To be admit- Regular status. Students who meet the ly pursue a postbaccalaureate certificate.
ted to Portland State University for the purpose of University requirements and are recommended for Postbaccalaureate. Students not currently
pursuing graduate work, applicants must satisfy admission by their departments are given Regular working toward a degree but who wish to register
minimum University requirements and be accept- status. To be considered for admission with for more than 8 graduate credits may be admitted
ed by the department in which the graduate work Regular status, the applicant must have a cumula- to postbaccalaureate status. A postbaccalaureate
is proposed. University graduate admission eligi- tive undergraduate GPA of 2.75 or higher. student may find departmental enrollment limita-
bility is based on having been awarded a baccalau- Applicants who have already earned 9 or more let- tions on many courses.
reate degree from a regionally accredited institu- ter-graded graduate credits must have a cumula- A postbaccalaureate student wishing to be
tion, having achieved a minimal accepted GPA, tive graduate GPA of 3.00 or higher; this GPA admitted to a graduate certificate or degree pro-
and recommendation from the appropriate supersedes the undergraduate GPA. A student gram must apply in the same way as any other
department. Any applicant whose native language who has Regular status is eligible to be a graduate applicant, meet the general University require-
is not English and who has not received a bacca- assistant. ments, and be recommended for admission by the
laureate, master’s, or doctoral degree from a University Conditional status. Students who department. Courses completed in a postbaccalau-
regionally accredited U.S. institution or an equiv- do not meet GPA requirements for Regular status reate status are not automatically applied toward a
alently accredited institution in Australia, English- are given University Conditional status if they are graduate degree; each course must be evaluated
speaking Canada, Ireland, New Zealand, or the recommended for admission by their departments and recommended by the department and is con-
United Kingdom must pass the Test of English as and have a cumulative undergraduate GPA sidered pre-admission credit to which all pre-
a Foreign Language (TOEFL); the International between 2.50 and 2.74. After completing 9 letter- admission limits and requirements apply. (See sec-
English Language Testing System exam (IELTS) graded graduate credits with a GPA of 3.00 or tion on pre-admission and transfer credit, page 61.)
may be substituted for the TOEFL. higher, students with University Conditional sta- Departmental Request for Special
Portland State University will not confer active tus will automatically be given Regular status. Admission. In cases when a student does not
admission status to any graduate student pending Students admitted on University Conditional sta- meet minimum University admission require-
an expected baccalaureate degree without formal tus who do not achieve a GPA of 3.00 or higher ments, departments may choose to submit a
written notification from the Registrar of the con- after completing 9 letter-graded graduate credits Graduate Admission – Special Approval Request
ferring institution confirming that all require- will have their admission canceled. A student who (GO-20 form). This process may only be initiated
ments for the degree have been met and stating has University Conditional status is not eligible to by a department (not a student).
the date the degree will be conferred. If admitted be a graduate assistant. Exceptional admission procedures for for-
on this basis, an official transcript showing the Department Conditional status. Department eign students. In situations beyond the control
degree will be required during the term of admis- Conditional status may be imposed on a student of a foreign applicant, when transcripts and docu-
sion or the admission will be canceled. who has a deficiency in departmental require- ments are not available to confirm completion of
Three-Year Bridge Program. This program is an ments. These conditions may include GPA a baccalaureate degree in a foreign university, the
alternate method of meeting graduate admission requirements or additional coursework and may Dean of Graduate Studies may employ a special
requirements. It is designed for international stu- be more rigorous than University Conditional sta- admissions procedure. Upon referral by the
dents coming from non-Bologna-compliant three- tus or other University standards. Department Admissions staff responsible for foreign student
year baccalaureate degree programs recognized by Conditional status can only be removed by the admission and recommendation of the admitting
the Ministries of Education in their home coun- department with a Request for Change of Status department, a special panel consisting of three
tries. This program comprises approximately one form (GO-7). Students who do not fulfill the faculty may be appointed to review the materials
year of academic study intended to bridge the dif- requirements of their Department Conditional available and interview the applicant. The panel
ferences between the applicant’s degree and a four- status can have their admission canceled by the shall consist of one member of the admitting
year U.S. baccalaureate degree. Students are invit- department. A student who has Departmental department, one member of the Graduate
ed to participate in this program only if they have Conditional status is eligible to be a graduate Council, and a representative of the Office of
been recommended for admission by their depart- assistant. Graduate Studies. The panel will evaluate the edu-
ments. Both University Conditional and Department cational background and preparation of the appli-
Departmental requirements. A department Conditional status. Students who have both cant and review documents including letters and
may have additional admission requirements University Conditional status and Department written testimony of persons who serve as refer-
based on previous academic achievement, scores Conditional status are subject to all of the policies ences or are cognizant of the circumstances of the
on Graduate Record Examinations or other tests, stated above. University Conditional status and applicant’s situation. The panel may determine
letters of recommendation, a portfolio, or an Department Conditional status are converted to that an equivalency of a baccalaureate degree was
autobiographical statement. Information regarding Regular status independent of each other, and earned and, if so, may recommend that the stu-
departmental requirements can only be obtained usually not at the same time. A student who has dent be admissible in regular or conditional status;
directly from the specific department. Admission both University Conditional status and or it may determine that an equivalency of a bac-
is selective and meeting minimum requirements Department Conditional status is not eligible to calaureate degree was not earned, and, if so, it
does not guarantee admission. The number of stu- be a graduate assistant. may recommend that specific additional prepara-
dents admitted to a particular program is limited tion be required in order to meet the admission
to the resources available. Other Admission Categories standard. The Dean of Graduate Studies shall
Certificate. All students working in a planned make a final determination based upon the rec-
Admission Statuses program leading only to a postbaccalaureate (not ommendation and the evidence presented.
All admitted graduate certificate and degree stu- graduate) certificate are given certificate admis-
dents will be assigned one of the following admis- sion. Certificate students may be admitted to
12 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Summary of procedures
for master’s degrees
The following outline summarizes the Portland (For detailed information about “Options for d. The final thesis must be submitted to
State University procedural requirements for mas- Meeting the Graduate Second Language OGS no later than three weeks prior to the
ter's degrees. Additional information can be found Requirement for MA and MAT students,” see close of the term of application for gradua-
in the Office of Graduate Studies (OGS) section page 65.) tion. For details about thesis formatting, sub-
and on the applicable forms; additional require- 8. Submit a Graduate Degree Program form mission, and specific deadlines, see the OGS
ments may be imposed by specific programs. (GO-12), planned with and approved by the fac- website. Required formatting revisions must
1. Apply for admission about six months prior to ulty adviser and signed by the department chair or be made before graduation.
the beginning of the term for which admission is department graduate committee chair, to OGS no 12. In the case of a non-thesis final oral examina-
requested. Check with the specific department later than the first week of the term of graduation. tions, the committee shall consist of at least two
about the deadlines. Note that you must apply to Deadlines are available on the OGS website. members of the student's department, including
the university and department separately. 9. Submit the Application for Awarding of the student's adviser. At the discretion of the
2. Prior to registration, become familiar with Master’s or Doctoral Degree form in OGS no department, a faculty member from another
general regulations and procedures for the mas- later than the first week of the term of graduation. department may be added; that member would be
ter's degree as described in the Bulletin. Deadlines are available on the OGS website. selected by the adviser, the department chair, or
the departmental graduate committee chair,
3. Prior to first term registration, meet with fac- 10. A minimum enrollment of one graduate credit
according to department policy. For MAT and
ulty adviser assigned by program director and plan is required during the term in which oral or writ-
MST students, one member of the committee is
a preliminary program of study. ten exams are taken. A thesis student must be reg-
required to be added from the Graduate School of
4. If graduate courses taken while an undergradu- istered for at least one credit in every term in
Education or a faculty member with pedagogical
ate at PSU and not used in the bachelor's degree which the student is working on any phase of the-
expertise in the student’s discipline. The oral
are to be considered for use in the graduate pro- sis, including data development or collection,
examination must be scheduled no less than two
gram, the Reservation of Graduate Credit form writing, revision, defense, and finalization through
weeks before the end of the term.
(GO-10) must be filed in OGS no later than the acceptance by OGS.
13. If there are any changes in a GO-12 form, a
term following admission to a graduate degree 11. If thesis is to be submitted:
Change in Graduate Degree Program form (GO-
program; students are encouraged to file this form a. Adviser submits the Appointment of Final 13) must be filed.
before graduation with the baccalaureate degree. Oral Examination Committee form
(Applicable only for courses completed at PSU, 14. Schedule and pass final master's examinations,
(GO-16M) approximately two weeks before
limited to 12 credits maximum.) Reserved credits if required, at least two weeks before date of grad-
the end of the term preceding the term of the
are also subject to all pre-admission limits and uation.
defense; see the OGS website specific dates.
requirements. The chair of the thesis committee must be 15. An Incomplete or In-Progress grade in any
5. If pre-admission credits (courses taken at a regular, full-time PSU instructional faculty, course, excluding thesis (see #17 below), which is
regionally accredited institution before the term of tenured or tenure-track, assistant professor or on the approved program (GO-12) must be
formal admission to the PSU graduate degree pro- higher in rank; the other committee members removed before graduation.
gram) or transfer credit (courses taken at any time may include adjunct and fixed-term faculty. 16. All M (Missing) grades in PSU graduate
from another regionally accredited institution) are Two of the committee members (the chair courses that could potentially be letter graded
to be included in the master’s program of study, and one other member) must be from the stu- must be removed before graduation, even if the
the Proposed Pre-admission and Transfer Credit dent’s department; the third member may be courses are not listed on the student’s approved
form (GO-21) must be filed in OGS for approval. from the student’s department or may be PSU GO-12.
It is strongly suggested that this form be submit- faculty from another department or OHSU 17. Adviser is responsible for the completion of
ted early in the student's program; it must be faculty. If it is necessary to go off campus for the Recommendation for the Degree form
approved before the GO-12 can be approved. one additional committee member with spe- (GO-17M), which is due in OGS after end-of-
6. If admitted with University Conditional and/ cific expertise not available among PSU facul- term grades are posted. IP (In-Progress) grades for
or Department Conditional status, meet all condi- ty, a CV for that proposed member must be required thesis credits are changed on the
tions. Departments must submit a Request for presented with the GO-16M form; that mem- GO-17M form, eliminating the need for
Change of Status form (GO-7) to remove ber must be in addition to the required three Supplemental Grade Reports for these courses.
Department Conditions status. University PSU faculty members. All committee mem- Outstanding grades for all other required courses
Conditional status will automatically be removed bers must have master’s degrees. No defense must be submitted by the instructor directly to
after completion of the first 9 letter-graded gradu- shall be valid without a thesis committee the Office of Admissions, Registration, and
ate credits after admission with a 3.00 GPA or approved by OGS. Records.
higher. University and Departmental Conditional b. The thesis defense must take place at least 18. The Dean of Graduate Studies certifies that all
status are converted to Regular status independent five weeks prior to the end of the term of requirements for the degree have been met and
of each other, and usually not at the same time. anticipated graduation and all members must recommends the awarding of the degree.
Students must be in Regular status in order to receive a complete copy of the thesis at least 19. The degree is awarded in the Student
graduate. two weeks prior to the defense date. For sum- Information System by the Registrar’s Office,
7. For an MA or MAT degree, meet the second mer term graduation, deadlines apply to the which causes a diploma to be produced. Diplomas
language requirement. This requirement must be regular eight-week Summer Session dates. are available in the Office of Degree Requirements
met before the Appointment of Final Oral c. Student must check with the faculty advis- (104 Neuberger Hall) approximately one full term
Examination Committee form (GO-16M) or er and thesis committee chair to assure com- after the degree is awarded. (Please note that com-
Graduate Degree Program form (GO-12) can be pletion of requirements prior to final defense. mencement is not the same as graduation.)
approved or before any final exam may be taken.
Catalog Quick Reference 13

Summary of procedures
for doctoral degrees
The following outline summarizes the Portland a proposal defense. The dissertation committee higher minimums.
State University procedural requirements for doc- must be approved by OGS using the Appointment 2. Under direction of the chair of the dissertation
toral degrees. Additional information is in the of Doctoral Dissertation Committee form committee, and in consultation with the members
Office of Graduate Studies (OGS) section and on (GO-16D). The dissertation committee must con- of the dissertation committee, the candidate pre-
the applicable forms; additional requirements may sist of five to seven PSU faculty members: the dis- pares a preliminary draft of the dissertation. The
be imposed by specific programs. sertation adviser, a minimum of three and a maxi- draft is revised and corrected as directed by the dis-
mum of five regular members, and the Graduate sertation committee until it meets the approval of
Pre-candidacy For Degree
Office Representative. The chair of the dissertation the committee.
1. After admission to a specific program, each committee and the Graduate Office Representative
student is assigned to a faculty adviser by the pro- 3. The candidate files the Application for
must be regular, full-time PSU instructional facul-
gram director. A preliminary course of study is Awarding of the Master’s or Doctoral Degree form
ty, tenured or tenure-track, assistant professor or
developed in consultation with the adviser. with the Office of Graduate Studies no later than
higher in rank; the other three to five committee
the first week of the anticipated term of gradua-
2. In some programs the student may be required members may include adjunct or fixed-term facul-
tion. Deadlines are available on the OGS website.
to pass preliminary examinations. ty and/or one member of the OHSU faculty. If it
is necessary to go off-campus for one committee 4. After preparation of the written dissertation, the
3. Upon satisfactory completion of 9 credits of
member with specific expertise not available candidate’s dissertation committee will conduct a
coursework and not later than six months prior to
among PSU faculty, a curriculum vitae (CV) for dissertation defense. A dissertation defense may be
the completion of the comprehensive examina-
that proposed member must be presented with the scheduled only during the regular academic terms,
tions, an advisory committee consisting of at least
GO-16D form. This off-campus member may at least five weeks prior to the end of the term of
three members is appointed by the program direc-
substitute for one of the three to five regular com- anticipated graduation. For summer term gradua-
mittee members. All committee members must tion, deadlines apply to the regular eight-week
4. Second language examinations, if required, Summer Session dates. The student must deliver a
must be passed before the comprehensive examina- have doctoral degrees. No proposal defense shall
be valid without a dissertation committee final draft of the dissertation to all members of the
tion. Notice of passing of the examination is sent approved committee no fewer than two weeks
to the Dean of Graduate Studies. approved by OGS.
before the dissertation defense. All committee
5. For the residency requirement, each doctoral 9. The proposal meeting must take place in a for-
members or alternates approved in advance by the
student must register for and successfully complete mal meeting of the entire approved dissertation
Dean of Graduate Studies must be present for the
three consecutive terms of 9 or more graduate committee; the student will make an oral presenta-
dissertation defense.
credits applicable to the degree after admission to tion of the written proposal. The doctoral program
recommends the student for advancement to can- 5. The final dissertation must be submitted to the
the doctoral program at PSU. Summer term may Office of Graduate Studies not later than three
be included (i.e., spring, summer, fall 2010) or didacy once the dissertation proposal has been
approved. If the student has not satisfied the resi- weeks prior to the close of the term of application
excluded (i.e., spring 2010, fall 2010, winter for graduation. For details about formatting, sub-
2011) in calculating consecutive terms. dency requirement, a plan for doctoral residency
compliance must also accompany the request for mission, and specific deadlines, as well as informa-
6. A program of study is prepared by the advisory candidacy. tion about microfilming and copyright of the dis-
committee in consultation with the student. The sertation and National Research Council Survey of
student’s program is recommended to the program 10. After proposal approval, the student submits a
Earned Doctorates, see the OGS website.
director; after approval, copies are distributed to Human Subjects Research Review Committee
(HSRRC) application to the Office of Research 6. All M (Missing) grades in PSU graduate courses
the student, adviser, program director, and Dean that could potentially be letter graded must be
of Graduate Studies. All coursework on the pro- and Sponsored Projects if human subjects are
involved in the research in any way. A student can- removed no later than two weeks before gradua-
gram of study, with the possible exception of semi- tion, even if the courses are not listed on the stu-
nar and internships, must be completed before a not be advanced to candidacy until HSRRC
approval is granted. dent’s approved doctoral program of study.
student can be advanced to candidacy. For stu-
11. The student is informed by the Dean of 7. The doctoral program completes the
dents entering a doctoral program with a master’s
Graduate Studies of advancement to candidacy for Recommendation for the Degree form (GO-17D)
degree, a maximum of five years will be allowed
the doctoral degree. The candidate has a minimum which is forwarded to OGS. In-progress grades for
from admission to completion of all required com-
of four months and a maximum of five years from 603 dissertation credits are changed on this form,
prehensive examinations. For students entering
the effective date of advancement to candidacy to eliminating the need for Supplemental Grade
with a bachelor’s degree, a maximum of two addi-
complete all requirements for graduation, includ- Reports for these courses.
tional years will be added to this limit, for a maxi-
mum of seven years from admission to completion ing defense of the dissertation and its final accep- 8. The Dean of Graduate Studies certifies that all
of all comprehensive examinations. tance by the Office of Graduate Studies. requirements for the degree have been met and rec-
Candidates must be continuously enrolled during ommends the awarding of the degree.
7. The comprehensive examinations are scheduled
and administered in accordance with established that period. 9. The degree is awarded in the Student
rules of the program. The results of the examina- Information System by the Registrar’s Office,
Candidacy For The Degree
tion are sent to the Dean of Graduate Studies. which causes a diploma to be produced. Diplomas
1. Ph.D. students must register for a minimum of are available in the Office of Degree Requirements
Students have a maximum of three years from the 27 hours of dissertation (603) credits before gradu-
completion of comprehensive examinations to (104 Neuberger Hall) approximately one full term
ation; Ed.D. students must register for a minimum after the degree is awarded. (Please note that com-
advancement to candidacy. of 18 hours of dissertation (603) credits before mencement is not the same as graduation. Doctoral
8. After passing the comprehensive examination graduation. A minimum continuing enrollment of students must be certified by OGS in order to par-
and identifying a dissertation topic, a dissertation one graduate credit is required through the term a ticipate in the PSU Spring and Summer
committee is appointed and the student must pass student graduates. Doctoral programs may set Commencement ceremonies.)
14 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Key to course descriptions

   
Art 489/589 Metal Sculpture (3)
Bronze or aluminum sculpture cast by the lost wax process. Welded metal sculpture fabrication using gas, electric, and heliarc welding methods. Experimental
materials, methods, and concepts optional, consistent with the facilities and circumstances. Maximum: 12 credits. Prerequisite: 12 credits in elementary
sculpture or consent of instructor.

 

 Course prefix/Subject. These letters indicate the department or aca-

demic unit which offers the course.
be taken for more than one term under the same number), with credit
being granted according to the amount of work done: 199/299/399,
Special Studies; 401, 501, 601, 801, Research; 402, 502, 602, 802,
 Course numbering system. Courses throughout the Oregon University Independent Study; 403 Honors Thesis; 503 Thesis/603 Dissertation;
System (OUS) are numbered as follows: 404, 504, 604, 804, Cooperative Education/Internship; 405, 505, 605,
0-99 Noncredit courses or credit courses of a remedial, terminal, 805, Reading and Conference; 406, 506, 606, 806, Problems/Projects;
or semiprofessional nature not applicable toward degree requirements. 407, 507, 607, 807, Seminar; 408, 508, 608, 808, Workshop; 409,
509, 609, 809, Practicum; and 410, 510, 610, 810, Selected Topics.
100-299 Courses on the lower-division level.
Other repeating numbers are assigned to activity courses, such as art,
300-499 Courses on the upper-division level. music, and physical education. Certain senior level courses are taught
concurrently with their graduate-level counterparts. Hence this course
4xx/5xx Master’s level graduate courses which are also offered as
may be offered for either graduate or undergraduate credit. (See quarter-
courses for undergraduates.
ly Schedule of Classes for specific offering.) In the graduate credit
5xx Graduate courses offered in support of master’s degree level course, additional work appropriate to the graduate level of study will
instructional programs. Ordinarily employed for units whose be assigned.
majors have access to master’s programs or for courses popu-
lated by master’s students.
 Course title. The official title of the course is listed next to the course
5xx/6xx Graduate courses offered in support of doctoral degree level number. A subtitle may be used as part of an omnibus course title.
instructional programs which are also offered as courses for  Credits. The numeral or words in parentheses indicate the number of
master’s level students.
credits granted for one term of study in a particular course. Where
6xx Graduate courses offered in support of doctoral degree level approved departmental combinations of courses are listed together, the
instructional programs. Ordinarily employed for units whose first number in parentheses refers to the first course number and so on
majors have access to doctorate programs or for courses pop- respectively. Example: Art 373, 374, 375 Creative Sculpture (3, 3, 3).
ulated by doctorate students.

7xx Postbaccalaureate courses which may not be applied toward Maximum credits. This designation, which appears in descriptions of
an academic degree. activity courses, such as art, music, and physical education, means that
students may continue to earn credit in this course for more than one
8xx In-service courses with limited application toward advanced
term up to specified limits.
degrees and no application toward undergraduate degrees.
 Prerequisites. Students are responsible for making sure prerequisites
In addition, the following number system is generally in effect in all
OUS institutions: 100 to 110 and 200 to 210 courses are survey or have been met. Prerequisites are automatically enforced in departments
foundation courses in the liberal arts and sciences in the disciplines cov- at the time of registration. Recommended prerequisites are at the discre-
ered. The following numbered courses are repeating courses (they may tion of the instructor.
Catalog Quick Reference 15

University Housing
If you have any questions about on-campus housing, contact the University Housing Office.

Location The Broadway Building, Suite 210

625 SW Jackson Street
Call 503-725-4375
Hours 9:00am-5:00pm, Mon., Tues., Wed., Fri.
10:00am-5:00pm Thurs.

Housing Options
University Housing offers ten different building options. Units include traditional furnished double-occupancy residence halls, sleepers, studios, and a very
limited number of one- and two-bedroom apartments.
Unit Definitions
Sleeper: a small single room with a community bath and community kitchen.
Studio: an efficiency apartment with its own kitchen and bath.
Two-bedroom: limited and only available to families with children.
Suites: double or single occupancy, furnished rooms that share kitchen and bath space with the adjacent unit.
Furnished double: a majority of our units; they are usually a one-room unit furnished with 2 sets of beds, desks, desk chairs and dressers and are occupied by
roommates assigned to each other by the University Housing office.
The rates for University Housing include all utilities, plus high speed internet and telephone service in all of our buildings. Most buildings also include cable
Fine Print
PSU students must take a minimum number of credit hours to be eligible for housing (8 for undergraduate, 4 for graduate). The University Housing
Contract is a legally binding agreement; please read the contract Terms and Conditions before signing anything. You can find the contract, as well as the
Terms and Conditions on the University Housing website. Once you’ve determined that University Housing is the right fit for you submit your contract as
quickly as possible. Assignment priority is based on date of contract receipt.
Residence Life
University Housing and Residence Life work together to further students’ personal growth and academic development. We have three Living Learning
Communities that explore individual values while encouraging appreciation for interpersonal skills and social responsibility. All LLC contracts are Academic
Year (9 month) contracts.
The Russian Immersion program on the fifth floor of Stephen Epler Hall is an intensive Living Learning Community open to all students who are intermedi-
ate to advanced speakers of Russian (approximately third-year level Russian or above). Residence here is also very appropriate for students from Russian fami-
lies and native speakers. It is a small community of students whose goals are to expand their opportunities to speak Russian beyond the classroom and to share
in related activities that are coordinated by the participants with the Russian-speaking Teaching Assistant and Resident Assistant.
16 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

University Housing
University Housing Building Descriptions Room types and proposed 2010-2011 rate ranges
(Housing fees are charged to your PSU student account at the beginning
of each academic term.) Rates may change without notice.
Blackstone Sleepers $1,410-2,090
(Built in 1931)This historic, five-story structure offers 13 sleepers, 14 studios, 20 Studios $2,135-2,175
one-bedroom and six two-bedroom units. It is located on the Park Blocks. One- and two-bedrooms $1,360-3,770
(Built in 2004) Unfurnished single- and double-occupancy studios $2,425, $1,565
This environmentally friendly modern building has 282 non-smoking, double Furnished single- and double-occupancy studios $2,525, $1,655
occupancy furnished and unfurnished studios, a large computer lab and retail out-
lets at street level.
Broadway: First Year Experience (FYE)
The First Year Experience is a Living Learning Community (LLC) that offers FYE single- and double-occupancy studios $3,115, $4,110
social and academic programming, along with a meal plan. FYE residents live in
furnished, double occupancy studios with a private kitchenette and bathroom.
Joseph C. Blumel Hall
Single- and double-occupancy one-bedrooms $2,705, $1,620
(Built in 1986)
Single-, double-, and triple-occupancy extended one-bedrooms $2,855,
This nine story, L-shaped building offers 189 double occupancy, unfurnished
one-bedroom units.
King Albert
(Built in 1931) Studios $1,825-2,155
This historic building has 64 generously sized studios and is home to The Meetro,
an on-campus coffee house. (Single occupancy only.)
Montgomery Court
(Built in 1916) Sleepers $1,295-1,650
Located centrally on campus, this historic building was the first all-women’s resi-
dence in Portland. Today, it houses the Women’s Resource Center, Resident
Housing Association, Housing Facilities and a large student lounge. Floors 2-4 are
furnished sleeper units that include mini-fridges.
(Built in 1969)
This landmark building includes 287 furnished double- and single-occupancy stu- Single- and double-occupancy studio suites $1,930, $1,250
dio suites, recently renovated lounge space and a cafeteria on the ground floor.
Ondine: First Year Experience (FYE)
The First Year Experience is a Living Learning Community (LLC) that offers social First Year Experience single- and double-occupancy studios
and academic programming, along with a meal plan. FYE residents live in furnished, $2,680/$3,485
double occupancy studio or studio suites with a private bathroom and kitchenette.
Sleeper $1,330/$1,440
(Built in 1932)
Studios $2,020
This historic building is a five story structure, also located on the Park Blocks.
One- and two-bedrooms $1,385/$3,770
It offers 13 sleepers, 10 studios, 24 one-bedroom and seven two-bedroom units.
Sleepers share a community kitchen and community bathroom..
St. Helens
(Built in 1928) Studio $2,110/$2,190
This residence facility is directly across from the King Albert. It includes 35 stu- One-bedrooms $2,805/$1,870
dios, and 15 one-bedroom units.
Stephen Epler
(Built in 2003) Unfurnished single- and double-occupancy studios $2,425, $1,565
This modern, environmentally friendly building is made up of 130 studios with a Furnished single- and double-occupancy studios $1,840 (double,
private bathroom and kitchenette. The first level contains classrooms and office no singles)
Stephen Epler: Global Village (GV)
This dynamic Living Learning community is located on the sixth floor.
Students from around the world share an interest in community involvement Global Village double-occupancy studios
and leadership. GV residents live in furnished, double-occupancy studios Russian Immersion double-occupancy studios
with a private bathroom and kitchenette.
(Built in 1927)
This historic building includes 21 studios and ten one-bedroom units. Studios $2,090/$2,170
One-bedrooms $2,770/$1,385
For more specific and up-to-date information about buildings, rates, and eligibility check us out on the Web at Rates may change
without notice.
Welcome to
Portland State

Engaged with the community Distinguished programs and faculty

Portland State University is a nationally rec- Many of Portland State’s disciplinary
ognized leader in community engagement, programs are nationally ranked in the top 20
combining academic rigor in the classroom in the United States, and U.S. News & World
with community-based learning. With a stu- Report has ranked Portland State’s
dent body of 28,000, Portland State is curriculum among the best in the nation for
selected by more students than any other the past eight years. The innovative
Oregon University. The university’s urban University Studies program, a four-year
setting and focus on community partner- general education program which promotes
ships, acts as a “living laboratory” that suc- community-based learning, interdisciplinary
cessfully prepares tomorrow’s forward think- teaching and learning and engagement in
ing leaders with the experience needed to real world problems, has established
succeed. Portland State as a national model for other
colleges and universities, seeking to adapt

Vision, Mission, Values and Priorities

Our vision is to be an internationally recognized urban university known for excellence in
student learning, innovative research, and community engagement that contributes to the
economic vitality, environmental sustainability, and quality of life in the Portland region
and beyond.
The mission of Portland State University is to enhance the intellectual, social, cultural,
and economic qualities of urban life by providing access throughout the life span to a
quality liberal education for undergraduates and an appropriate array of professional and
graduate programs especially relevant to metropolitan areas. The University conducts
research and community service that support a high quality educational environment and
reflect issues important to the region. It actively promotes the development of a network
of educational institutions to serve the community.
Portland State values learning and discovery, access to learning, a climate of mutual
respect, openness and reflection, and community and civic engagement. Engagement
among faculty, students and the community contributes to learning and scholarship that
is globally relevant and regionally focused. Sustainability is an important programmatic
The following themes guide our efforts and direct our resources:
 Provide Civic Leadership through Partnerships.
 Improve Student Success.
 Achieve Global Excellence.
 Enhance Educational Opportunity.
 Expand Resources and Improve Effectiveness.
18 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

their curriculum to better engage with their Silver certification. The new buildings include Roger N. Edgington (interim president),
own communities. such sustainable design features as ecoroofs, 1988 to 1990; Judith A. Ramaley, 1990 to
Portland State professors are prized for rainwater harvesting, and geothermal heating 1997; Daniel O. Bernstine, 1997 to 2007;
their knowledge, research, achievements, and cooling systems. Michael F. Reardon (interim president),
and, ability to engage students. Faculty Working with like-minded sustainable 2007 to 2008; and Wim Wiewel, 2008 to
come to Portland State from colleges and businesses, individuals, and organizations, present.
universities around the world. Though faculty and students are performing valuable
diverse in culture, background, language, research on alternative energy sources such Accreditation
and ethnicity, they come to Portland unified as solar panels; aggressive waste reduction
Portland State University is accredited by
in their commitment to be part of the and recycling programs; sustainable building
the Northwest Commission on Colleges and
University’s exceptional approach to learn- practices; and much more. Many of the
Universities, the official accrediting agency
ing, engagement, and research. University’s 213 bachelor’s, master’s, and
for the region.
PSU’s motto, “Let knowledge serve the doctoral degrees encourage students to con-
Various schools and departments within
city,” inspires faculty research locally and sider issues that integrate economic, social,
the University also are accredited by special
around the world. Many professors conduct and environmental viewpoints. Armed with
agencies. The undergraduate and graduate
research that addresses some of society’s most this knowledge and experience, they will
programs and the accounting program of
perplexing challenges—providing students join a generation of leaders building a more
the School of Business Administration are
with firsthand knowledge and opportunities sustainable world, one idea at a time.
accredited by The Association to Advance
for involvement and collaboration in their
Portland: The community is our Collegiate Schools of Business International.
communities. Faculty use their expertise to
The Graduate School of Education teacher
serve the region through their work with campus education programs are accredited by the
businesses, not-for-profits, and governmental
Portland State University’s prized location in National Council for Accreditation of
agencies and by holding key posts in profes-
the middle of a major city guarantees students Teacher Education and by the Oregon
sional, cultural, and civic groups.
are always within easy reach of something Teacher Standards and Practices
Research: Globally relevant, exciting. Parks, museums, cafes, theaters, Commission. The counseling program is
shopping, acclaimed restaurants, and profes- accredited by the Council for Accreditation
regionally focused of Counseling and Related Educational
sional sports are all close by.
With stellar professors, increased funding, Since its establishment in 1946 to meet the Programs.
and new and renovated facilities, research at educational needs of GIs home from World The School of Social Work program is
PSU continues to expand. Funding for War II battlefields, Portland State found its accredited by the Council on Social Work
research projects has increased 160% over the first home in Vanport, a former federal hous- Education. The Maseeh College of
past decade, and with grants from agencies ing project along the Columbia River. The Engineering and Computer Science under-
such as the National Science Foundation, as campus moved to Lincoln Hall in Portland’s graduate programs in civil, computer, elec-
well as federal, state and private sources, fac- South Park Blocks in 1952 and now encom- trical, and mechanical engineering are
ulty are continuing to gain prominence for passes 50 city blocks, yet still retains a park- accredited by the Engineering Accreditation
their expertise in sustainability, engineering like beauty within its urban setting. Commission of ABET, 111 Market Place,
and nanotechnology. The Park Blocks, a natural gathering area Suite 1050, Baltimore, MD 21202-4012 -
Professors at Portland State are researching for students and faculty, provide a place to telephone: (410) 347-7700. The computer
and developing tools and techniques that are talk or study. West of the Park Blocks, PSU’s science program is accredited by the
globally relevant, having applications ranging Urban Center stands at the busiest public Computing Accreditation Commission of
from the healthy integration of human and transportation hub in the city. It’s the only ABET.
natural systems, to medicine, energy genera- location in the city where TriMet’s bus sys- In the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences,
tion, and new computer architectures. This tem, Portland Streetcar, and, in 2009, its the Department of Communication training
research helps foster partnerships around the MAX light rail line come together. Bicycling program in speech pathology is accredited by
world and turn students into globally ready to campus is not considered an alternative the Education and Training Board, American
citizens. transportation method, but a main way stu- Board of Examiners, through the American
dents get to campus. With Portland State’s Speech-Language-Hearing Association. The
Green: It’s more than our school new Initiative for Bicycle and Pedestrian speech and hearing clinics have accreditation
color Innovation, along with research and design in both speech pathology and audiology by
integrating safer bike paths in urban cities, the Professional Service Board, American
At Portland State University, students have Board of Examiners, in speech pathology and
Portland State continues to meet the educa-
the opportunity to do more than study sus- audiology through the American Speech-
tional and sustainable needs of the Portland
tainability, they engage directly with the Language-Hearing Association. The
metropolitan region.
community to make sustainability real. Department of Chemistry is accredited by
With urban sophistication, small town
Portland State strives to harness the the American Chemical Society.
accessibility, and the many outdoor activi-
strengths of the university—with new ideas, In the College of Urban and Public Affairs,
ties, Portland and Portland State offer a
innovative partnerships, and academic the Master of Urban and Regional Planning
great living and learning experience.
rigor—moving closer toward solving the degree is accredited by the Planning
environmental, social, and economic prob- Leadership Accreditation Board; the Master of Public
lems of our time. Administration degree is accredited by the
Green school spirit can also be seen on the Presidents who have served the University
National Association of Schools of Public
campus itself. Each new building or major are John F. Cramer, 1955 to 1958; Branford
Affairs and Administration; and the Master of
renovation on campus over the past eight P. Millar, 1959 to 1968; Gregory B. Wolfe,
Public Health degree is accredited by the
years, has received at least a Leadership in 1968 to 1974; Joseph C. Blumel, 1974 to
Council on Education for Public Health.
Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) 1986; Natale A. Sicuro, 1986 to 1988;
We l c o m e t o P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y 19

In the School of Fine and Performing Arts Music. Programs in the Department of Art Theater are accredited by the National
the Department of Music is accredited by are accredited by the National Association of Association of Schools of Theater.
the National Association of Schools of Schools of Art and Design. Programs in

Tuition, fees, and aid

Tuition and fees financial obligation in the form of an
accounts receivable. The financial obligation
graduate and residency status. The level of
courses in which students enroll is immateri-
Student status. Entering and continuing is the maximum load enrolled after the start al.
students at Portland State University should of the term. Self-support, Extended Studies, and
plan their study programs and work loads All tuition and fees may be paid at the noncredit. Enrollment in these courses may
with a knowledge of the fee and tuition Cashier Windows located in Neuberger Hall not be combined with regular PSU credit
schedules of the institution. The Oregon lobby, or in accordance with the instructions courses for fee calculations. Self-support
State Board of Higher Education reserves received with the monthly billing statement. courses have fees that are assessed in addi-
the right to change the schedule of tuition Specific deadlines are available at www.pdx. tion to any other tuition paid to the
and fees without notice. Additionally, cer- edu. Tuition and fees must be paid in full University.
tain charges set by the University are also each term; however, students may elect to Senior citizen fee schedule. Senior citi-
subject to change. However, no change pay in installments by making a one-third zens are defined as persons age 65 or older
made after a term begins will become effec- payment at the beginning of the term with who do not wish to earn course credit.
tive within that term. the balance due by the term’s end (Revolving Senior citizens who are Oregon residents are
Most laboratory and class materials are Charge Account Plan). First-time partici- authorized to attend classes on a space-avail-
included in the tuition and fees payment, pants must sign an agreement which is avail- able basis without payment of tuition.
but certain classes do require special deposit able on the Web at Charges for special materials, if any, must be
charges, surcharges, or costs to cover materi- spolicies. paid.
Incidental and Health Service fee privileges
als. These charges are listed on the web at Tuition and fee schedules/Regular
tuition schedule. Note: The 2010-2011
are not provided and the University does not
tuition and fee schedules have not been set maintain any records of enrollment. The
A regular student is defined as a resident
by the Oregon State Board of Higher registration receipt may be used to obtain a
or nonresident undergraduate, postbaccalau- library card.
reate, or graduate student enrolled for 9 Education. Students should consult the
tuition and fee listing at for Late fees. Late payment fees apply on the
credits or more. A regular student is entitled last day of the term. A late fee of $100 is
to use the resources of the University, up-to-date information and applicable
charged the last Saturday of finals week to
including the Library, the Health Service, tuition and fees.
Students who enroll incur an accounts accounts with unpaid current term tuition.
and use of the student recreation center. A Other special fees. Special fees and fines
regular student is also entitled to admission receivable obligation and are financially
are subject to change. Up-to-date informa-
to PSU home athletic events (with the responsible for all classes and credits in which
tion on special fees and clarification of
exception of playoff games and social events) they are registered on or after the first day of
charges can be obtained from the Student
and coverage by a basic health insurance the term. All classes dropped are subject to
Accounts Department, 179 Neuberger Hall,
plan. No reduction in the total charge is the refund schedule. Students are required to
made to those students who do not intend pay for any tuition, fees and charges remain-
Revolving Charge Account Plan (RCAP).
ing on their account.
to use specific resources or services. All regu- An installment payment option is available
Tuition and fee calculation (Non-
lar students are required to be currently (except to students who owe the University
admitted)—8 credits or fewer. Non-
admitted to the University and will be money from previous terms or who are
admitted part-time students enrolling in receiving financial aid).
assessed tuition and fees based on student
courses numbered 499 or below pay under- Students may elect to pay installments on
graduate tuition and fees. Students enrolling their account balance. The balance is subject
All non-admitted part-time students, tak-
in courses numbered 500 and above pay to interest at the rate of 12 percent per
ing 1 to 8 credits pay tuition and fees
graduate tuition and fees. annum. First-time participants must sign an
according to the level of the course(s) in
For students enrolling in classes both for agreement which is available at the Student
which they enroll. Courses numbered 499
undergraduate and graduate credit, the instruc- Accounts Window, Neuberger Hall lobby or
or below are assessed at the undergraduate tional fee for each is combined and added to
rate; courses numbered 500 and above are on the Web at
the single building, technology, and incidental cies.
assessed at the graduate rate. Part-time stu- fee to arrive at the total charge.
dents enrolled in 4 or less hours are not In the event of withdrawal, any refunds due
When courses are added, tuition is calcu- are applied to the outstanding balance, and
entitled to health services or insurance; how- lated upon the difference between the origi-
ever, students taking 5-8 hours will be billed any remaining balance due remains payable.
nal credit-hour payment and total credits. Failure to pay in full may also result in denial
health services and insurance as part of their When credits exceed 8, tuition policy for 9
tuition and fees. Residency and admission of registration, graduation, and transcripts as
credits or more applies. well as additional assessment for collection
requirements are waived for students in this Tuition and fee calculation (Admitted) – charges and attorney’s fees.
category. One credit or more. Admitted students tak- Basic Health Insurance. The nonrefund-
All students registered for coursework on ing one credit or more are assessed tuition able basic health insurance will be deducted
or after the first day of the term have a and fees according to their undergraduate/ before calculating the refund amount.
20 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Graduate Assistants. Graduate assistants of a term, will be identified. Financial aid initial official tuition and fees figure and the
(GAs) are fully admitted graduate students staff will use the federal Return of Title IV figure applicable to the reduced load.
appointed to assistantships while working Funds formula to calculate the percentage of
toward an advanced degree. Appointments financial aid earned versus the percentage of
must be for at least .15 FTE per quarter. aid that must be returned to federal aid pro- Financial aid
GAs are exempt from the payment of the gram accounts. In some cases, the Return of
Neuberger Hall Lobby
instruction fee on the first 9 credit hours per Title IV Funds calculation may take all of a
quarter. (Employing department will provide student’s tuition refund to repay federal aid e-mail:
a tuition credit.) All GAs must register for a accounts. In addition, students may be
minimum of 9 graduate credits. Hours in responsible for repayment of federal financial
excess of 9 per quarter are assessed at the aid program funds. Funds are returned to the The professional staff in the Office of Student
normal rate and must be approved by the financial aid programs from which they were Financial Aid is ready to help students to
department head and dean of Graduate awarded, starting with the loan programs. determine the level of their financial need and
Studies. GAs are responsible for paying the Students who are considering withdrawing to plan for the most efficient use of their finan-
Building, Health, Incidental, and from a term should contact staff in the cial resources for education.
Technology fees. Office of Admissions, Registration and
This schedule of tuition and fees is deter- Records. Eligibility
mined by the Oregon State Board of Higher 2. Unofficial withdrawals. Students who To assist the student in financial planning
Education. No reduction in the total charge stop attending without officially with- and in determining eligibility for assistance,
is made to those students who do not intend drawing from Portland State University the following expenses are taken into consid-
to use specific resources or services. Fees are are considered to have unofficially with- eration: tuition and fees, books and supplies,
subject to change. drawn. Students who unofficially with- room and board, transportation, child care
draw may receive all X or M grades at the costs and personal/miscellaneous expenses.
Self-support courses have fees that are
end of a term. A grade of X is defined as Specific allowable student expense budgets
assessed in addition to any other tuition
no basis for grade or non-attendance. A are shown at under
paid to the University.
grade of M designates a missing grade. Applying for Financial Aid. Note: All tuition
Students may access their individual finan- and fee costs are subject to change by the
cial account balances on the Web at www. Students who receive financial aid for a
term and unofficially withdraw are identi- Oregon State Board of Higher Education. The Office of Student Financial Aid pro-
fied at the end of each term. Each student
Withdrawals and fee refunds. Complete vides qualified students with financial aid in
receiving financial aid who has unofficially
withdrawal or dropping one or more classes the form of loans, grants, and employment.
withdrawn must provide proof of attendance
can be accomplished before classes begin via for the term(s). Students who provide proof In order to make the best use of available
Web access with a 100 percent reversal of of attendance may be subject to the Return funds, awards normally consist of a “pack-
charges. After classes begin, withdrawals and of Title IV Funds policy. Students who fail age” of two or more of these forms of finan-
class drops are accomplished via Web access, to provide proof of attendance will have all cial aid.
or Special Registration Form at the financial aid received repaid to federal Underlying the awarding of financial aid at
Registration windows in the Neuberger Hall accounts (including PLUS loans) and a uni- PSU is the nationally accepted philosophy
lobby, with the applicable tuition percentage versity accounts receivable will be estab- that parents are the primary source responsi-
charge remaining due and payable. Refund lished. ble for helping dependent students to meet
consideration is automatic; no special Refund calculations are based on total educational costs. The amount of the contri-
request is necessary. tuition and fees. Special fees are nonrefund- bution expected from parents is related
Fees for the purchase of a student health able. Refunds are computed from the date of directly to a family’s financial strength as
insurance plan are nonrefundable. Refunds official withdrawal or drop; they are not reflected by adjusted gross income, number
of special course fees must be approved by based on when attendance in class ceased. of dependents, allowable expenses, and
departments. Art, speech, and music special Students who are delayed in withdrawal pro- assets. Both dependent and independent stu-
activity course fee refunds are subject to the cess for reasons beyond their control may dents also have a responsibility to make a
schedule for complete withdrawal listed on petition for an earlier drop date via a reasonable contribution toward their costs
this page. Deadline Appeals petition obtained at the from earnings and savings. Financial aid
Complete withdrawal or dropping course- resources serve to supplement these primary
Registration window. Allow four to six weeks
work does not cancel a student’s obligation resources. Aid eligibility is determined
between withdrawal/ drop and receipt of
to pay a student loan, balance of Revolving through a federally established formula.
refund. Action cannot begin until the two-
Charge Account Plan (RCAP), or any other Students should apply annually using the
financial obligation owed the University. week Add period has passed.
Free Application for Federal Student Aid
Students with such outstanding obligations Refund schedule for complete or partial withdrawal
(FAFSA). The FAFSA can be filed on-line at
Prior to the second week of the term, students
will have any refund due them applied receive a 100 percent refund; FAFSA on the Web
against the obligation. in the second week of the term, students receive a Worksheets are available at high schools or
1. Official withdrawals. Students receiving 70 percent refund; at college financial aid offices. PSU’s federal
financial aid who need to completely in the third week of the term, students receive a
school code to be used on the FAFSA is
40 percent refund; and
withdraw from classes during a term in the fourth week of the term, students receive a 003216.
should officially withdraw (see the instruc- 20 percent refund.
tions in the Schedule of Classes). By using There is no refund after the close of the Applications for aid. Applications for
the official withdrawal procedures, stu- 28th calendar day following the start of class- financial aid must be submitted annually for
dents will have tuition refunds calculated es. This schedule applies to all students, the academic year and/or summer aid.
by the Student Accounts Department. whether making a complete withdrawal or Applications are accepted by the Office of
Students receiving financial aid who com- just reducing hours. The appropriate percent- Student Financial Aid at any time during the
pletely withdraw up to the 60 percent point age is applied to the difference between the year, with priority given to admitted appli-
We l c o m e t o Po rt l a n d S tat e U n i v e r s i t y 21

cants who submit their FAFSA in January delivered via U.S. mail, an electronic deposit their aid reversed, based upon a formula pre-
and February and who provide all requested to an existing bank account, or disbursement scribed by the U.S. Department of
information promptly. It is recommended to the optional OneAccount, an FDIC Education. These students will have any
that students apply by January 15th each insured bank account that allows students to unearned portion of their aid charged back
year. It is not necessary to wait for formal use their PSU OneCard as a debit card. to their PSU account, and may owe repay-
admission to the University before submit- Federal Work-Study is earned on a month- ment directly to the U.S. Department of
ting the financial aid application; however, ly basis and paychecks are issued at the end Education of any overpaid Federal grants.
students must be admitted before processing of each month. Students may authorize a Students receiving state or federal aid who
of the application for financial aid will direct deposit of their Work-Study pay to receive all X, M, NP, W, or F grades for a
occur. their bank account, or pick up their pay- term will be required to provide the Office of
In order to be eligible to receive state or checks from the cashier window in Student Financial Aid with proof of atten-
federal financial aid, students must remain Neuberger Hall lobby. dance. Students who do not submit proof of
in good academic standing as defined in the Aid Disbursement Policy. Financial aid attendance by the specified deadline are sub-
University Scholastic Standards Policy. can be disbursed to a student’s account as ject to a return of funds calculation and some
Students also must meet the Satisfactory early as ten days prior to the start of a term. financial aid funds for that term will be can-
Academic Progress Policy requirements Our ability to disburse aid prior to the celled and pulled back.
described at the end of the Financial Aid beginning of a term means that we must
section. The student must be in a degree or have a “census date” that corresponds to a Award sources
certificate program and must be a U.S. citi- student’s official aid eligibility for a term. Additional details on the federal aid pro-
zen or be an eligible non-citizen. Census dates for the 2010-11 aid year and grams are available in The Funding
Undergraduate students. Undergraduate minimum enrollment requirements for the Education Beyond High School Guide, pub-
students may receive consideration for finan- various sources of aid can be found on the lished annually by the U.S. Department of
cial assistance through the Federal Pell Grant, Office of Student Financial Aid Web site at Education. Students can also find the
Federal Supplemental Educational Financial Aid Guide at under Eligibility for
Opportunity Grant (SEOG), Federal Perkins under Forms and Publications. This guide
Aid, and then Disbursement.
loan, Federal Work-Study, and Federal Stafford
Financial aid for a term is adjusted to gives a detailed explanation of the condi-
Loan programs. Oregon resident students may
reflect the student’s enrolled credits as of the tions for receiving aid, student rights and
also be eligible for the Oregon Opportunity
Grant and the Oregon University System census date. When a reduction in aid is responsibilities, and other information of
Supplemental Tuition Grant programs. Parents required due to a student’s enrollment level which aid applicants should be aware.
of students who apply as dependent students on the census date, the reduction usually
Educational grants
may borrow through the Federal PLUS Loan creates a balance due on the student’s PSU
Federal Pell Grants. This federally funded
program, described in the Educational Loans account. If there is a tuition refund because grant program is designed to provide assis-
section. of dropped credits, the tuition refund will be tance to eligible undergraduate students.
Post-baccalaureate students. Post- used to reduce the balance due on the stu- The amount of the grant is determined by
baccalaureate students may receive consider- dent’s account. the federal government with the University
ation for financial assistance through the A student whose census date enrollment is acting as the disbursing agent. Eligibility is
Federal Stafford Loan programs. Parents of less than half-time is not eligible for any fed- based upon financial need.
post-baccalaureate students who apply as eral student loans. In these cases, the entire
loan amount for the term will be returned to Federal Supplemental Educational
dependent students may borrow through the
Opportunity Grants. This is a federally
Federal PLUS Loan program, described in the lender. The return of loan funds to the
funded grant program under which eligible
the Educational Loans section. lender creates a bill on the student’s PSU
applicants are selected for awards by Portland
Graduate students. Graduate students account, but also reduces the outstanding State University. Eligibility is based upon
may receive consideration for financial assis- principal balance due on the student loan. exceptional financial need and awards are lim-
tance through the Federal Perkins Loan, Any current term aid disbursed after the ited to undergraduate students only.
Federal Work-Study, and Federal Stafford census date will be based on the student’s
Loan and Federal Graduate PLUS Loan enrollment on the census date, or their actu- Academic Competitiveness Grant (ACG).
Programs. al number of credits enrolled at the time of This federally funded grant program is avail-
International students. International stu- disbursement, whichever is less. Credits able to select first and second year under-
dents are not eligible to participate in federal added after the census date cannot be used graduates. A student must be a Pell eligible
financial aid programs. to increase aid eligibility. undergraduate, must have a high school
Retroactive aid (aid for a term that has graduation date after January 1, 2005, and
Award notification ended prior to disbursement) must be dis- must have completed a rigorous high school
Applicants will be advised of the decision bursed based on completed grades/credits, or curriculum. The second-year ACG grant has
on their financial aid application by an census date registration, whichever is less. the additional requirement of a minimum
Award Notification. Award amounts will be This includes retroactive grants and loans. 3.0 cumulative GPA at the end of the first
displayed on the PSU Web site Grades that are considered “complete” for year of college. The ACG grant is available, and students will disbursement purposes are: A, B, C, D, P, I for a maximum of 3 terms at the first-year
accept or decline their aid offer online. or IP. level ($750/yr max) and a maximum of 3
Delivery of aid. Available financial aid will Withdrawals—Official/Unofficial. Please terms at the second-year level ($1300/yr
be automatically credited to pay tuition and see the annual Registration Guide or visit max). To be considered for these grants, a
other PSU charges. Excess financial aid and for the university student must be a first-year student (0-45
other refunds are disbursed through Higher policy regarding dropping classes and tuition credits) or a second-year student (46-90
One. To ensure timely receipt of refunds, stu- refunds. credits). Awards are prorated for half time
dents should activate their PSU OneCard Students who withdraw completely during and three quarter time enrollment.
upon receipt of the card and select one of the the term and are receiving federal and/or National Science and Mathematics Access
three disbursement methods: a paper check state financial aid may have a percentage of to Retain Talent Grant (SMART). This fed-
22 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

erally funded grant program is available to process. Each coach will then consider the school, or the interest will be added to the
third and fourth year undergraduates. A stu- prospective student’s athletic ability, eligibility, loan balance.
dent must be a Pell eligible undergraduate finances available, and the need of that partic- The interest rate for the Federal Direct
and must have a cumulative GPA of 3.0 and ular sport. An athletic grant-in-aid request is Unsubsidized Stafford Loan is fixed at 6.8
a declared major in one of the following then submitted to the director of Athletics for percent. The student must pay the interest
fields of study: Computer Science or award to the prospective student. that accrues during in-school, grace, and
Technology; Engineering; Life Sciences or authorized deferment periods.
Physical Sciences; Mathematics; specific Educational loans
The federal government has set loan limits:
Foreign Languages or specific Federal Direct Loan (DL). Portland State
$2,000–$5,500 for the first academic year of
Multidisciplinary Studies. The SMART grant University participates in direct lending.
undergraduate study (up to 44 credits);
is available for a maximum of 3 terms at the Under this program, capital for student
$2,000–$6,500 for the second academic year
third-year level and a maximum of 3 terms at loans is provided by the federal government
(45–89 credits); and $2,000–$7,500 an aca-
the fourth-year level (both $4000/yr max). through colleges rather than by banks.
demic year for the remaining years of under-
To be considered for these grants, a student When loans are due, borrowers repay them
graduate study. A student’s financial need
must be a third-year student (90-134 credits) directly to the federal government through
determines the amount of the loan offered.
or a fourth-year student (135-180 credits). the servicer. Borrowers are charged a loan fee
Graduates may borrow up to $20,500 a
Awards are prorated for half time and three of .5 percent of the principal.
year depending on their financial need.
quarter time enrollment. Loans are available to students and parents
Generally, the cumulative amount a stu-
of dependent students through the Direct
Oregon Opportunity Grants (Oregon dent can borrow from all Federal Direct
Loan program. Undergraduate and post-bac-
residents). All Oregon resident undergraduate Stafford Loans is as follows: $31,000 (only
calaureate students can borrow the Stafford
students needing financial aid will be consid- 23,000 may be subsidized) as a dependent
loan; graduate students can borrow the
ered for the Oregon Opportunity Grant undergraduate; $57,500 as an independent
Stafford loan and the Graduate PLUS loan;
awarded by the Oregon Student Assistance undergraduate (only $23,000 of this amount
and parents of dependent students can bor-
Commission. Awards are based upon financial may be subsidized); $138,500 as a graduate
row the Parent PLUS loan. Graduate stu-
need. Details about eligibility can be found at or professional student (only $65,500 of this
dents and parents will apply for the Awards are may be subsidized).
Graduate PLUS or the Parent PLUS loan on
renewable for 12 terms provided satisfactory Additional Federal Direct Unsubsidized
our website,
academic progress and financial need contin- Stafford Loans. Independent undergraduate
Students will apply for the Stafford loans
ue. students and dependent undergraduate stu-
online at
dents whose parents are denied access to the
The Teacher Education Assistance for Federal Direct Subsidized Stafford Loans.
Federal Direct Parent Loan for
College and Higher Education (TEACH) Subsidized loan eligibility is based upon the
Undergraduate Students program may be
Grant Program. This grant provides up to demonstration of financial need and in con-
eligible for additional Federal Direct
$4,000 per year in grants for graduate and junction with other sources of student assis-
Unsubsidized Stafford Loan money. Students
undergraduate students who intend to teach tance. The federal government pays the
with fewer than 90 credits may borrow a
full-time as a highly qualified teacher in high- interest on this loan while the student is in
maximum of $4,000 a year in additional
need subject areas for at least four years at school, and enrolled at least half time. The
funds above the maximum Federal Direct
schools that serve students from low-income student is responsible for interest on the
Stafford Loan limits. Students who have
families. Graduate students are eligible for loans once repayment begins.
earned 90 credits or more may borrow a
$4,000 per year ($8,000 total). The university determines the amount the
maximum of an additional $5,000 a year.
Undergraduate students may receive up to student may borrow. The federal govern-
Not all applicants qualify for the maxi-
$16,000 for undergraduate study and/or up ment has set loan limits: $3,500 for the first
mums. The Federal Direct Unsubsidized
to $8,000 for graduate study. Part-time stu- academic year of undergraduate study (up to
Stafford Loan may be used to replace expect-
dents are eligible, but the maximum grant 44 credits); $4,500 for the second academic
ed family contribution, but total direct loan
will be reduced. year (45–89 credits); and $5,500 an aca-
(subsidized and unsubsidized) borrowing
Notice: If a student fails to complete the four-year demic year for the remaining years of under-
cannot exceed the cost of education.
teaching obligation, they must repay the grant graduate study. Graduate and law students
Federal Direct Parent PLUS Loans (PLUS).
with interest. are limited to $8,500 at the maximum per
This program provides loans to parents of
year. Not all students are eligible for the
Oregon University System Supplemental dependent undergraduate students. Parents
Tuition Grants. This is a state-funded pro- may borrow up to an annual amount that is
Student borrowers must be enrolled in
gram that provides tuition assistance to eligi- equal to the cost of education minus any
good standing at least half time and have
ble Oregon resident undergraduates. estimated financial assistance the student
been accepted for admission to a program
Athletic grants-in-aid and scholarships. receives during the periods of enrollment.
leading to a degree or certificate. Once
Athletic grants-in-aid and scholarships are The borrower may use the amount of the
repayment begins, borrowers are charged a
administered by the institution’s financial aid Federal Direct PLUS to replace the expected
fixed interest rate of 4.5 percent.
and athletic departments. Each head coach is family contribution for the loan period.
Federal Direct Unsubsidized Stafford
responsible for selecting recipients based The Federal Direct PLUS is limited to par-
Loans. This program provides unsubsidized ents who do not have an adverse credit his-
upon eligibility and athletic ability. The federal direct loans to students who do not
National Collegiate Athletic Association sets tory or who have obtained an endorser who
qualify, in whole or in part, for the subsi- does not have an adverse credit history. A
forth the eligibility and financial aid require- dized Federal Direct Stafford Loan.
ments for Portland State University men’s and direct loan program servicer, contracted by
Unsubsidized loans are not eligible for the the federal government, performs the
women’s athletic teams.
Any prospective PSU student should con- federal government payment of interest required credit check. The interest on the
tact the coach of the desired sport about while the student is in school. The student Federal Direct PLUS is fixed at 7.9 percent.
availability of scholarships and the recruiting may make interest-only payments while in Borrowers are charged a 4 percent fee.
We l c o m e t o Po rt l a n d S tat e U n i v e r s i t y 23

Parents interested in participating in the Federal Perkins Loans. This federally fund- Satisfactory Academic
Federal Direct PLUS program can obtain ed loan program is available to undergradu- Progress and Financial Aid
application information from the Office of ate and graduate students who demonstrate In accordance with the Higher Education
Student Financial Aid and on its website. exceptional financial need and who are Act of 1965, as amended by Congress,
Federal PLUS Loans for Graduate and enrolled at least half time. This is a long- Portland State University has established a
Professional Students (Graduate PLUS). term, low-interest loan for which repayment satisfactory academic progress (SAP) policy
This program is offered to qualified students commences nine months after the student is for students.
with or without financial need, but the stu- no longer enrolled on at least a half-time All students who wish to receive federal
dent must have financial aid eligibility. Like basis. student aid funds must make satisfactory
the Direct Stafford loans for students, the Alternative Loans. Privately funded loans progress toward completion of their pro-
U.S. Department of Education is the direct are not based on need, and no federal for- gram of study. Portland State University
mula is applied to determine eligibility. monitors the following for all students:
lender of the Graduate PLUS. Typically,
However, the amount borrowed cannot  completion rate - the percentage of
repayment must begin within sixty days exceed the cost of education minus other credits taken at PSU which have passing
after the Graduate PLUS is disbursed. financial aid. Interest rates and repayment grades
However, an in-school deferment may be terms vary, but are generally less favorable  grade point average for PSU courses,
obtained from the U.S. Department of than those provided through the federal according to student level
Education by students that meet their direct lending program. Private loans are  maximum time frame (PSU courses plus
requirements. Interest begins to accrue at used to supplement the federal programs accepted transfer credits). The maxi-
the time the first disbursement is made at a when the cost of education minus federal mum time frame for undergraduate stu-
fixed rate of 7.9 percent. aid still leaves unmet need. dents is 150% of the credits required to
Loan Repayment. Repayment of Federal complete the degree being sought. The
Direct Stafford Loans (subsidized and Federal Work-Study maximum time frame for post-baccalau-
The Federal Work-Study Program is a need- reate and graduate students is estab-
unsubsidized) begins six months after termi-
based program in which the federal govern- lished according to the degree or certifi-
nation of at least half-time enrollment or
ment pays from 50 to 100 percent of student cate being sought.
graduation. Repayment of Federal PLUS
wages and the employer pays the remainder. Graduate students must take courses appli-
loans begins within sixty days of the last dis-
Work-Study is available to undergraduate and cable to their degree or certificate. At least
bursement. Borrowers have the right to pre-
graduate students. Employment opportunities 67% of all credits enrolled in during each
pay their loans without penalty.
are on-campus and off-campus. On-campus academic year must be graduate level cours-
Entrance and Exit Counseling. First-time
jobs are with nearly every academic and es.
Federal Direct Stafford Loan (subsidized and
administrative department. Off-campus jobs In addition, financial aid recipients who
unsubsidized) borrowers must receive
are with government agencies and non-profit withdraw from all classes twice within the
Entrance counseling. This enables students
groups; many are community service jobs school year are placed in Suspended eligibili-
to become educated on their rights and
that involve directly serving the community, ty status after the second total withdrawal.
responsibilities of borrowing loans.
while providing good work experience. The Students who do not meet all require-
Shortly before graduating from or termi-
America Reads program which tutors young ments of the Satisfactory Academic Progress
nating enrollment at the Portland State
children in public schools is one of these pro- policy will have their eligibility for financial
University, borrowers must receive exit loan
grams. The Career Center lists openings for aid suspended. Students whose eligibility is
counseling. The Office of Student Financial
on-campus and off-campus jobs at suspended may submit a written appeal.
Aid collects information about the borrow- The full policy is on-line at
er’s permanent address, references, expected under Eligibility for Aid.
employment, and driver’s license number Scholarships and awards Printed copies can be found at the Office of
through Exit counseling. This information is Portland State University has a number of Student Financial Aid in Neuberger Hall
forwarded to the servicer of the student’s scholarships and awards which are adminis- lobby.
federal direct loan. tered by individual academic departments, the
Debt Management and Default Scholarship Committee, or special committees
Reduction. Portland State University is developed for specific scholarships.
committed to helping students achieve Scholarships generally are awarded on the basis
sound financial planning and debt manage- of academic achievement, promise, and finan-
ment. Information about loans, repayment cial need. Additional information is available
options, and debt management strategies is on the Web at
available in the Office of Student Financial
24 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Campus services
Accessibility complaint procedures, contact the office by Campus Public Safety Office
phone at 503-725-4417, TTY 503-725- 6503. The Affirmative Action and Equal (CPSO)
Accessibility is the keynote of Portland State: Opportunity Office is located in 122 Shattuck Hall - 1914 SW Park, Suite 148
the campus is on the edge of downtown Cramer Hall and is open Mondays through 503-725-4407 (for non-emergencies)
Portland and within the freeway loop. Fridays from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. 503-725-4404 (for emergencies)
TriMet, the local transit agency, serves the Email:
three counties—Multnomah, Washington, Alumni Relations Web site:
and Clackamas—which make up metropoli- 503-725-4948 CPSO is open year-round, 24 hours a day
tan Portland. TriMet tickets and passes are 1803 SW Park The Public Safety Office (CPSO) is respon-
available at Transportation and Parking Simon Benson House sible for the safety and security of persons,
Services and at numerous other locations buildings, vehicles, and equipment on the
throughout the city. Park and Ride Stations, campus. Their goal is to provide a safe envi-
located throughout the suburban areas, allow ronment on the University campus to facili-
commuters to park their cars and ride the The Office of Alumni Relations enables
Portland State’s 120,000 alumni to maintain tate the educational mission of the
bus or light rail train into the city. The cam- University. Public Safety strongly believes
pus is within Free Rail Zone, a large section a strong and continuing relationship with
the University. The office works with the all- everyone has an important role in providing
of downtown Portland within which light a safe learning environment. To accomplish
rail and streetcar travel are free. volunteer Alumni Board of Directors to run
the PSU Alumni Association, a 501c3 not- this goal, everyone is responsible for using
Wheelchair and bicycle paths, and parking common sense, precautions and for practic-
areas for bicycles, are located throughout the for profit corporation that benefits alumni
and the University. While all PSU alumni are ing crime prevention strategies to reduce
campus. Automobile parking is also available vulnerability and the opportunity for crimi-
in various locations throughout campus. considered members of the Alumni
Association, a new membership program nal activity around us.
For more detailed information on trans-
portation, parking, or securing a permit, provides extra benefits to alumni and sup- Services Provided
inquire at the Transportation and Parking port to the Association. The Association Campus Public Safety provides a variety of
membership offers communications with services to the community; investigate
Office, 503-725-3442. alumni, special on-campus and community crimes, enforce University rules and regula-
benefits, and advance notice and discounts
Affirmative Action and Equal to events. Program offerings for all alumni
tions, city ordinances, state and federal laws,
assist in processing criminal complaints and
Opportunity Office include educational travel; PSU Weekend filing of police reports, respond to medical
(an educational offering in the fall); the PSU emergencies, 24 hours public assistance,
503-725-4417 Advocates program, which supports the bicycle registration, responds to crimes in
University through advocacy; Outstanding progress, crime report processing, 24 hour Alumni awards program and PSU Salutes escort, blue light emergency phone, after
It is the mission of the Affirmative Action event; young alumni events and offerings; an hours building access, monitoring and
and Equal Opportunity Office to: (1) pro- endowed alumni scholarship; and a variety of responding to fire and burglary alarms,
mote a campus environment that supports arts, cultural and athletic events. medical assistance, crime prevention and
and celebrates the diversity of the PSU com- security presentations, and lost and found
munity; (2) ensure good faith affirmative
action efforts in all aspects of employment; Box Office/Ticketmaster Lost and found
(3) ensure equal opportunity and non-dis- The Campus Public Safety Office strives to
crimination in all aspects of employment, 503-725-3307 return lost items to their owners in a timely
education, housing and use of facilities; and The Box Office is located at the Broadway and efficient manner. In order to achieve
(4) ensure fair and equitable treatment for entrance to Smith Memorial Student Union. this goal, they have developed a lost and
all PSU community members. Tickets are for sale to PSU cultural events found program which is searchable on their
To advance this mission, the Office offers and activities, as well as to intercollegiate Web site,
various services such as (1) consultation for athletic home events. This office also serves
issues regarding legally prohibited discrimi- as a Ticketmaster outlet where tickets to Information Center/Hub
nation or harassment and reasonable accom- most major events and performances occur- 1825 SW Broadway
modations for disabilities covered by the ring in the metropolitan area may be pur- 503-725-4402
ADA; (2) discrimination complaint investi- chased. For information on current events
gation and resolution; (3) guidance for con- on sale check the Box office website, Located in the lobby of the Smith Memorial
ducting unclassified faculty and staff recruit- or call 503-725- Student Union, the Information Desk pro-
ments; and (4) workshops, classes and train- 3307. vides both visitors and the campus commu-
ings on anti-discrimination, anti-harassment nity with answers to all kinds of questions.
and ADA issues. The “Info Hub” can provide class, building
For more detailed information about our and event schedules. They have access to
functions, anti-discrimination policies, and contact information for all campus buildings,
We l c o m e t o Po rt l a n d S tat e U n i v e r s i t y 25

programs and professors, as well as campus ment, coordination & oversight of inter- fidential, impartial, independent, and infor-
maps. The Hub is your one-stop specialty building & intrabuilding cabling/wiring mal alternative for the purpose of resolving
center on virtually all phases of community infrastructure; and IT procurement/con- university related problems and concerns. It
life at Portland State University. The operat- tracts officer review & approval services. provides a safe and private place for every
ing hours are Monday–Friday, 8 a.m. to 5 Enterprise Information Technology voice at PSU to be heard. The Ombuds
p.m. during class sessions. Systems (suite 83, Fourth Avenue Office also serves the campus community by
Building) develops and supports those recommending revisions and reassessments of
Information Technologies applications utilized campus-wide. Systems policies, practices, rules, and procedures which
include the full suite of SungardHE Banner are unfair or unclear. The Ombuds Office is
software (financial, human resources, stu- located in 169 Cramer Hall, with an auxiliary
dent, and financial aid), myPSU portal, data location in Smith Memorial Student Union
warehouse, space and event scheduling, doc- M314, 3rd floor mezzanine. Also see
The Office of Information Technologies ument imaging, degree audit and advising, for additional informa-
provides support for computing, voice and and other Web applications. tion.
data communications, multimedia, labs,
classrooms, and audiovisual services. The Library resources Smith Memorial
office of the Chief Information Officer is
located in room 18J, Smith Memorial 503-725-5874 Student Union
Student Union. The office of the Associate 503-725-4522
Chief Information Officer for technical The Portland State University Library (Millar
infrastructure services is found in suite 82, Library) is located on the west side of the Smith Union, 1825 SW Broadway, serves as
Fourth Avenue Building. park blocks, across from Neuberger Hall and the campus focal point for students, faculty,
User Support Services (Help Desk) adjacent to the Stott Center. More than staff, and the University community. It is a
(room 18 Smith Memorial Student Union) 1,500,000 volumes and over 35,000 elec- gathering place for students to meet and
provides technical assistance for all faculty, tronic resources including databases and the plan activities, take advantage of recreational
staff, and students in the use of hardware full text of journals, conference proceedings and social areas, attend events, seek help or
and software. USS can issue accounts for and other published material are available. information, or just relax and get food and
internet access, email, and MyPSU, as well Teaching and learning underscore the refreshment.
as help troubleshoot virus-infected comput- library’s information services. A variety of class- The Smith Union ballroom and other
ers. Computer accounts are available to all es and seminars on library research and infor- meeting and conference rooms host a variety
employees and currently enrolled students mation usage are available for students and fac- of activities, including conferences, lectures,
upon request. USS staff also provides sup- ulty. Librarians are also available to collaborate meetings, dances, concerts, and other events
port for the technical needs of University with faculty to create customized classes, involving the University and the metropoli-
labs. For more information, please check enhancing the student learning experience. tan community. Most campus activities, Research consultations with a subject spe- other than credit classes, are scheduled by
Instructional Technology Services cialist are available for students who need the Campus Event Scheduling Office, locat-
(room 1 Smith Memorial Student Union) assistance with a project, thesis, or disserta- ed in the 116 Smith Memorial Student
provides support for classroom technologies, tion. Go to the Library Web site for more Union.
which are available in over 100 classrooms information and to make an appointment. Smith Union is home to many student
on campus, or through check-out equip- For reference assistance, go to the Research organizations, including Associated Students
ment available in SMSU room 1. Academic and Learning Center on the second floor (503- of Portland State University (ASPSU), stu-
computing labs are available to students 725-5874). Please see the library Web site for dent publications, and a variety of other stu-
with a current PSU computer account; sup- scheduled research assistance hours. dent clubs and boards. It also houses the
ported labs and classrooms (along with Ask-A-Librarian, a virtual reference service, is Student Resource Center, Multicultural
hours) can be found at also available via the library’s Web site. Center, the Offices of Student Affairs and
labs. ITS also operates the PSU Distance Books and Reserve materials may be Student Activities and Leadership Programs,
Learning Center, which provides recording checked out at the Circulation area on the 1st IASC, disability, legal, and child care.
and streaming in distance education class- floor. A valid PSU photo identification card Smith Union provides diverse services and
rooms, along with Video Production or other PSU borrower’s card is needed to amenities to enhance campus life—Portland
Services available campus wide. check out materials. Electronic Reserves are Teacher’s Credit Union, Littman and White
Computer Infrastructure Services (suite also available via the library’s Web site. Galleries, Viking Bowl and Billiards (includ-
90, Fourth Avenue Building) provides sup- Student group study rooms and a student ing video games), Parkway Commons, and
port for the academic and administrative practice presentation room are available on a University Market. Parkway Commons,
functions of the University, including gener- first-come, first-served basis. Keys may be Smith Union’s food court, features Starbucks
al and specialized applications and services checked out at the circulation desk. Coffee, Subway, Noah’s Bagels, the Food For
by operating and maintaining all centralized The library’s hours vary throughout the Thought Cafe, and others. University
computer systems, servers, and Web plat- academic year. Check the library’s Web site Market, located on the ground floor near the
forms.  This includes the operation of the for current hours or call 503-725-3065. SW Montgomery Street entrance, stocks
OIT data center, which also provides co- sundries, reading materials, and PSU memo-
location services. Ombuds Office rabilia. Smith Union also offers areas for stu-
Networking and Telecommunication dents to study or simply relax and admire the
503-725-5901 and 503-725-5902
Services (suite 84, Fourth Avenue Park Blocks.
Building) provides all campus telecommu-
nications services; wired and wireless data The PSU Ombuds Office advocates for fair-
network services; Internet access; telecom ness and respectful treatment in the campus
applications consulting & analysis; manage- community. The Ombuds Office offers a con-
26 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Transportation and at a discount. Additionally, PSU is served by Daily and hourly parking is available in
excellent bicycle routes from all over PSU parking structures, lots and on most
Parking Services Portland. Bike parking is available outside all streets throughout campus.
503-725-3442 buildings on campus and two Bike Garages If you have any questions regarding trans- offer secure, covered parking. The PSU Bike portation options, please call the office at
Transportation and Parking Services oversees Hub, located at the ASRC, is an on campus 503-725-3442 or visit
transit programs, bicycle programs and bike shop where students and staff can learn
access to parking on campus. Visit to service their own bikes, buy accessories
Transportation and Parking Services for
University Place
and repair parts, and drop off their bike for
transit passes, parking permits, bike garage professional service. 503-221-0140
permits, trip planning, and information on Transit passes are sold at a discount to cur- 310 SW Lincoln
carsharing. The office is located at 1812 SW rent PSU students and employees. Passes can University Place Hotel and Conference
6th Ave., in the ASRC between be purchased in person at the Transportation Center, located at 310 SW Lincoln, pro-
Montgomery and Harrison Streets. & Parking Services office. Annual parking vides 8,000 square feet of conference and
PSU has many bus, light-rail train and permits are available to employees and term meeting facilities plus 235 guest rooms.
streetcar stops on campus, making public parking permits are available to students and Please call 503-221-0140 for more informa-
transportation a convenient option for get- temporary staff. Term parking permits tion or visit
ting to and from campus. Zipcar, Portland’s should be purchased in advance approxi- university-place-hotel-conference-center.
largest carsharing company, has over 20 mately four weeks prior to the start of the
vehicles in the university district, and PSU term. Permits may be purchased online at
students and employees can join this service and are then sent by mail before
the term begins.
We l c o m e t o Po rt l a n d S tat e U n i v e r s i t y 27

School of
Extended Studies
Michael Burton, Vice Provost and Extended Studies and to PSU units to design,  Project management/advanced project
Executive Director develop, deliver, and manage online courses management†
Market Square Building and programs. This unit extends the reach of  Seminars (business communication and
1515 S.W. Market St., 1st floor & 10th the University through a variety of programs management)
floor (Suite 1050) such as Independent Study, Extended  Supervision and performance
503-725-3276 Campus, and online degree programs. management†
Registration: 503-725-4832  Tax practitioners institute
Accounts Payable/Receivable: Extended Campus Programs
503-725-4819  Healthcare management certificate 800-547-8887, x4822
†Indicates a certificate of completion offered.
The School of Extended Studies manages
Portland State University through the School off-site degree programs which offer students
of Extended Studies offers a wide range of access to degrees at four sites in the evening, Summer Session
continuing education and special learning weekends, or you may earn your degree fully 503-725-8500
activities, including the following: off-campus online. PSU’s four Extended Campuses are Approximately 1,200 courses are offered June-
programs and courses for credit, degree com- located at: August for academic credit through the more
pletion programs, distance learning courses PSU at Mt. Hood 503-491-7190 than 40 departments that comprise PSU.
and programs, noncredit community pro- PSU at Rock Creek 503-614-7011 Formal admission is not required for Summer
grams, relicensure, certifications, and in-ser- PSU Salem 503-315-4281 Session and all students are charged in-state
vice programs for professionals in a range of tuition, except non-residents taking 9 credit
fields, workshops, short courses, institutes, and Independent Study hours or more.
summer programs. 503-725-4865 Summer Session offers the greatest possible
Off-campus and other special educational University and high school credit courses are flexibility in scheduling, with classes starting
programs operate through a number of offered through correspondence and online. throughout the summer in formats that
departments across campus, reaching out to Start courses anytime and take between one include two-day workshops through one-,
locations throughout the metropolitan area, and 18 months to finish. Catalog online: two-, four-, and 11-week courses. Sequential
state, region, country, and internationally. or call 503-725-4865 courses are offered to enable students to
Programs use a range of formats, incorporat- complete a full year of courses (languages,
ing different degrees of face-to-face, distance Professional Development Center science) in one term.
delivery, and online participation. (PDC) In addition to on-campus courses, there
Off-campus and other special educational are several programs offered off campus and
programs directly support Portland State’s 503-725-4820 abroad. Students can choose from a variety
presidential initiatives, which focus attention of special events, including concerts, recitals,
on collaboration and community connec- PDC offers programs developed to meet the
needs of the business and professional com- and lectures. Summer Session highlights
tions, internationalization, growth, and include:
diversity. The School of Extended Studies, munity. The center serves over 5,000 clients
from over 600 companies and offers 250  Chamber Music for Strings
along with outreach conducted by other  Chamber Winds
units on campus, has accomplished hun- individual courses to private, public, non-
profit, and profit entities. Offerings include  Deutsche Sommershule am Pazifik
dreds of collaborations and community con-  Programs in the Arts and Sciences
nections. Improved delivery capacity certificate programs, evening courses, day-
time seminars, and customized in-house  International Visiting Professors
through a greater number of locations and  Kodaly Certificate of Completion
through online delivery has substantially training. Courses and seminars are taught
from a practical perspective and scheduled Program
increased enrollment at Portland State, The Summer Session is part of Extended
drawing in students who would not have during times convenient for most working
professionals. Studies and is located in the Market Square
been able to attend a traditionally scheduled Building, 1515 S.W. Market St., Portland,
program. Special programs have also Programs include:
 Business management† Oregon - 1st floor & 10th floor (Suite
increased diversity on campus and the ability 1050). Open weekdays 8:00 a.m. to 5:00
for students and faculty to work with diverse  Contract/customized in-house training
 Corporate and executive education p.m. throughout the year. A PSU Summer
populations. Session catalog is issued in early April. To
 Human resource management/compre-
hensive human resource management† obtain a copy contact the PSU Bookstore,
Distance Learning/Online Program visit, or write to: PSU
Services  IT certification training†
 Internet strategy workshop series† Summer Session P.O. Box 1491 Portland,
503-725-8936  Macromedia authorized training† Oregon 97207.
Distance Learning provides support to  Multimedia professional program†
28 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Office of
International Affairs
Gil Latz, Vice Provost resources and expertise with the community. certs, dance performances, films, and art
101 East Hall MESC also serves as a regional information exhibits
503-725-4094 center providing support to business, media,  Collaborating with educational organiza- and educational institutions throughout the tions and institutions and community
The Office of International Affairs houses Northwest. groups on special events and projects.
Education Abroad, International Student MESC works with PSU’s Contemporary
and Scholar Services, International Special Turkish Studies Program and the Harold IE3 : Global Internships
Programs, the Institute for Asian Studies, the Schnitzer Family Program in Judaic Studies. 207 East Hall, 503-725-8256
Confucius Institute, the Middle East Studies Nationally, MESC belongs to Middle East-
related organizations that expand opportuni- The IE3 Global Internship program, admin-
Center, and the Waseda-Oregon istered by the Oregon University System
Transnational Program. It is the former ties for faculty and students.
Academic options in Middle East Studies: enables PSU students to acquire internation-
administrative office for the International al experience for credit as part of their
Studies Bachelor of Arts Program of the  Bachelor of Arts degree in international
studies with a concentration in the degree.
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. An IE3 Global Internship is a supervised,
Information on International Studies can be Middle East.
 Certificates in Middle East Studies and practical, international work experience.
found on page 159. Ranging from 10 weeks to nine months of
Contemporary Turkish Studies comple-
full-time work, the internship integrates aca-
Institute for Asian Studies ment a Bachelor of Science or Arts
demic credit on the home campus with on-
degree in any other PSU degree
Acting Director: Mel Gurtov program. the-job experience, allowing students to gain
306 East Hall, 503-725-8576  Minors in Arabic language, Turkish lan- valuable skills while working toward their guage and Judaic Studies. degrees.
The mission of the Institute is to contribute  Study of Arabic, Hebrew, Persian, and The benefits gained from an international
to the internationalization objectives of PSU Turkish languages. internship are numerous: personal growth, a
by: promoting research, training, teaching,  Study abroad in Egypt, Israel, Jordan, better understanding of world affairs, com-
curricular development, and public aware- Morocco, Tunisia, and Turkey. petitive advantage in the job market, profi-
ness on all parts of Asia; guiding students Branford Price Millar Library’s largest spe- ciency in a foreign language, an understand-
who hope to make a career in Asian Studies; cialized collection is the substantial Middle ing of foreign cultures, knowledge of profes-
collaborating with other units of the East vernacular holdings, a nationally recog- sional practices in another country, maturity
University, and with other educational orga- nized resource owing its existence to the fed- and confidence, and professional contacts for
nizations in Oregon, to promote better eral Foreign Language and Area Studies future career development.
understanding of Asia, past and present; Acquisition Program, augmented through IE3 offers internships throughout the
sponsoring conferences, speakers training private donations over the years. The collec- world in private-sector companies, govern-
programs, and other Asia-focused activities; tion includes a number of rare books and is ment agencies, and non-profit organizations.
and working with PSU administration and available to the public through local and The latest information on available intern-
faculty to develop strategies for increasing Internet online access. ships can be found on the IE3 Web site:
the coherence and effectiveness of the Several scholarships are available to stu-
University’s Asia programs and its profile in dents in support of Middle East language
Asia. and area studies, including: the Elizabeth
International Student and
Ducey Scholarship Fund, the Patricia and Scholar Services
Middle East Gary Leiser Scholarship in Middle Eastern
Director: Judy Van Dyck
Studies Center Languages, the Noury Al-Khaledy
Assistant Director: Christina Luther
Scholarship in Arabic Studies, and the John
Director: Peter Bechtold 101 East Hall, 503-725-4094
Damis Middle East Studies Scholarship.
322 East Hall, 503-725-4074 International Student and Scholar Services Community outreach staff work with admitted international stu-
The Middle East Studies Center (MESC) was MESC supports PSU’s mission as an urban dents, visiting scholars, and international
the first federally supported undergraduate university with a strong commitment to faculty. The office is a central source of
program in the United States for Arabic lan- community outreach, through: information on the services and programs
guage and area studies. Dating from 1959,  Educator workshops on teaching about available to these groups. The office works
the center’s mandate today is to support the the Middle East at the precollegiate level closely with sponsoring agencies, diplomatic
academic study of the Middle East at PSU  Free, public lending library of educa- missions, and other government agencies to
and to provide Oregon’s community with tional resources resolve academic, financial, and immigration
information on the peoples, cultures, lan-  Referral of speakers for schools and issues.
guages, and religions of the region in an open community groups Services and programs offered to interna-
and objective atmosphere. MESC is one of  Sponsorship of public lectures, confer- tional students, scholars and faculty include:
PSU’s oldest institutional centers, sharing its ences, and cultural events including con-  An intensive orientation program for all
We l c o m e t o Po rt l a n d S tat e U n i v e r s i t y 29

incoming international students and national faculty in fixed term, tenure- East Hall, 503-725-4088 or www.ielp.pdx.
faculty. track and tenured positions requiring edu.
 Provision of technical immigration assis- H-1B work visas as well as nonresident
tance for students, visiting scholars, aliens in other visa categories International
exchange students and scholars.  Preparation of Labor Certification appli- Special Programs
 Assistance to various departments at cations to the U.S. Department of
PSU in meeting the legal requirements Labor and employment and permanent Director: Judy Van Dyck
for employment for visiting scholars and residence petitions to U.S. Citizenship 503-725-4878
faculty. and Immigration Services on behalf of Provides training and education programs
 Opportunities to live in American international faculty for professional and student groups, custom-
homes and visit with American families  Advising of international faculty (and designed for specific international organiza-
through a host family network. their dependents) on regulations and tions/agencies/institutions, which draw on
 Three scholarship programs specifically procedures for maintaining legal status, resources and expertise of PSU faculty and
for international students. travel, employment authorization, and the Portland community to provide special-
 Sponsorship of a wide variety of educa- other issues. ized instruction.
tional and social events for international  Administration of the summer ISP provides administrative, logistical, and
students and scholars with University International Visiting Professor (IVP) curricular support services to provide for a
and community groups, including a program. custom-designed group package experience
mentoring program which matches new For more information about staff and ser- which includes instruction, extra-/co-curric-
international students with returning vices, please visit our websites: ular activities, transportation, housing and
students. and meals. ISP hosts 25-30 groups a year. For
 Weekly or quarterly workshops on issues more information visit our website at
affecting internationals, such as insur- For information about international stu-
ance, work permission, taxes, etc. dent admissions, call the Office of
 A weekly International Coffee Hour Admissions, International Student
open to all PSU students, staff, and fac- Admissions, 503-725-3511.
ulty. For information about English as a Second
 Advising for faculty and staff regarding Language (ESL), contact the Intensive
the invitation and employment of inter- English Language Program in the
Department of Applied Linguistics, 122
30 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Education Abroad Kenya, Nicaragua, Mexico, Italy, Guatemala, Opportunities Abroad for Teachers. The
Suriname, India, and Costa Rica. As these U.S. Department of State sponsors teaching
Director: Ron L. Witczak programs vary from year to year, please con- positions abroad and summer seminars for
101 East Hall, 503-725-4094 tact the Office of International Affairs for teachers and professors through its
The Office of International Affairs sponsors a more information. Opportunities Abroad for Teachers program.
wide variety of education abroad programs Education Abroad opportunities are subject Interested persons should apply by October
for PSU students year-round. The University to change throughout the year. For the most 15 directly to the following website: www.
administers some of these programs directly, current listing of programs available, please Interviews for
while others are conducted in cooperation visit our Web site at, or Oregon-area applicants are arranged by the
with the Oregon University System (OUS), come to our office in East Hall, room 101. Fulbright adviser at PSU and are held on
universities offering programs abroad jointly, campus in early December.
such as the Northwest Council on Study Fulbright Program
Abroad (NCSA), and educational associations Adviser: Debra Z. Clemans
Boren Programs
such as the Council on International 101 East Hall David L. Boren Scholarships (NSEP)
Educational Exchange (CIEE), School for Adviser: Debra Clemans
International Training (SIT), and IFSA-
Portland State participates in the 101 East Hall
International Educational Exchange
The office also seeks to facilitate teaching
and other opportunities abroad for faculty Program authorized by the Fulbright-Hays Scholarships to undergraduate and graduate
and to develop bilateral exchanges with uni- Act. Awards available include those offered students are available through this federally
versities abroad which will provide exchange by the U.S. government, foreign govern- funded program for the purpose of helping
opportunities for both faculty and students. ments, universities, and private donors. more Americans learn the languages and
The University supports a long-standing Grants are available to qualified graduating cultures of countries and regions that are
tradition that study of other cultures and seniors and graduate students for advanced deemed critical to U.S. national security. It
places is an essential component of modern research, to qualified faculty for lecturing aims to build a base of future leaders and
education. and research, and to teachers for teacher professionals who can help the United States
Advisers in the Office of International exchange programs. make sound decisions and deal effectively
Affairs provide guidance and assistance for Grants for Graduate Study Abroad. with global issues and to enhance and
students who seek to enrich their university Fulbright opportunities are announced increase the faculty who can educate U.S.
education through education abroad. PSU annually about May 1, and applications citizens toward achievement of these goals.
offers over 100 programs in more than 40 should be prepared as soon as possible. The This scholarship includes a service require-
countries. Because these programs offer resi- deadline for submission of application mate- ment once a student has completed his or
dence credit and home campus registration, rials to the Fulbright adviser is September 8, her degree. Applications are due early in
participating students who are eligible for 2010 for the 2011-2012 academic year. The winter term each year. Interviews are held
financial aid at PSU may apply it, in most Fulbright program adviser disseminates on the PSU campus prior to Boren dead-
cases, to these study programs. information about grant opportunities and lines. Those interested should contact the
PSU has been working with its own faculty assists in processing grant applications. Boren adviser listed above for more informa-
to develop a variety of short-term overseas University Lecturing/Advanced tion on requirements and application
experiences for students. The length of these Research. The Office of International details.
programs ranges from two weeks to five Affairs provides information to faculty on
weeks, and they are offered throughout the grants for university lecturing or advanced
academic year. PSU faculty members have research. Application deadline for most pro-
taken students to the Caribbean, Ghana, grams is August 1.
Student Services

Division of
and the larger urban community; and to
provide services that facilitate student transi-
tion to the University and remove barriers to
Student student success.
Within the unique setting of PSU as the

major metropolitan university in Oregon,
student service programs, organizations, and
activities serve as focal points for student
success, personal growth and development,
multicultural understanding, community
345 Cramer HALL service, and leadership opportunities, as well
503-725-5249 as support the University’s teaching, research, and public service mission.
The personnel in the Division of Student
Affairs provide support and assistance to stu-
dents dealing with the administration, facul- Advising and
ty, staff, and other students. The Division of
Student Affairs is comprised of five align-
Career Resources
ment groups: Academic and Career Services
(ACES); Admissions, Records and Career Center
Registration (ARR); Diversity and 402 University Services Building
Multicultural Student Services (DMSS); 503-725-4613
Dean of Student Life (DOSL), and Student
Health and Counseling Center (SHAC).
The Career Center offers assistance to
The alignment leaders report directly to the Portland State University students (who are
Office of the Vice Provost for Student formally admitted and registered for classes)
Affairs. The Vice Provost for Student Affairs and alumni. Services and resources include:
serves as the administrator of the numerous  Individual career counseling.
student services and activities that make up  Workshops and individual assistance on
the alignment groups (see below). career decisions, resume writing, inter-
The mission of Student Affairs is threefold: viewing, and job search strategies.
to provide programs that facilitate and  An extensive career library and home
enhance student learning through intention- page with information on careers,
ally connecting parts of the student experi- internships, employers, and job-search
ence into a meaningful whole through col- resources.
laborative partnerships with faculty and  An on-campus recruiting program in
other institutional agents and by bridging which students interview with employ-
organizational boundaries; to enrich and ers.
complement student learning by providing  PSU CareerConnect, an on-line jobs
opportunities for involvement in meaningful database, with full-time professional
activities within the University community level positions, internships, and part-
32 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

time jobs for students (both on and off dents who have not chosen a major or who
campus). Disability Resource Center want to change their major and with students
 Four annual career days or job fairs: 116 Smith Memorial Student Union who are struggling academically. Beginning
Career Information Day in February, Phone: 503-725-4150, in fall 2010, all freshmen (e.g. undergradu-
On-campus Job Fair in September, and TTY or Relay: 503-725-6504 ates with 0-44 credits) who have not selected
Non-Profit Career Fair in October. a major are required to receive advising from
 Peace Corps office. the UASC in order to register for courses for
The Career Center provides referrals to The mission of the Disability Resource their second year. Students with declared
internships and part-time, temporary, and Center is to collaborate with and empower majors are proved referrals to the advising
summer jobs off campus, and on-campus Portland State University students with dis- available in their academic department.
Federal Work-Study or student wage jobs. abilities in order to coordinate support servic-
Many employment opportunities are es and programs that enable equal access to Academic Support Program
degree-related and most jobs offer flexible an education and university life. To accom- 425 Smith Memorial Student Union
hours, often within walking distance from plish this goal, the DRC provides pre-admis- 503-725-4005
campus. Referrals may be obtained by using sion and disability counseling, advocacy, edu-
PSU CareerConnect, an online career and cational training, and a variety of accommo-
job information service, or by stopping by dations for equal access to the educational program
the Student Employment office during process and campus at Portland State
The Academic Support Program (ASP) pro-
office hours. Check PSU CareerConnect University.
vides eligible PSU students who are strug-
regularly, as job postings and employer The DRC serves students with temporary
gling academically with additional support,
interview schedules change daily. as well as permanent disabilities. Students
mentoring and advising. The program offers
Workshops are offered regularly to assist who have disabilities that impact their ability
a three-credit College Success course, educa-
students with career decision making, to function in the classroom and want to use
tional planning, and referrals to other PSU
resume writing, interview preparation, and the services offered through the DRC must
campus resources. The ASP also offers
effective job seeking techniques. Individual identify themselves to the DRC office. This
“ROADS to Success”, a program for condi-
counseling is available for students seeking is a requirement of the Americans with
tionally admitted freshmen designed to assist
assistance with career/major choice, resume Disabilities Act (ADA).
in the transition to university life and the
writing and graduate school applications. Accommodations provided for students are
academic rigor of college.
Practice interviews with video-taped feed- determined on a case-by-case basis and
back may be scheduled. depend on the nature of the disability and Community College Relations
The Career Center library contains career the documentation provided. For additional
information please check our website or con- 425 Smith Memorial Student Union
information as well as information on
employers in both the public and private tact the DRC. 503-725-9546
sectors. Also available are employer directo-
ries, information concerning employment Undergraduate Advising
trends, and job-seeking techniques. and Support Center (UASC)
For further information, contact the The Community College Relations (CCR)
425 Smith Memorial Student Union
Career Center or visit the Web site: www. office responds to the needs of students trans-
503-725-4005 ferring to PSU from community colleges by
providing advising and transition assistance.
Student employment
The office also acts as a liaison for communi-
The Undergraduate Advising and Support ty college personnel, providing information,
402F University Services Building Center (UASC) provides educational plan-
503-725-4958 updates, and assistance in the development of
ning services and referrals to students to aid collaborative educational opportunities. CCR
in the University’s advising and retention advisers provide advising at both Portland
Student Employment provides referrals to efforts. Specific components are offered to State and the local community college cam-
internships and part-time, temporary, and meet the various needs of students. puses, as well as via email and phone.
summer jobs off campus, and on-campus
Co-admission programs, currently in place
Federal Work-Study or student wage jobs. Advising and Referral with Chemeketa, Clackamas, Clark, Clatsop,
Many employment opportunities are degree- Mt. Hood, and Portland Community
related and most jobs offer flexible hours, Colleges, help ease the transition from com-
often within walking distance from campus.
Referrals may be obtained by using PSU Undergraduate Advising and Support Center munity college to the University.
CareerConnect, an online career and job (UASC) advisers assist students with Co-admitted students have access to PSU
information service, or by stopping by the University, general education (University academic advising, library privileges, and, if
Student Employment office during office Studies), and degree (B.A. and B.S.) require- qualified, financial aid for both PSU and
hours. Check PSU CareerConnect regularly, ments. All new students, both freshmen and community college courses.
as job postings and employer interview transfer students, are required to attend a
schedules change daily. New Student Orientation: Advising & Veterans' Services
Registration session where they will first learn 503-725-3876
about the PSU curriculum and meet with
academic advisers. UASC advisers are avail-
able to assist students with understanding Veterans Services at PSU is a collaborative
their transfer evaluations and degree audits initiative led by Student Affairs to support
(DARS) after they have attending one of student-veterans at the University. The fol-
these sessions. Advisers also work with stu- lowing services are available:
S t u d e n t S e r v i c e s 33

The Veterans Certification Office processes Students who need tutorial assistance or formal event held in the Rose Garden arena
all enrollment verifications to ensure that stu- who are interested in becoming a tutor are with approximately 2,000 students partici-
dents receiving VA educational benefits are encouraged to contact the program’s staff. pating. As their names are read, each student
certified each term. The office also processes crosses the stage to receive University-wide
military transcripts to grant any college level recognition and his or her diploma folder.
equivalency. 104 Neuberger Hall, 503-725- Campus Life Official diplomas are available later in the
summer. The ceremony lasts approximately
tification two and a half hours and is a ticketed event.
Dean of Student Life Students receive up to four tickets at no
The Campus Veterans Service Officer, an
employee of the Oregon Dept. of Veterans’ 433 Smith Memorial Student Union charge. Additional tickets may be purchased
Affairs, provides advocacy to veterans, their 503-725-4422 for $7.00. Students can register for the cere-
dependants and survivors in obtaining bene- mony at
fits entitled to them through Federal, State
Summer Ceremony
and local programs to include compensation, The mission of the Office of the Dean of The Summer Commencement Ceremony is
pension, health care and VA educational pro- Student Life is to foster and celebrate stu- an informal event held in the Park Blocks.
grams. 104 Neuberger Hall, 503-725-5524 dent engagement, learning and success by The ceremony lasts about 90 minutes.
The UASC Veterans Services liaison provid-  Helping students navigate Portland State Students are encouraged to wear regalia and
ed academic advising & referral services to University; can register to attend the ceremony at www.
veterans utilizing or planning to utilize their  Cultivating student responsibility and
VA educational benefits and liaisons with leadership;
other campus and community programs that  Promoting a diverse and respectful The difference between Commencement
support student-veterans. 425 Smith learning community; and Graduation
Memorial Student Union, 503-725-3876  Providing leadership for specific pro- “Graduation” and “Commencement” are
grams and services; and terms of art at PSU. “Graduation” means
Peer Tutoring and Learning  Advocating on behalf of all students. actually fulfilling your degree requirements
resulting in a diploma. In other words,
Center The Office is responsible for the oversight of
“Graduation” is the technical obtainment of
the following campus life programs and ser-
439 Smith Memorial Student Union credits to receive a degree.
503-725-4448 “Commencement” is the symbolic ceremo-
 Assisting students to resolve problems
and make connections with University ny marking the closing of your academic
The Peer Tutoring and Learning Center processes or services and advising facul- career where you receive commendation for
(PTLC) provides a variety of supportive ty/staff as they assist students in these your hard work at PSU. It is an opportunity
instructional and tutorial services for stu- efforts for you, your family, friends, and the PSU
dents, including:  Partnering and collaborating with others community to celebrate your accomplish-
 Free one-on-one and group peer tutor- across the University to advance initia- ment.
ing for PSU students who desire indi- tives to enhance the student experience Diploma. Student transcripts (official and
vidualized academic assistance. We tutor  Student conduct unofficial) display PSU degree information
in lower-division courses in math and  Student Ambassador Program once the graduation certification process is
statistics, the sciences, and world lan-  Commencement complete (four to six weeks after final grades
guages.  Academic Awards of Excellence and are posted). Note that this is prior to the
 Supplemental Instruction in designated Commendation diploma being prepared. All degree
courses. SI provides facilitated group  Fall and Winter Welcome Week recipients are notified by mail of diploma
learning opportunities for traditionally  Virtual Viking (electronic newsletter) availability (either by picking it up in the
difficult courses.  Advising ASPSU Student Fee Degree Requirements Office or by having it
 Workshops and individual appointments Committee mailed). Diplomas are usually available at
covering study strategies, graphing cal-  National Student Employment Week the end of the term following the graduation
culator usage, software applications, and  Campus Recreation term.
other valuable skills that college students  Residence Life and Housing
should master.  Student Activities and Leadership Student Ambassador
Tutoring services are designed to assist stu- Programs
dents who wish to build on their current aca-  Student Legal Services Program
demic skills. Our services are used by fresh-  Women's Resource Center 503-725-8240
men through graduate students.
Those who wish to become tutors and meet Commencement
certain requirements may apply at the center. Student Ambassadors serve as representatives
This is a competitive process. All tutors are of the University and the student body with
provided with training; the PTLC is certified visiting speakers, educators, and dignitaries,
by the College Reading and Learning Portland State University has two com-
mencement ceremonies each year: a formal conducting campus tours, acting as liaisons
Association. between students, faculty, and administra-
The PTLC strives to help PSU students cap and gown ceremony at the end of the
spring term and an informal ceremony held tors, performing volunteer community
become more academically successful. It pres- work, and serving as hosts and hostesses at
ents a valuable opportunity for students to at the end of the Summer Session.
official functions and VIP events.
become involved in one another’s intellectual Spring Ceremony Ambassadors are selected on the basis of
growth and social development. The Spring Commencement Ceremony is a their academic excellence, strong written and
34 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

communication skills, a commitment to student-run recreation club, provide both access to staff for help with the smallest to
problem solving, their ability to be a posi- structured and informal opportunities to the most complicated of issues.
tive, productive team member, and demon- participate in recreational activities.
stration of strong leadership skills within the Subsidized by student-fees, students with University Housing Office
University setting as well as in the commu- valid identification can access most of these The Broadway Building, Suite 210
nity. programs for free or a very nominal fee. 625 SW Jackson Street
Any student taking 1 credit or more has 503-725-4375
access to these programs with a valid
Student Conduct Portland State ID.
433 Smith Memorial Student Union The University Housing Office (UHO) pro-
503-725-4422 Student Rec Center vides information about on-campus hous- 1800 SW 6th Ave. ing, housing contracts, building mainte- Urban Plaza nance and housing charges for prospective
The policies of the University governing the 503-725-5127 and current residents. University Housing
rights, freedoms, responsibilities and con- Office staff members also lead housing tours
duct of students are set forth in the The Student Rec Center, home to the Monday through Friday. The tour begins at
Portland State University Code of Student Campus Rec program, is located on the 1:30 pm in Neuberger Hall room 131.
Conduct and Responsibility which has Urban Plaza in the heart of campus and a The goal of the University Housing Office
been issued by the president under authority great resource to meet friends and get is to provide safe and desirable housing for
of the Administrative Rules of the Oregon healthy - two ways to help you succeed in students. A wide variety of living styles are
State Board of Higher Education. Students the classroom. available, including furnished single-occu-
may consult these documents by visiting our Designed with sustainability and accessi- pancy sleepers, double-occupancy studios
website at: bility in mind, the facility includes a two- and one-bedrooms, and two-bedroom units
conduct. Observance of these rules, policies, court gymnasium, a 1/11 mile indoor run- for families with children.
and procedures helps the University to oper- ning track, a synthetic floor gymnasium There are many benefits to living on an
ate in a climate of free inquiry and expres- equipped with dasher boards for floor hock- urban campus. Portland State students liv-
sion and assists it in protecting its academic ey and indoor soccer, a large cardiovascular ing on campus experience everything
environment and educational purpose. and weight training facility featuring over Portland has to offer, whether they’re buying
100 pieces of the newest exercise equipment, fresh veggies at the Farmer’s Market, study-
Academic honesty
2 multi-purpose group fitness suites, a 6 ing in the Park Blocks or riding the streetcar
The policy governing academic honesty is
part of the Code of Student Conduct and lane lap pool and 10 person whirlpool spa, to Powell’s City of Books. Residents can par-
Responsibility. Academic honesty is a cor- new locker rooms, a 32 foot climbing wall, ticipate in the Residence Housing
nerstone of any meaningful education and a and working space for student clubs. The Association, grow their own food in the
reflection of each student's maturity and Outdoor Program office and gear rental pro- community garden and utilize student ser-
integrity. The Code of Student Conduct and gram are located in Suite 180, located on vices at their convenience.
Responsibility, which applies to all students, the Southeast corner of the Student Rec The Broadway Building and Stephen Epler
prohibits all forms of academic cheating, Center. Hall are the newest additions to the on-
fraud, and dishonesty. These acts include, Campus Rec provides the activities in the campus housing options. These structures
but are not limited to: plagiarism, buying Student Rec Center including group fitness have been awarded for their environmentally
and selling of course assignments and classes, intramurals, 30+ rec clubs, the friendly construction and sustainability
research papers, performing academic Outdoor Program, aquatics, and adaptive practices..
assignments (including tests and examina- sports. First-year college students age 19 and
tions) for other persons, unauthorized dis- Any student taking 1 credit or more has younger who choose to live on campus their
closure and receipt of academic information, access to this new campus resource with a first year are required to participate in the
and other practices commonly understood valid Portland State ID. First Year Experience program, the Global
to be academically dishonest.
Village program, or the Russian Immersion
Residence Life program. First Year Experience residents live
The Broadway Building, Suite 230
Campus Rec 625 SW Jackson Street
on floors 3–7 in the Broadway Building or
floors 3–8 in the Ondine Building. Global
1800 SW 6th Ave. 503-725-2450 Village residents live on the 6th floor of
Urban Plaza Stephen Epler Hall. Russian Immersion resi-
503-725-5127 Residence Life staff steward the daily man- dents live on the 5th floor of the Stephen agement of housing facilities and foster a Epler Hall. healthy, safe living environment that inspires These Living Learning Communities
Campus Rec, located in the Student Rec academic achievement, personal growth, (LLCs) are designed as intentional and sup-
Center, provides recreation, sport, exercise, civic leadership and personal responsibility. portive living communities for students who
and adventure programs to support the Residence Life cultivates a rich living-learn- are experiencing their first year of university
health and engagement of Portland State ing environment in collaboration with the life. The First Year Experience program is
students, faculty, staff and alumni. approximately 2,000 students who reside in more specifically tailored to the needs of
All programs, including, aquatics, climb- University-owned facilities. first-year students, while the Global Village
ing center, GroupX fitness classes and per- The Residence Life staff is a group of pro- and Russian Immersion programs focus on
sonal training, intramural leagues and tour- fessionals that take an active role in creating cultural awareness and are not restricted
activities and attending to each individual solely to freshmen.
naments, outdoor program trips and gear need as it arises. Combined with student
rentals, adaptive sports, and over 30 unique Living Learning Communities are a large
Resident Assistants, residents have 24-hour
S t u d e n t S e r v i c e s 35

part of University Housing’s effort to create Student organizations Student Legal Services
a well-rounded educational environment.
The University Housing Office works with PSU is home to over 100 student organiza-
tions which offer many opportunities for M340 Smith Memorial Student Union
the department of Residence Life to create 503-725-4556
and maintain these communities. involvement related to students’ interest
area. Some organizations have existed for
many years and receive substantial funding
each year. Other organizations develop SLS is a full service law firm serving eligible
Portland State University students. The mis-
Student Activities annually. All recognized organizations can
be contacted via the Student Activities and sion of SLS is to encourage students to fully
and Leadership Leadership Programs office. participate in and complete their academic
endeavors by helping to alleviate legal obsta-
Programs Women’s Resource Center cles to degree or program completion. To
119 Smith Memorial Student Union Montgomery Hall Courtyard this end SLS provides advocacy and assis-
503-725-4452 503-725-5672 tance, including legal advice and representa- tion in some instances, to eligible credit car- rying students. SLS offers limited mediation
services specializing in family law matters in
Student Activities and Leadership Programs The Portland State University Women's cooperation with the Student Center for
(SALP) provides student with the opportu- Resource Center advocates for the best edu- Dispute Resolution (SCDR). SLS also seeks
nity to join, create, and/or participate in cational and campus experience for all mem- inform and educate students on pertinent
student organizations. SALP facilitates cross- bers of our community.  We accomplish this legal topics and is available to give presenta-
campus leadership trainings and conferenc- by advancing social justice, ensuring access tions to classes and groups.
es. SALP supports the Portland State to personal empowerment for all self-identi-
Programming Board, the student-run pro- fied women, and by working toward a safe
gram which organizes large-scale, traditional
campus events.
and healthy campus.
The Women’s Resource Center is open to
Diversity Resources
SALP formally recognizes over 150 stu- students of all genders. The center is a great
dent organizations ranging in a diverse array place to stop by, check-out the library, find Diversity and Multicultural
of interest areas, including academic, honor- out about resources on campus, discuss cur- Student Services
ary, arts and industry, Greek life, multicul- rent events, study, and meet new people.
425 Smith Memorial Student Union
tural, political, service and advocacy, spiritu- We offer three programs: 503-725-4457
al and student government. Participating in  The Leadership In Action program sup-
a student organization is the perfect way to ports volunteers interested in engaging
gain out-of-class experience, to apply aca- in the work of the WRC. The Office of Diversity and Multicultural
demic learning, and to connect to campus. Opportunities are available for students Student Services (DMSS) provides compre-
For a complete listing of recognized organi- at a variety of commitment levels. We hensive academic support services for specif-
zation and what they are doing, please visit offer internships working in our lounge, ic populations of students. Students from
the SALP Web site. Staff is available to help planning our events, working with our populations traditionally under-represented
students find ways to connect, to help create action teams around specific issues, and in higher education, first generation stu-
new student organizations, and to provide taking on special projects. dents, and students from diverse back-
resources, advising, and training to current  The Empowerment Project provides sup- grounds may participate in programs that
student leaders. port, classes, mentoring, and informa- support students from entry into the univer-
tion to non-traditional women stu- sity through graduation. This office admin-
Student government— dents: women of color, non-traditional- isters scholarship programs, provides general
ly aged students, and veterans. The advising, advocacy, and counseling for eth-
ASPSU program is a resource for women both nically diverse students. Programs include at the undergraduate and graduate level. the following TRiO programs: Student  The Interpersonal Violence Program Support Services, Upward Bound, and
All students registered for at least one credit supports students who are dealing with Educational Talent Search. Students are also
are members of the Associated Students of domestic or sexual violence in their own served through the Diversity Scholarship
Portland State University (ASPSU). The or their friend’s life. The IPV Program Programs, African American Student
ASPSU advocates for students’ interests, also offers prevention programs, out- Services, Latino Student Services, Native
officially represents students before internal reach and education. American/Alaskan Native Student Services,
and external bodies, and is the vehicle  The Community offers a comfortable the Native American Student and
through which students may participate in lounge and library for students to use Community Center (NASCC), and the
the governance of the University. Students for meeting, discussing, socializing, or Multicultural Center (MCC).
may run for office, serving on the Student studying. We host a number of events
Senate or as president, vice president, or as a like weekly knitting circles, our much Diversity Scholarship
member of the Student Fee Committee. loved, Faculty Favorite Lecture Series, Programs
Students may also volunteer to work on spe- film screenings, and more.
cific-issue task forces or be appointed to a 425 Smith Memorial Student Union
University-wide committee to represent the
student body. Students admitted to PSU who are recipi-
ents of the Diversity Scholarships are pro-
vided tuition waivers and support services
through a special advising component of the
36 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Educational Equity Programs and Services activities that further understanding among and high school, Educational Talent Search
unit. Applications are accepted in February people of different cultures. The center offers serves over 600 students at Cleveland,
for first-time freshmen and transfer or con- a program space for events that promote Franklin, Jefferson, Benson and Madison
tinuing college students with 30 or more appreciation for cultural diversity and serves high schools and Hosford, Lane, Ockley-
college credits. Applications may be accept- as an informal gathering place for all mem- Green, and Tubman Leadership Academy
ed throughout the year, depending on the bers of the University’s extended family. for Young Women in the Portland Public
availability of funds. Student organizations, academic units, and School District. The program also provides
The recipients receive academic advising, community groups collaborate to offer a rich services to students at Century, Glencoe,
advocacy, priority registration, one-on-one array of educational and cultural activities Liberty and Hillsboro high schools. The
counseling, mentoring, and may participate open to all. program is designed to increase the number
in informational and social group activities. of first-generation and income disadvan-
In addition, the students’ academic progress Native American Student taged students continuing in, and graduat-
is monitored from term-to-term to promote Services ing from, middle and secondary schools. It
academic success. 503-725-5348 seeks to increase the number of these stu- dents enrolling in postsecondary education.
Student Support Services Students in Project PLUS will have access to
The Native American Student Services
(SSS) Program provides support for Native
free services provided by professional role
models and educational advisers in the areas
458 Smith Memorial Student Union, American and Alaskan Native students of motivation, career and college informa-
503-725-3815 through advising, guidance, advocacy and tion, leadership skills, technology skills, referrals to appropriate campus-based and mentoring, and tutoring as needed. Students
Student Support Services is Portland State Portland Metro resources, especially services are assisted with the preparation of forms
University’s federally funded academic and for Native American people. The program for college admissions and financial aid.
personal support services TRIO program for also connects students to opportunities for
college students. It is designed to provide Native American cultural enrichment and Upward Bound Program
special assistance to those who have tradi- social activities, both on campus and in the
633 S.W. Montgomery
tionally had limited access to a college edu- community. The coordinator serves as a liai-
cation. Specifically, students who are low- son to Tribes, Native American organiza-
income, who have a disability, or whose par- tions, and educational institutions for indi-
ents did not graduate from college can vidual students and the University. The PSU Upward Bound Program supports
receive assistance from SSS if they have a student academic success in high school and
need for academic support. The program Native American Student develops the skills and motivation necessary
for entry into post-secondary study among
provides counseling, skill development and Community Center low-income and potential first-generation
courses, and tutoring that is designed to
help the student achieve his or her educa- 710 S.W. Jackson college students who are enrolled in high
tional goals. 503-725-9695 school.
The program’s goal is to provide support To be eligible, students must:
services that will facilitate an increase in the The Native American Student and  Be enrolled in 9th through 11th grade
Community Center, opened in October of at Franklin, Grant, Jefferson, Madison,
retention and graduation rates of program
Marshall, or Benson High School in
eligible students who, historically, have a 2003, is located at the south end of campus
higher attrition rate than most students. at SW Jackson and Broadway. Its unique  Come from a low-income family in
Students should consider applying for the architecture and collection of artwork by which the parents did not graduate from
Student Support Services/Educational local Native American artists serve as an a four-year college.
Opportunity Program if they feel they will inviting venue for many educational pro-  Be in need of academic assistance.
benefit from the additional academic and grams and cultural activities sponsored by  Have a desire to pursue higher
personal support the program provides. campus and community groups. Student education.
Only admitted PSU students can apply for groups, academic departments, and pro-
participation in SSS. Applicants will be grams on campus partner with local, region- PSU’s Upward Bound Program offers:
selected on the basis of their need for the al, and national Native American and non-  Preparation for postsecondary education
educational services SSS provides and their Native people to create an environment in  Assistance from tutors during the aca-
desire to fully participate in the program’s the Center that is educationally and cultur- demic year; instruction in math, science,
activities. Students interested in SSS are ally enriching for the entire campus. and English language
invited to contact the SSS office. Student In addition to space available for lease (see  Individual and group counseling
Support Services is a U.S. Department of website for leasing information), the build-  An intensive six-week nonresidential
Education Title IV TRIO program. ing houses NA/AN student organizations, summer program (one week is a residen-
the Native Studies Program, a small com- tial Outdoor Learning Lab)
Multicultural Center puter lab, and a classroom where classes are  Assistance in completing college admis-
taught each term by Native American sions and financial aid applications
228 Smith Memorial Student Union  Special workshops, field trips and col-
503-725-5342 Studies faculty.
lege visits  Educational Talent Search Incentives: internships, awards, bus tick-
ets, high school credit
The Multicultural Center (MCC) is a 633 S.W. Montgomery
uniquely central place on campus that wel- 503-725-4458
comes all students, faculty, staff, and com-
munity members to share in dialogue and A TRIO Program for students in middle
S t u d e n t S e r v i c e s 37

Ronald E. McNair Scholars valid for one calendar year. application, intended major, etc.
Program 2. Admission validation. To validate admis-
sion, the student must register for classes Admission Requirements—Entering
M302 Smith Memorial Student Union during the initial term of admission. If Freshmen
503-725-9740 the student does not register for this To be admitted as freshmen, students need
The Ronald E. McNair Scholars Program at term, the application can be updated to to fulfill each of the requirements (or alter-
Portland State University works with under- one of the next three consecutive terms natives to each) as specified in items 1-4
graduates who want to pursue PhDs. It without repaying the fee. After this time below.
introduces juniors and seniors who are first period the student must submit a new
1. High school graduation requirement.
generation and low-income or members of application along with another $50 fee.
Must have graduated from a standard or
under-represented groups to academic 3. Official transcripts. Transcripts must be
accredited high school. Students who have
research and to effective preparation and submitted directly from each high school
not graduated from high school or from a
strategies for getting into and graduating or college attended. Transfer students who
standard or accredited high school may meet
from PhD programs. have earned fewer than 30 credits of col-
entry requirements through alternative test-
The McNair Scholars Program has aca- lege transfer coursework are also required
ing. Alternative testing includes successful
demic-year activities and a full-time summer to submit official high school transcripts.
completion of the Test of General Education
research internship. Scholars take academic To be considered “official,” transcripts
Development (GED) with a minimum over-
and skills-building seminars and workshops must be received by PSU in the sealed
all score of 580 and a minimum score of
during the year, and each scholar works original envelope or through approved
410 on each of the five sub-tests (if taken
closely with a faculty mentor on original electronic means from the issuing school.
before January 2001, an average score of 46
research in the summer. Scholars present Since all official transcripts submitted
and a minimum score of 40 on each subject
their research findings at the McNair become the property of PSU and cannot
test is required). Students from non-accred-
Summer Symposium and at other confer- be copied or returned to the student, stu-
ited or non-standard high schools, or home-
ences, and are encouraged to publish their dents are encouraged to obtain unofficial
school students may meet the high school
papers in the McNair Journal and other copies of their transcripts from prior insti-
graduation requirement with a minimum
scholarly publications. tutions for advising or personal purposes.
score of 1,000 on the critical reading and
The Ronald E. McNair Post-baccalaureate 4. Official scores of College Board
math portions of the Scholastic Aptitude
Achievement Program was established in Scholastic Aptitude Test or American
Test (SAT) or 21 on the American College
1986 by the U.S. Department of Education College Test. Freshman applicants who
Test (ACT) and an average of 470 or above
and named in honor of Challenger Space have graduated from an accredited and/or
(940 total) on two College Board SAT
Shuttle astronaut Dr. Ronald E. McNair. standard high school within three years of
Subject Tests (Math Level I or IIc, and one
Portland State enrollment must submit
additional subject test of the student’s
scores on the College Board Scholastic
choice). An examination in a second lan-
Enrollment Aptitude Test (SAT) or American College
Test (ACT) that include a standardized
guage is strongly recommended to qualify
the applicant for admission by meeting the
Services writing examination. Similarly, transfer
applicants with fewer than 30 earned
language proficiency requirements. Students
who do not take an SAT Subject test in a
credits must also submit standardized test
second language must prove language profi-
scores. Portland State requires the writing
Admission portion of either ACT or SAT I as part of
ciency through another approved process.

Requirements its admission process. The applicant is

responsible for seeing that test scores are
2. Subject requirements. Applicants must
satisfactorily (grade of C- or above) com-
submitted directly to PSU from the test- plete at least 14 units (one year equal to one
U.S. Citizens and Immigrants ing board. For more information on these unit) of college preparatory work in the fol-
(Domestic Applicants) examinations, contact the College Board, lowing areas.
1947 Center Street, Berkeley, CA 94704; a. English (4 units). Shall include the
Application The American College Testing Program, study of the English language, literature,
Iowa City, IA 52240; or PSU Testing speaking and listening, and writing, with
Domestic students must submit the follow- emphasis on and frequent practice in
ing information to the Office of Admissions, Services, 310 UCB, 503-725-5301, www. Note: High school gradu- writing expository prose during all four
Registration and Records. years.
1. Application form and nonrefundable ates before 1975 are not required to pro-
vide the ACT or SAT. b. Mathematics (3 units). Shall include
fee. Students may apply online, or obtain first-year algebra and two additional years
the application form at 5. Altered transcripts and falsified applica-
tions. Students who knowingly submit of college preparatory mathematics select-
admissions/apply. The application may also ed from geometry (deductive or descrip-
be obtained from the PSU Office of altered transcripts or falsified applications
jeopardize their admission status and may tive); advanced topics in algebra (through
Admissions, Registration and Records and Algebra II), trigonometry, analytical
at the counseling offices in most Oregon have their admission rescinded and/or their
registration canceled. All records submitted, geometry, finite mathematics, advanced
high schools and community colleges. To applications, calculus, and probability and
assure consideration for admission, the filed, and accumulated in the Office of
Admissions, Registration and Records statistics, or courses that integrate topics
application should be submitted by the from two or more of these areas. One
priority filing dates listed and must be become the property of the University. The
number of students admitted for any unit is strongly recommended in the
accompanied by a nonrefundable $50 senior year. (Algebra and geometry taken
application fee (fees subject to change term is subject to the availability of space.
When space is limited, selection may be prior to ninth grade will be accepted if
without notice). The application and the posted on HS transcript.)
nonrefundable $50 application fee are based on grade point average, date of
c. Science (2 units). Shall include a year
38 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

each in two fields of inquiry based college school and achieve a passing grade. Note: International Students
preparatory science such as biology, chem- Satisfactory completion of Math 95 or its
istry, physics, or earth and physical sci- equivalent (Intermediate Algebra) fulfills
ence. Science courses that are “inquiry
in total the subject requirement in math-
based” provide students the opportunity ematics. Applicants who are not U.S. citizens or
to apply scientific reasoning and critical immigrants are considered for admission as
3. Grade point average requirement. international students. Candidates for
thinking to support conclusions or expla-
High school students with a cumulative admission are given priority if complete
nations with evidence from their investi-
grade point average of at least 3.00 in all applications are filed by:
gations. It is strongly recommended that
one year be taken as a laboratory science graded subjects taken toward high school  March 1 for fall term
and that a total of three years of science be graduation. Students who do not meet the  July 1 for winter term
taken. 3.00 GPA or 1000 SAT/21 ACT require-  November 1 for spring term
d. Social Studies (3 units). Shall include ment may be admitted based on a combina-  February 1 for summer term
analysis of societal issues and events. It is tion of GPA and test scores, as seen on this Applications will be considered for all
strongly recommended that study website: terms subject to department and/or
includes knowledge and use of geographic mum-admission-requirements-freshman. University restrictions and/or course avail-
information, patterns of United States 4. Writing Component of SAT/ACT. ability. Graduate-level applicants should
history, patterns of human history, struc- Students must take and submit scores for contact the appropriate academic depart-
tures and systems of US Government, the writing component of the SAT and/or ment for specific departmental application
and analysis of economic systems. ACT. No minimum score is required. information.
e. Second Language (2 units). Shall International applicants should submit the
include demonstrated proficiency equiva- Admission Requirements—Transfer following information to the Office of
lent to two years of the same high school- Students Admissions, Registration and Records. All
level second language. Students may dem- documents submitted become the property
To be admitted as a transfer student, appli-
onstrate proficiency by meeting one of of PSU and cannot be photocopied,
cants must have a minimum GPA of 2.25 in
the following options: returned, or forwarded to third parties.
30 quarter credit hours of transferable col-
 Pass with a C- or better, two years of lege work. Applicants who present a trans- 1. Application form and $50 nonrefund-
the same high school-level second lan- able application fee. The application and
ferable associate’s degree or an Oregon
guage nonrefundable application fee are valid
Transfer Module (OTM) will be admitted
 Pass with a C- or better, the third year with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00. for one academic year only. The $50 fee
of a high school-level second language cannot be waived.
Students who have accumulated fewer than
 Pass with a D- or better two quarters 30 transferable credits of college work must 2. Admission validation. To validate admis-
or two semesters of college-level second sion, the student must register for classes
also meet the freshman admission require-
language during the initial term of admission. If
 Pass an approved proficiency exam Writing proficiency requirement. the student does not register for this
**American Sign Language qualifies as a Beginning fall 2010, to be admitted as a term, the application can be updated to
second language. transfer student, applicants must satisfactori- one of the next three consecutive terms
Students failing to meet the Second ly complete Writing 121 or the equivalent without repaying the fee. After this time
Language Proficiency requirement at the with a C- or better. period, the student must submit a new
time of admission may be admitted, but will Second language proficiency require- application along with another $50 fee.
not be able to earn an undergraduate degree ment. All students must meet the second 3. Official transcripts. To be considered offi-
at Portland State University until the second language proficiency requirement described cial, transcripts must arrive in the Office of
language requirement has been completed. above in 2e. Admission, Registration and Records in a
Students must provide official high school Transfer evaluations. A copy of the trans- sealed envelope from the issuing school.
or college transcripts to demonstrate the fer evaluation is enclosed with the admission Applicants whose admission will be based
Second Language Proficiency Requirement notification. Transfer evaluations are not on high school/secondary school gradua-
has been met. provided to postbaccalaureate students or to tion should submit official transcripts of
The second language requirement only students who have not submitted official their final four years of high school/sec-
applies to applicants graduating from high transcripts. ondary school study. Transfer students
school in 1997 or later. Academic probation/disqualification must submit official transcripts from each
For a complete list of proficiency options from other institutions. Academic proba- college or university attended, regardless of
available for meeting the second language tion/disqualification will not affect the whether or not they feel their prior aca-
requirements, please contact the University’s admissibility of a student whose complete demic study may be relevant to their PSU
Office of Admission, Registration & academic record meets the minimum admis- study. Transfer students with fewer than 30
Records, or view the OUS Second Language sion requirements in effect at the time of quarter credits of college/university course-
policy at application. work are also required to submit tran-
files/lang02.pdf. Disciplinary disqualification. A student scripts from their final four years of high
Alternatives to the subject requirements. who has been disqualified from another school/secondary school. Credits from
(Any one of the following.) institution for disciplinary reasons must be accredited schools outside the U.S. will be
I. Score an average of 470 or above (1410 eligible to re-enroll at that institution to be transferred to PSU according to established
total) on the SAT II subject exams considered for admission to Portland State international transfer credit guidelines and
(English Composition, Math Level I or University. Students with extenuating cir- policies. See Academic Credit section of
IIc, and a third test of the student’s cumstances may petition for a waiver of this this Bulletin for more information.
choice). policy. Students who knowingly submit altered or
II. Take make-up coursework for specific falsified academic records or other applica-
subject requirements missed in high tion documents jeopardize their admission
S t u d e n t S e r v i c e s 39

status and may have their admission English language proficiency requirements Undergraduate
rescinded and/or registration canceled. may be found at
4. Proof of English language proficiency sions/english-language-proficiency-require- students returning to PSU
(as described below). ments-undergraduate. after an absence
5. Evidence of adequate financial resourc- Information on the international TOEFL Former Portland State University students
es for educational and living expenses. is available at Information on who have attended another college or univer-
(International applicants residing in the the PSU institutional TOEFL is available at sity since leaving PSU and who wish to enroll
United States on visas other than F-1 or after an absence must submit an Admission
J-1 student visas are not required to sub- tutional-toefl-exams. Update Request form found at the Office of
mit proof of financial resources.) Admissions, Registration and Records.
6. Proof of current immigration status (if Residency Classification Official transcripts must be submitted from
already residing in the United States). each institution attended since leaving PSU.
7. Intensive English Language Program. In Oregon, as in all other states, tuition at
Persons seeking English language training publicly supported four-year universities is
only, who do not wish to continue toward higher for nonresident students than for res- Transfer credit policies
university-level academic study, may apply ident students. The rules used in determin-
ing residency seek to ensure that only bona Accredited colleges and universities. The
for admission to the Intensive English
fide Oregon residents are assessed the resi- Office of Admissions, Registration and
Language Program (IELP). However, per-
dent fee. Those rules—Oregon Records evaluates credits from accredited col-
sons who want to study English before
Administrative Rules, Chapter 580, Division leges and universities. Portland State
beginning academic study are eligible for
10 - Board of Higher Education—appear in University accepts college-level credits earned
conditional undergraduate or postbacca-
“Notice to Nonresidents of the State of in academic degree programs at colleges and
laureate admission without minimum
Oregon” at universities accredited by regional accrediting
English language proficiency test scores.
stu/files/residencepolicies.pdf. associations and as recommended in Transfer
The IELP provides non-credit classes only;
Only duly authorized residency officers Credit Practices of Designated Educational
therefore, no university-level academic credit
have authority to apply and interpret these Institutions. All courses are evaluated to be
will be offered. Students must have earned
rules and procedures. No other indication or either equivalent or parallel to PSU courses.
the equivalent to a U.S. high school diplo-
determination of residency by any other Equivalent means that the catalog course
ma for admission consideration. Prospective
institutional office, department, program, or description is substantially equal to that in the
students must be in legal U.S. immigration
staff represents the official institutional Portland State University Bulletin. Parallel
status at the time of application.
determination of residency. means that the course is in a discipline which
Contact the Department of Applied
is offered by Portland State, even though PSU
Linguistics, 503-725-4088 or www.ielp.pdx. Residency Classification Appeals does not offer the specific course.
edu, for additional IELP requirements. Any person may appeal an institutional resi- Unaccredited institutions and foreign
dency classification decision within ten (10) colleges and universities. Departmental
Admission Requirements for days of the date of mailing or other notifica- representatives, working through the Office
International Students tion of the decision. The appeal to the OUS of Admission, Registration and Records, are
Applicants must demonstrate an appropriate Interinstitutional Residency Committee authorized to evaluate credits transferred
level of academic preparation. (IRC) must be in writing and filed with the from unaccredited institutions or foreign col-
Freshman: completion of U.S. academic institutional residency officer. leges and universities after a student has been
(university preparatory) high school or sec- The decision of the IRC may be appealed admitted to PSU. For specific course equiva-
ondary school equivalent as determined by to the Chancellor for Academic Affairs in lency, students may be asked to provide cata-
the Office of Admission, Registration and writing within ten (10) days of notification log descriptions and/or documents certifying
Records with a minimum 3.00 GPA. of the IRC decision. The decision of the course content. Work from unaccredited
Transfer: completion of 30 transferable col- Chancellor is final. schools is evaluated in accordance with the
lege quarter credits, excluding ESL courses, institutions and policies listed in Transfer
with a 2.25 GPA or higher at a U.S. region- Further Information
Credit Practices, published by the American
ally accredited college/university or equiva- Persons interested in further information on
Association of Collegiate Registrars and
lent as determined by the Office of or assistance with residency classification
Admissions Officers. Credit given for a par-
Admission, Registration and Records. should contact the institutional residency
ticular course will not exceed credit given for
Transfer students who present a transferable officer at the institution where residency
the equivalent or corresponding PSU course.
associate’s degree or an Oregon Transfer classification is sought. At PSU: http://www.
Co-admission programs. Portland State
Module (OTM) will be admitted with a
University has established co-admission pro-
minimum cumulative 2.00 GPA. media_assets/residence_affidavit.pdf.
grams with Chemeketa Community College,
English language proficiency require-
Admission to professional Clackamas Community College, Clark
ment. Admitted students who meet the
College, Clatsop Community College, Mt.
English language proficiency requirement may programs and schools Hood Community College, and Portland
enroll in academic classes. Those who do not Community College. Each co-admission pro-
Admission to Portland State University does
meet this requirement will be restricted to gram allows students to concurrently enroll at
not automatically admit students to its pro-
ESL classes until the requirement has been both PSU and the community college cam-
fessional programs and schools. Standards
met. Applicants may demonstrate English lan- pus. In addition, the program provides for
for admission and evaluation of transfer
guage proficiency by submitting qualifying PSU academic advising and, if qualified,
credits often exceed general University
TOEFL or IELTS scores. See minimum qual- financial aid for both PSU and the commu-
requirements. Students should check this
ifying scores below. nity college courses. Applicants should con-
catalog under the appropriate academic unit
Test of English as a Foreign Language tact Clackamas Community College at 503-
to determine if a unit has special admission
(TOEFL). 657-6958, ext. 2763, Clark College at 360-
40 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

992-2107, Clatsop Community College at indicated in Transfer Credit Practices. The mation sessions, open houses, and social
503-338-2411, Mt. Hood Community health science students may not receive a events in which new students are invited to
College at 503-491-6442, Portland bachelor’s degree from PSU and from the attend and encouraged to participate. For
Community College–Sylvania at 503-977- professional school when both degrees are further information write to orientation@
4519, Chemeketa Community College at based essentially on the same credits com- or view the Web site at www.pdx.
503-399-5006, or the Office of Admissions, pleted by the student. The residence credit edu/orientation.
Registration and Records at 503-725-3511 requirement is satisfied by completing 45 of
for more information. the last 60 credits at PSU, after admission to
Associate degree transfers. Students who PSU and prior to formal enrollment in the Student Records,
upon admission have completed an Associate qualifying professional program. The student
of Arts-Oregon Transfer (AAOT) degree at must be within 48 credits of receiving a Registration and
an accredited Oregon community college or
another PSU-approved associate degree, have
bachelor’s degree from PSU at the time of
matriculation into the professional program.
met all lower-division general education
requirements. The student must still fulfill Postbaccalaureate status Student Records
any outstanding upper-division general edu- Students seeking admission who have earned The University Student Records Policy, in
cation requirements. The transfer A.A. may an accredited baccalaureate degree, who have accordance with the federal Family
not satisfy all requirements for admission to not been admitted to a graduate degree pro- Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974
professional schools. Please check with each gram may be admitted and enroll at the post as Amended, governs the collection, use, and
school for specific admission requirements. baccalaureate level. These students are disclosure of student records with the goal of
Vocational and technical schools. admitted to Portland State to earn a second ensuring their privacy. Generally it provides
Portland State University grants up to 12 bachelor’s degree, certificate, complete pre- the right to nonrelease of confidential infor-
credits for courses which are deemed voca- requisites for admission to graduate school, mation except as directed by the student in a
tional-technical. These credits are transferred or take other academic credit. PSU students transcript request, or as provided by law; the
to PSU as general elective credits. who have completed an undergraduate right to inspect educational records main-
Oregon Transfer Module (OTM) degree who wish to complete a second tained by the University; the right to correc-
Consistent with OUS transfer policy, stu- undergraduate degree or take 9 or more tion of errors, a hearing if necessary, and the
dents may earn an OTM at Portland State. credits during fall, winter or spring terms right to file a complaint with the U.S.
Transfer students who present an earned must be admitted to postbaccalaureate status. Department of Education. Copies of the full
OTM from another Oregon institution will Postbaccalaureate students are subject to all Student Records Policy are available from the
be granted a minimum of 45 quarter credit academic policies. Office of Student Affairs and the Office of
hours toward their general education gradu- Admissions, Registration and Records or
ation requirements. See Student orientation online at
sions/otm. records-privacy.
Correspondence credit. A maximum of
programs Retention of student documents. All doc-
60 correspondence credits is acceptable in 503-725-5555 uments submitted to PSU become the prop-
transfer from schools recognized as institu- erty of the University and may not be copied
tions of higher education. The Office of Admission, Registration and or returned to a student. Transcripts from
Community and junior colleges. The Records coordinates an orientation program other institutions cannot be copied.
number of lower-division credits to be for all undergraduate students new to PSU. Release of student information. Please
accepted in transfer from regionally accredit- All newly admitted undergraduate students note: The privacy laws do not permit the
ed junior colleges and the Oregon commu- are required to attend a new student orienta- University to discuss a student’s academic or
nity colleges is limited to 124. tion session prior to registering for courses. University information with anyone other
National Student Exchange Program. After admission to PSU, each undergradu- than the applicant. All inquiries must origi-
Portland State is a member of the National ate student must participate in a one-day nate with the applicant.
Student Exchange Program, which enables orientation session prior to the beginning of
sophomores, juniors, and seniors to attend his or her first term. An advance tuition
Part-time students/non-
one of 174 institutions in other areas of the deposit of $200 is required to register for degree students
nation for up to one academic year. Students new student orientation in the fall term.
pay in-state tuition at host school or current Part-time and non-degree students are subject
Orientation provides students with the to the same rules as full-time students with
PSU tuition. Call 503-725-3511 or go opportunity to meet with current PSU fac-
online to www.pdx.admissions/nse for infor- regard to Academic Standards (academic
ulty, professional staff, and students in order warning, probation, dismissal) and registra-
mation. to:
College courses completed before high tion deadlines (drop, add, tuition refunds,
 Understand academic requirements of a grade option changes etc.). Tuition payment
school graduation. College courses taken baccalaureate degree
before a high school diploma is received are is required by published deadlines. The
 Successfully develop an academic plan Online Class Schedule is available at www.
accepted in transfer provided the student and register for courses
receives grades of D- or above in the courses
 Access programs and services available to Part-time status is defined as enrollment in
and the grades are posted on a college tran- PSU students
script. fewer than 12 credit hours for undergradu-
 Facilitate the academic and social transi- ates, and fewer than 9 credits for graduate
Health science professions. Students who tion to the University community
have completed preprofessional programs at students. Credit work taken as a part-time
New Student Week is part of the orienta- student is acceptable in most degree pro-
PSU may transfer up to 48 credits of their tion program that takes place the week prior
professional health science work from schools grams, subject to University regulations. A
to the start of fall term during the month of fully admitted student may earn most
accredited by a regional association and/or as September. This is a week of activities, infor- University degrees as a part-time student and
S t u d e n t S e r v i c e s 41

some degrees may be earned by taking cours- not wish to attend, the University reserves Rationale: Portland State University recog-
es exclusively at night. Part-time students the right to drop students who do not attend nizes that students carry many responsibili-
should meet regularly with an adviser for aca- classes or do not have the proper prerequi- ties with them into the classroom, which
demic planning and information on up-to- sites. Non-attendance does not cancel the both enrich their educational experience and
date requirements and University policies. tuition charges nor prevent the course and make it more challenging. These include
A student may take a maximum of 8 cred- grade (F, NP, X, or M) from appearing on university-sanctioned activities in which the
its in fall, winter and spring terms without the student’s academic record. Note: student serves as a representative to the uni-
applying for formal admission. A Non- Students receiving state or federal aid who versity such as student congress, athletics,
Degree Entry form is used to add the stu- receive all X, M, NP, W, or F grades for a drama, and academic meetings.
dent to the registration system. There is a term will be required to provide the Applicability:
one time, nonrefundable fee. Non-degree Financial Aid Office with proof of atten-  Undergraduate students involved in uni-
students do not qualify for financial aid nor dance. Students who do not submit proof of versity sanctioned or other legitimate
do they receive transfer evaluations. Non- attendance within the specified period of activities, such as illness and family
degree students are allowed to preregister time are subject to having all of their federal emergency.
after admitted students. Students may apply and state funds returned.  Activity program directors.
online, or obtain a Non-Degree Entry form
Academic Advising  Instructors of students who participate
in university-sanctioned activities,
Students who wish to take 9 or more cred-
All new undergraduates, both freshmen and including faculty, academic profession-
its in fall, winter, or spring terms must be
transfer students, are required to attend a als, administrative staff, and teaching
formally admitted to the University.
New Student orientation: Advising & assistants.
Students who plan to earn a degree at PSU
Registration session (see page 40) to learn
should be admitted formally as soon as pos- Policy: It is the responsibility of each
about the Portland State University and its
sible. instructor to determine and publish the class
academic curriculum and to meet with aca-
demic advisers. attendance policy in the course syllabus and
Enrollment process distribute to the enrolled students at the
Freshman Advising Requirement: beginning of the quarter. The instructor’s
Registration. Students who have been for- Beginning fall 2010, all freshmen (e.g.,
mally admitted or who have filed a Non- class attendance policy supersedes request
undergraduates with 0-44 completed cred- for approved absences. It is the responsibility
Degree Entry form may register for classes its) are required to receive academic advising
online at during the prereg- of the student to inform the instructor of
from their major department during their absences due to university-sanctioned events
istration period for a given term. first year in order to register for the follow-
Registration dates are determined by student or personal responsibilities in writing at the
ing fall term. During the 2010-11 academic earliest possible opportunity. If a student
class level and admissions status and are list- year freshmen must receive advising from
ed under the term Priority Registration must miss class due to an unforeseen event,
their department, based on the department's the student must inform the instructor of
Schedule. A current, detailed listing of term specific advising plan, in order to be able to
course offerings can be found in the online the reason for the absence. Absences not
register in May 2011 for the following fall cleared with an instructor before the specific
Class Schedule at term.
Detailed instructions for registration, priori- class event (exam, presentation, assignment
Freshmen who have not chosen a major due) may require a document from the rele-
ty registration dates, drop and add deadlines will be advised by the Undergraduate
and academic calendar can be found online vant authority (e.g., coach, employer). If
Advising and Support Center (UASC). the instructor decides that the absence is
at Students in pre-professional programs (e.g.
dar or in the current Registration Guide, justifiable, then he/she should attempt to
education, medicine, nursing) may receive provide opportunities for equivalent work.
available at the PSU Bookstore or University their advising from either the major depart-
Market. The schedule is available approxi- When absences are approved beforehand by
ment or the College of Liberal Arts and the student and instructor, the instructor
mately six weeks before the beginning of Sciences Advising Center. Freshmen should
classes for winter and spring, and available in will allow students to make up missed work
contact their major department, their col- and/or give an option to attain attendance
May for the following fall term. lege or school advising center or the
The academic regulations which govern points. When there is a dispute between stu-
Undergraduate Advising and Support dents and instructors over the opportunity
drops and withdrawals are described in Center to clarify their advising options.
detail under “Grading System for under- to make up work or attendances, the issue
graduates” on page 45. The academic calen- Advising for Other Undergraduates: All will be adjudicated by the chair of the
dar, contains deadlines related to adding and other undergraduates are encouraged to seek department and then (only if needed) the
dropping classes, making grade changes, academic advising from their major depart- dean of that school or his/her designee. The
withdrawing from classes, and refund per- ment as soon as possible. Those who have student may not place any undue burden on
centages. These deadline dates are important not chosen a major can seek advising from the instructor to provide opportunities to
as they determine the extent of financial the Undergraduate Advising & Support make up course work due to excused
obligations incurred by registration activity Center (UASC). absences.
and they determine if and how a course reg-
istration will be recorded on a student’s
Missed Class Policy Senior citizen enrollment
transcript. Students who withdraw or drop Purpose: This policy is to provide under- Oregon residents who are senior citizens
may be entitled to certain refunds of fees graduate students who miss class or exami- (aged 65 or older) may audit courses and
paid. See the online Class Schedule at www. nations a process to make up examinations receive a tuition waiver under certain condi- or the Registration Guide for or other graded in-class work, unless it can tions. The tuition waiver will apply if the stu-
more information. be shown that such an accommodation dent is not enrolled as a regular, admitted,
Non-attendance. Although it is the stu- would constitute an unreasonable burden on degree-seeking student; space is available in
dent’s responsibility to drop courses they do the instructor. the course after degree seeking students have
42 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

registered; the department and instructor accounting, revitalizing endangered indige- cation to PSU.
approve; the senior student is registered for nous languages, teaching English as a second Satisfactory progress standards. In order
eight or fewer credits; and the course is not a language, teaching Japanese as a foreign lan- to maintain satisfactory progress, the stu-
self-support course. One time administrative guage, or women’s studies. A certificate pro- dent veteran must complete the following
fees and other course fees for materials and gram is only available upon graduation or as a credits:
online access may apply. Contact the Senior postbaccalaureate. Certified for: Undergraduate: Graduate:
Adult Learning Center, 113A Urban and A minor in advertising management, aging Full time 12 credits 9 credits
Public Affairs Building for more information services, anthropology, arabic, architecture, Three-quarter time 9 credits 7 credits
on eligibility and enrollment. art history, biology, black studies, business One-half time 6 credits 5 credits
administration, chemistry, Chinese, civic The cumulative GPA at Portland State
Undergraduate programs leadership, classical studies, communication University required to maintain satisfactory
studies, community development, communi- progress is 2.00. One hundred and eighty
Portland State University is committed to
ty health, computer applications, computer (180) credits are required to graduate with a
providing for its students maximum opportu-
science, creative industries studies, criminolo- baccalaureate degree (the total is greater in
nities for intellectual and creative develop-
gy and criminal justice, dance, design man- some programs). Incompletes, No Pass,
ment within the context of its urban and
agement, drawing/painting/printmaking, eco- withdrawals, and audits do not count
international mission. Students earning a bac-
nomics, electrical engineering, elementary toward credits completed and may result in
calaureate degree will complete a rigorous
education, English, environmental engineer- a VA overpayment.
program of study leading to mastery of the
ing, environmental geology, environmental For reporting purposes, the last date of
chosen field of study at the undergraduate
studies, film studies, French, geographic attendance is the same as the date of official
level. In addition, Portland State University is
information systems/sciences, geography, withdrawal from class or classes, date of stu-
committed to providing the foundation for
geology, German, graphic design, history, his- dent notification of a change in credits to
continued learning after completing the bac-
tory and philosophy of science, international the Veterans’ certification office, or the date
calaureate degree. This foundation includes
economics, international studies, Italian, of determination of unsatisfactory progress,
the capacity to engage in inquiry and critical
Japanese, jazz studies, judaic studies, law and whichever is earliest. This date determines
thinking, to use various forms of communi-
legal studies, linguistics, mathematics, mathe- the amount of overpayment, if any, incurred
cation for learning and expression, to gain an
matics for middle school teachers, music, by a student not maintaining satisfactory
awareness of the broader human experience
music history, Native American studies, phi- progress standards.
and its environment (local, national, and
losophy, photography, physics, political econ- Courses may be dropped during the drop
international), along with an ability to appre-
omy, political science, psychology, real estate periods, but student veterans are still
ciate the responsibilities of individuals to
development, Russian, sculpture, secondary responsible for reporting any changes in
themselves, each other, and community.
education, sexuality gender and queer stud- credits which affect the rate of VA certifica-
Undergraduate students at Portland State
ies, sociology, space and planetary science, tion. The number of credits completed is
University may work toward a Bachelor of
Spanish, special education, sustainability, sus- checked against the number of credits for
Arts, a Bachelor of Science, a Bachelor of Fine
tainable urban development, theater arts, which the veteran is certified each term by
Arts, or a Bachelor of Music degree with one
time arts, Turkish, women’s studies, and writ- the Veterans’ certification office.
or more majors. See the “Programs of Study”
ing. A minor is only granted with a baccalau- Failure to maintain satisfactory progress
chart on page 7 for majors leading to a bacca-
reate degree. standards at Portland State University will
laureate degree.
A nondegree preprofessional program in result in the termination of G.I. benefits.
Students working toward a bachelor’s
chiropractic, clinical laboratory science, dental Please contact Veterans’ Services, 503-725-
degree must complete the (1) University
hygiene, dentistry, law, medicine, naturopathic 3876, 425 Smith Memorial Student Union,
requirements, (2) University Studies (general
medicine, nursing, occupational therapy, for more information.
education) requirement, (3) Bachelor of Arts,
optometry, pharmacy, physical therapy, physi-
Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Music, or
cian assistant, podiatry, radiation therapy,
Bachelor of Science requirements, and (4)
requirements for a major. Students majoring
teacher education, and veterinary medicine. Degree
in Liberal Studies or completing the Honors
Program do not need to meet the general
Veterans’ certification Requirements
education requirement. Specific requirements requirements To earn a baccalaureate degree a student
for a baccalaureate degree are detailed on 503-725-5523 must complete (1) University requirements,
page 43. Students pursuing supplementary (2) University Studies (general education)
programs must complete additional require- Most programs at Portland State University requirements, (3) specific requirements for
ments as specified in the curricula of these are approved for the training of veterans. the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts,
programs. Veterans considering entrance to PSU are Bachelor of Music, or Bachelor of Science
Students working toward a bachelor’s expected to meet admission requirements. Degree, and (4) requirements for a major.
degree may wish to supplement their major (Please see Veterans’ Services under Student Students bear final responsibility for ensuring
coursework with: Services for instruction in how to apply.) that the courses taken are applicable toward
A certificate program, a concentration of Academic credit. After admission, credit satisfying their degree requirements.
courses in one of the following specialty may be granted for some types of military
fields: advanced proficiency in Russian, black service courses on the college level where
equivalency to Portland State courses can be 1. University Requirements
studies, Canadian studies, Chicano/Latino
shown. Veterans should provide transcripts  Minimum number of credits (lower-
studies, contemporary Turkish studies, crimi-
from appropriate military schools and a division plus upper-division): ..........180
nology and criminal justice, European studies,
food industry management, international copy of VA form DD214 to the veteran’s (some programs require more than 180
business studies, Latin American studies, certification section of Admissions, credits)
Middle East studies, post baccalaureate Registration and Records office upon appli-  Minimum number of upper-division
S t u d e n t S e r v i c e s 43

credits (300- and 400-level):...............72 of 12 credits ments if they conform to the regular qualifi-
 Minimum cumulative grade point aver- UnSt 200-level)........................12 credits cation for those requirements.
age: 2.00 on all residence work and 2.00  Upper-Division Cluster (Junior and  For the Bachelor of Arts degree:
on all courses, no matter where taken, Senior Years). Students are required to Students must complete 28 credits to
in major field (some departments select three courses (for a total of 12 include a minimum of 12 credits in the
require a GPA greater than 2.00 in the credits) from one upper-division cluster arts and letters academic distribution
major). (300 to 400-level courses designated area, with a minimum of 4 credits in
 Residence credit: (excluding credit by with a U) which is directly linked to one the area of fine and performing arts; a
examination) of the final 60 or 165 of of the three Sophomore Inquiry classes minimum of 12 credits in the science
the total credits presented. Restriction: they have taken previously........12 credits and/or social science distribution areas,
At least 25 of the last 45 credits must be Note: Students may not use any course to satis- with a minimum of 4 credits in the sci-
for differentiated grades . ..................45. fy both cluster and major requirements. Cluster ence distribution area; and 4 credits in a
 Maximum number of credits transferred courses must be taken outside of the major foreign language numbered 203 or
from regionally accredited two-year department. This includes courses that might higher (conducted in the target lan-
institutions:......................................124 be cross-listed elsewhere with the major prefix. guage). See foreign language require-
 Senior Capstone. This 6-credit capstone ments listed below.
 Maximum number of correspondence  Foreign language requirement. The B.A.
credits (transferred from schools recog- course (UnSt 421) is the culminating
general education course for seniors. language requirement is not defined in
nized as institutions of higher credits, but in terms of competence: for
learning):............................................60 Students join an interdisciplinary team,
develop a strategy to address a problem graduation, a student must demonstrate
 Maximum number of credits graded P competence equivalent to that normally
(pass) that may be counted for gradua- or concern in the community, and
implement this strategy over one, two, attained after two years of college study.
tion:....................................................45 Students with no previous knowledge of
or three quarters of work.......... 6 credits
Note: this 45 credit maximum does not a foreign language are advised to com-
include credits with P grades accepted for ATTENTION TRANSFER STUDENTS: plete two years in a language.
transfer from colleges or universities that do The following placement within University  Students who already possess sufficient
not offer differentiated grades. Studies is based on total credits accepted at competence (or who wish to prepare
 Maximum number of Physical term of admission to PSU. themselves outside of formal classes)
Education activity credits that may be  Transfer students who have earned fewer may meet the B.A. language require-
counted for graduation:......................12 than 30 quarter credits of transfer work ment in any of the following ways: (1)
are required to complete all of the Completion in any foreign language of
 Maximum number of Cooperative University Studies program require-
Education credits that may be applied 203 or its equivalent with a passing
ments, including the entire sequence of grade; (2) completion in any foreign
toward degree requirements:...............12 Freshman Inquiry. language of a course that has 203 or
 Transfer students who have earned higher as a prerequisite; (3)
2. University Studies (General 30-89 quarter credits of transfer work Demonstration of proficiency in a for-
Education Requirement. Not are required to complete the University eign language equivalent to that attained
required for Liberal Studies or Studies program beginning with after two years of college study. There
the Honors Program.) Sophomore Inquiry as follows: 30-64 are three ways to demonstrate equiva-
The purpose of the general education pro- credits, three courses; 65-74 credits, two lency proficiency: a) in French, German,
gram at Portland State University is to courses; and 75-89 credits, one course. or Spanish, by passing the CLEP exami-
enable students to acquire and develop the (The upper-division cluster must be nation with a score high enough for sec-
knowledge, abilities, and attitudes which linked to one of these Sophomore ond-year level credit (see page 48); b) in
form a foundation for lifelong learning. This Inquiry classes.) other languages regularly taught by the
foundation includes the capacity and the  Transfer students who have earned 90 or Department of World Languages and
propensity to engage in inquiry and critical more credits of transfer work are Literatures, by passing a departmental
thinking, to use various forms of communi- required to complete the University examination with a score high enough
cation for learning and expression, to gain Studies program beginning with an for second-year level credit; c) in any
an awareness of the broader human experi- Upper-Division Cluster. It is recom- language for which the Department of
ence and its environment, and appreciate mended that they complete the World Languages and Literatures has a
the responsibilities of persons to themselves, Sophomore Inquiry course directly qualified tester, by passing a non-credit
to each other, and to community. linked to the Upper-Division Cluster departmental examination. English sat-
To accomplish this purpose all freshmen they choose. isfies the B.A. language requirement for
entering with fewer than 30 prior university Attention co-admitted students: students whose official transcripts dem-
credits are required to complete the follow- Contact the Community College Relations onstrate that their secondary education
ing program (See current Registration Guide Office, 503-725-8387, for placement rules was completed in a language other than
or for course descrip- regarding University Studies. English. Such students may not enroll
tions and capstone offerings): in first- or second-year courses in the
 Freshman Inquiry. One year-long language in which they received their
3. Requirements for Bachelor of secondary education. (See page 301).
course which must be taken in sequence
(UnSt 100-level).......................15 credits
Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts,  For the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree:
Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Students must complete the program of
 Sophomore Inquiry. Students are
required to choose three Sophomore
Science Degrees art practices as prescribed by the
Courses taken to satisfy BA/BS requirements Department of Art.
Inquiry courses, each linked to a differ-
may also be used to meet any other require-  For the Bachelor of Music degree:
ent University Studies cluster for a total
44 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Students must complete the program of was from another college or university Britain, Ireland, Australia, or New
music and applied music as prescribed accredited by a recognized regional associ- Zealand must satisfy the Wr 323
by the Department of Music. ation, 45 credits. Restriction: At least 25 requirements before completion of a
 For the Bachelor of Science degree: of the 45 credits must be for differentiat- certificate program.
Students must complete 28 credits to ed grades (A-F).
include a minimum of 12 credits in the 2a. Bachelor of Arts degree: if the first Catalog eligibility and
science academic distribution area degree was not a B.A., students must degree requirements
(excluding mathematical sciences/statis- complete 28 credits to include:
tics) a minimum of 12 credits in the  12 credits in arts and letters distribution To earn an undergraduate degree, a student
arts and letters and/or the social sciences area with minimum of 4 in fine and must meet the degree and major require-
distribution areas, and 4 credits in performing arts ments published in an annual PSU Bulletin
mathematical sciences/statistics. A mini-  12 credits in science and/or social sci- (catalog) for which the student is eligible
mum of 8 of the 12 credits in the sci- ence distribution area with minimum of and which is still valid at the time of the
ence distribution area must be in 4 in science student’s graduation. This applies to a first
coursework with its integrated or associ-  Four credits in a foreign language num- bachelor’s degree, subsequent bachelor’s
ated laboratory or field work. Unless bered 203 or higher. degrees and to certificates earned by under-
otherwise specified, only courses within b. Bachelor of Music degree: if the first graduate and postbaccaluareate students.
the science distribution area that have degree was not a B.M., students must Catalog eligibility rules: Students may
an explicit indication of lab or field complete program in music and applied select the requirements of the PSU catalog
work as part of the catalog description music as prescribed by the Department of in effect during the year they first enrolled
will satisfy the B.S. degree requirement Music at any accredited, postsecondary institution,
for lab/field work. c. Bachelor of Science degree: if the first or any subsequent year, regardless of wheth-
degree was not a B.S., students must er the student was enrolled or not, as long as
Academic Distribution Areas the student graduates within seven years of
 The arts and letters academic distribu- complete 28 credits to include:
 Minimum 12 credits science including the year selected.
tion area consists of undergraduate Seven-year rule: The requirements in any
courses from the following: Applied 8 with lab (excluding math/statistics)
 Minimum 12 credits arts and letters Bulletin (catalog) are valid for seven years.
Linguistics, Architecture, Art, Arts and Specifically, a catalog is valid through the
Letters, Black Studies (BSt 221, 351, and/or social science
summer term following the seventh academ-
352, 353, 421, 424, 425, 426, 427  Minimum 4 credits math/statistics
ic year after issuance of the catalog.
only), Communication Studies, Conflict d. Bachelor of Fine Arts degree: if the first
Example: The 2010-2011 catalog require-
Resolution, English, World Languages degree was not a B.F.A. students must
ments will expire at the end for summer
and Literatures, Music, Philosophy, complete program in art practices as pre- term 2017.
Speech and Hearing Sciences, Theater scribed by the department.
Arts, Writing. 3. Requirements for a major: Courses taken Double major
 The science academic distribution area as a postbaccalaureate student or as part
of the first degree program count toward Students with two or more majors must sat-
consists of undergraduate courses from isfy the University Studies general education
the following: Biology, Chemistry, the major. Students do not need to meet
the general education requirement. requirements for the first major only. When
Environmental Studies, Geology, a double major includes a liberal studies
Mathematics/Statistics, Physics, Science. major, the University Studies general educa-
 The social science academic distribution Admitted postbaccalaureate students must
maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.00 on all tion requirements are to be satisfied for the
area consists of undergraduate courses departmental major.
from the following: Anthropology, Black work taken at PSU. Failure to do so will
result in academic warning, probation, or
Studies (except BSt 221, 351, 352, 353,
421, 424, 425, 426, 427), Chicano/
Latino Studies, Child and Family Postbaccalaureate students who do not Students at Portland State University partici-
Studies, Criminal Justice (CCJ 220 and hold a degree from a university in the U.S., pate in assessment activities within their
330 only), Economics, Geography, English-speaking Canada, Great Britain, programs of study. Assessment activities may
History, International Studies, Native Ireland, Australia, or New Zealand must sat- include standardized testing, placement
American Studies, Political Science, isfy the Wr 323 requirements before gradua- tests, surveys, portfolios of student work,
tion from PSU. group or individual interviews, or classroom
Psychology, Social Science, Sociology,
Certificate candidates holding a bacca- research. Results are used to inform the pro-
Urban Studies and Planning, Women’s
laureate degree. A candidate for a certificate cess of teaching and learning, the design and
Studies. implementation of programs and curricula,
holding a baccalaureate degree must com-
plete the following: and efforts to describe and improve the stu-
4. Major Requirements dent experience at Portland State University.
For major program requirements see  If the first degree is from Portland State
University, credits in residence needed Incoming students to PSU may be
description in individual department sec- required to take a writing assessment and,
tions. to complete the certificate requirements.
 If the first degree is from another based on the results of that assessment, take
an assigned writing course.
Postbaccalaureate studies accredited college or university, 30 cred-
its in residence at Portland State Academic credit
Second baccalaureate degree. A candidate
University, including that work needed
for a second baccalaureate degree must com-
to complete the certificate requirements. A credit is the basic unit of measurement of
plete the following:
Postbaccalaureate students who do not educational accomplishment. One credit
1. Residence credit after earning first degree: normally connotes 10 hours of lecture-reci-
hold a degree from a university in the
if the first degree was from Portland State tation or 20 or more hours of laboratory,
U.S., English-speaking Canada, Great
University, 36 credits; if the first degree
S t u d e n t S e r v i c e s 45

studio, or activity work. The majority of A—Excellent The instructor may set a shorter deadline
courses at Portland State University involve B—Good which shall be binding. An agreement to a
three or four hours per week of lecture-reci- C—Satisfactory longer period must be by petition to the
tation. PSU is on the quarter-system calen- D—Inferior Scholastic Standards Committee.
dar. Semester credits transferred from other F—Failure Failure to make up the incomplete by the
accredited United States schools may be P—Pass end of one calendar year will result in the
converted to PSU’s credits by multiplying NP—No pass mark of I automatically changing to a grade
by 1.5. of F or NP, depending on the grading
The following marks are also used:
The 1.5 multiplication rules apply only to option chosen by the student at registration.
semester credits transferred from U.S. I—Incomplete The instructor, department chair, or dean
schools. Semester credits transferred from IP—In Progress (UnSt 421 only) may set earlier deadlines.
accredited schools outside the United States W—Withdrawal For graduating students, incompletes
will be converted according to established Au—Audit awarded in fall term 2006 or later will be
international transfer credit guidelines and X—No basis for grade automatically changed to a grade of F or NP
policies. M—Missing grade/No grade received prior to conferral of the degree. The faculty
A student should enroll for an average of Pass/No Pass Grading Options. The of record must file supplemental grade
15 credits per term in order to be graduated online Class Schedule identifies courses as changes no later than 30 days after the degree
within the normal 12 terms. Employed stu- offered under the differentiated or undiffer- is awarded. Grades of F or NP will remain on
dents should make sure they are not over- entiated option. Students electing the undif-
loading themselves. They may want to plan the academic record after the degree is award-
ferentiated grade option when it is offered ed and cannot be removed.
to spend more than 12 terms to complete
are graded pass or no pass. In the majority of In cases where a student’s inability to com-
degree requirements. Undergraduate stu-
dents desiring to take more than 21 credits instances, a pass grade is equated to a C- plete the work by the deadline is due to
must obtain approval as follows: grade or better (some departments accept extraordinary circumstances such as cata-
22-25 credits: Obtain approval of adviser
only C or better). Please check with the strophic injury or illness, petition can be
on Consent for Overload form online at department. Pass/No Pass grades are not used made to the Scholastic Standards or from the in computing a student’s GPA. A maximum Committee who will review the case to
Registration window, Neuberger Hall of 45 credits graded P may be applied toward determine appropriate action.
lobby. Portland State’s baccalaureate degree. Drops and withdrawals. The student
26 or more credits: Petition to Academic
Students elect grade options for specific must initiate drop/withdrawals from a
Requirements Committee. Forms are courses during the registration period. course. It is the student’s responsibility to
available online at Grading options may not be changed after withdraw properly by the deadline dates
tion/forms or from the registration window, the seventh week of the term. The undiffer- published in the online Class Schedule. To
Neuberger Hall lobby. Such petitions must entiated grade option may not be used to avoid having to pay special deposit fees, stu-
be submitted by the last day to pay with- repeat a course previously taken for differen- dents should refer to departmental policies.
out a late fee. tiated grade or for major requirements in A student may drop with no record of the
some departments. course on the transcript up to the end of the
Class standing. Class standing is based on Incompletes. A student may be assigned a second week of the term. As a courtesy, stu-
the number of credits a student has complet- mark of I by an instructor when all of the dents are advised to notify the instructor
ed, according to the following schedule: following four criteria apply: concerned of the intended drop.
Acceptable status Credits completed Quality of work in the course up to that A student may withdraw for any reason
Freshman 1-44
point is C- level or above. before the end of the seventh week. A stu-
Sophomore 45-89
Upper-division standing 90 or more
Essential work remains to be done. dent withdrawing in the third through the
Junior 90-134 “Essential” means that a grade for the course seventh week will have a “W” recorded on
Senior 135 or more could not be assigned without dropping one the transcript.
Postbaccalaureate Hold a degree from an or more grade points below the level achiev- A student cannot withdraw after the sev-
accredited college
or university able upon completion of the work. enth week without approval of the Deadline
Reasons for assigning an I must be accept- Appeals Committee. A “W” is recorded if
Grading System for able to the instructor. The student does not the petition is allowed.
have the right to demand an I. The circum- Deadline dates for drops and withdrawals
Undergraduates stances must be unforeseen or be beyond the are found in the academic calendar pub-
The undergraduate grading system applies control of the student. An instructor is enti- lished online at
only to undergraduate courses. tled to insist on appropriate medical or academic-calendar or in the annual
The undergraduate grading system gives other documentation. Registration Guide. Date of withdrawal is the
students the choice of taking certain courses Consultation must have occurred and a date it is received by Registration.
designated by departments for either differ- formal agreement must be reached between No Basis for Grade. If a student, to the
entiated (A, B, C, D, F) or undifferentiated instructor and student. best of the instructor’s knowledge, has never
(pass or no pass) grades. A written record of the remaining work attended class, the name on the grading reg-
The following grading scale is employed at and its completion date should be kept by ister may be assigned an X grade. An auditor
the undergraduate level: both instructor and student. The instructor may also be assigned an X for insufficient
A = 4.00 B- = 2.67 D+ = 1.33 may specify the highest grade that may be attendance only.
A- = 3.67 C+ = 2.33 D = 1.00 earned. This should not exceed the level of Non-Completion of Course. A student
B+ = 3.33 C = 2.00 D- = 0.67 achievement displayed during the normal who has participated in a course but who has
B = 3.00 C- = 1.67 F = 0.00 course period. failed to complete essential work or attend
Evaluation of a student’s performance is The deadline for completion of an examinations, and who has not communicat-
determined by the following grades: Incomplete can be no longer than one year. ed with the instructor, will be assigned a D, F,
46 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

NP, or whatever grade the work has earned. or Dean’s List (3.75-3.99 GPA) if both of the to an academic record cannot be made.
Students who withdraw from all courses in following conditions are met:
any given term must notify the Office of  A minimum of three part-time terms Academic standing
Financial Aid on or before the date of com- must be completed in succession, with-
plete withdrawal. out interruption by either a term of full- Undergraduate and
Grade Point Average (GPA). The Office time enrollment or the awarding of Postbaccalaureate Undergraduate
of Admissions, Registration and Records Dean’s List or President’s List Students
computes current and cumulative GPAs on  At least 12 credits (excluding AU and P/ The faculty Scholastic Standards Committee
student grade reports and transcripts, NP credits) must be earned over the
(SSC) has the authority to place on
according to the following scale: A = 4, combined part-time terms and the stu-
Academic Warning, Probation or Dismissal
B = 3, C = 2, D = 1, F = 0. A plus grade dent must have an average GPA of 4.00
any student according to the following stan-
increases the points by 0.33, a minus (President’s List) or 3.75-3.99 (Dean’s
decreases it by 0.33 (e.g., B- = 2.67). List) over the combined terms
Academic Warning - Any student with 12
Cumulative grade point averages include all
Latin honors at graduation or more attempted credits (including PSU
credits and points earned at PSU. Separate
and transfer work) whose cumulative PSU
GPAs are calculated for undergraduate Latin honors designations are conferred at GPA falls below 2.00 will be placed on aca-
courses and for graduate courses. For further the baccalaureate level to students who have demic warning. A registration hold will also
details on academic standing, see the quar- earned the requisite PSU GPA and who be applied to the student record until he/she
terly Schedule of Classes. have earned a minimum of 72 credits from has attended a mandatory workshop facili-
GPA repeat policy. This policy only PSU, with at least 60 of those credits taken tated by the Undergraduate Advising and
applies to undergraduate duplicate courses. for differentiated grades (A-F). The GPA
Credit and GPA are retained on the first A, Support Center (UASC).
calculation is based on PSU credit and uti-
A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, and all grades in Academic Probation - Students on aca-
lizes the current PSU repeat policy. The
subsequent attempts count in GPA. The first demic warning will be placed on academic
award levels are as follows:
PSU grade of D or F may be forgiven if probation if they do not meet at least one of
summa cum laude—3.90-4.00 the following requirements:
repeated at PSU for a differentiated grade
magna cum laude—3.80-3.89 1. Raise the cumulative PSU GPA to 2.00,
(not P/NP). In this case, credit is retained
cum laude—3.67-3.79 thereby returning to good standing
on the last grade received. Both grades are
retained on the transcript. If repeated more Latin honors are noted on academic tran- or
than once, each subsequent grade will be scripts, inscribed on diplomas, and honors 2. Earn a GPA for the given term of 2.25 or
retained on the transcript and counted in candidates are identified in the commence- above, thereby remaining on academic
the GPA. ment program. warning and subject to the same require-
Grade requirements for graduation. In ments in the next term.
President's List and Dean's order to earn a bachelor’s degree, a student Academic Dismissal - Students on aca-
must earn 180 credits (more required in demic probation will be dismissed if they do
List Awards some programs) with grades of A, B, C, D, not meet at last one of the following require-
Portland State University recognizes and or P. ments:
honors the academic accomplishments of our A student must earn at least a 2.00 GPA on 1. Raise the cumulative PSU GPA to 2.00,
undergraduate students each term by award- residence credit, that is, credit taken at PSU. thereby returning to good standing
ing placement on the Dean’s List and the A student must earn at least a 2.00 GPA on or
President’s List. High achieving students, as all courses taken in the student’s major field. 2. Earn a GPA for the given term of 2.25 or
indicated by grade point averages, are placed As some departments have additional condi- above, thereby remaining on academic
on the Dean’s or the President’s List accord- tions, check Requirements for Major in the probation and subject to the same
ing to the criteria established by the Council major department description in the Bulletin requirements for the next term.
of Deans. Dean’s List and President’s List to determine the minimum GPA required for Notes
awards are only given to undergraduate stu- your major and whether D or P grades may 1. Grade changes or removal of Incomplete
dents who have not yet earned a baccalaure- be counted toward the major. grades do not change academic standing
ate degree. The awards are given at the end A student completing a minor must meet status.
of each term and are not recalculated based the GPA prescribed in the description of the 2. Academic standing status in the current
on grade changes or the removal of incom- minor. term may be changed by engaging the
plete grades. The award is acknowledged A maximum of 45 credits graded P may be repeat policy, however repreating courses
through a letter from the respective dean’s counted toward the 180 credits required for will not retroactively change the status of
office and with a notation on the student’s graduation. At least 25 of the last 45 credits a past term.
academic transcript. must be taken for differentiated grades. P/ 3. Students who are academically dismissed
Full-time. Students who have a term GPA NP credits transferred from institutions out- from PSU are not permitted to register
of 4.00 are placed on the President’s List, side the United States are not included in the either full-time or part-time (including
and students who have a term GPA of 3.75- 45-credit maximum. 1-8 credits)
3.99 are placed on the Dean’s List. 4. When evaluating undergraduate academic
Students on both lists must be admitted Academic Record Sealed standing, only PSU undergraduate credit
undergraduate students with a cumulative
GPA of 3.50 or better, carrying 12 credits or
After Degree Earned is considered.
5. Students on academic warning or aca-
more (excluding AU and P/NP credits). Portland State University academic records
demic probation who receive only grades
Part-time. Admitted undergraduate students are sealed thirty days after the conferral of a
of I, X and/or NP will lose academic
with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or better, car- degree. After this date, changes to majors
rying fewer than 12 credits for a given term and minors, addition of departmental hon-
Reinstatement. A student who is dis-
may qualify for the President’s List (4.00 GPA) ors, removal of incompletes, grade changes,
missed may be readmitted to the University
changes to degree posting, or other changes
S t u d e n t S e r v i c e s 47

upon petition to, and approval by, the student, or entiated grade, from A (excellent) to F (fail-
Scholastic Standards Committee. Petitions b. Is more elementary, as determined by ing).
for current term reinstatement must be departmental, college, or school regula- 8. Credit by examination does not count
returned to the Office or Admissions, tions, than a course in which the student toward residence credit.
Registration, and Records by the end of the has already received credit. 9. Credit by examination is not governed by
second week of the term. If reinstatement is 5. A student may attempt to acquire credit the GPA Repeat Policy.
approved, the student will be reinstated to
Credit for CLEP Examinations is awarded as follows:
probation status.

Graduate Students and CLEP Examinations Approved at Portland State University

Postbaccalaureate Examination Credits Approved Passing Notes
Graduate Students Score
Graduate Academic Standing is adminis- Humanities Fulfils 9 credits of non- 50 Closed to students with
tered by the Office of Graduate Studies and major requirements or 9 more than 90 credit hours
lower division credits
Research, 600 Unitus Building. Refer to the
current PSU Bulletin for information. Natural Science Fulfills 9 credits of non- 50 Closed to students with
major requirements more than 90 credits
Credit by examination Social Science/ Fulfills 9 credits of non- 50 Closed to students with more
History major requirements or 9 than 90 credits
Undergraduate students may obtain Credit lower division credits
by Examination in four basic ways:
 Examinations in Portland State
University courses approved for Credit Arts and Letters
by Examination and administered by French 12 50 Satisfies FR 101, 102, 103†
Portland State departments or schools.
French 12 59 Satisfies FR 201, 202, 203†
 Examinations approved by Portland State
and available through the College-Level German 12 50 Satisfies Ger 101, 102, 103†
Examination Program (CLEP). German 12 60 Satisfies Ger 201, 202, 203†
 Advanced Placement Program. Spanish 12 50 Satisfies Span 101, 102, 103†
 International Baccalaureate
Spanish 12 63 Satisfies Span 201, 202, 203*†

Credit by examination Science

I. Portland State University Courses Biology 0 49 Waives Bi 251, 252, 253

Calculus 8 50 Satisfies 251, 252
Prerequisites for Credit by Examination
(PSU courses) College Algebra 4 50 Satisfies Math 111
1. Students must be formally admitted to Pre-Calculus 4 50 Satisfies Math 112
Portland State, and
General Chemistry 12 50 Satisfies Ch 201, 202, 203 or Ch
2. Be currently registered or have completed 221, 222, 223
one Portland State course.
Social Science
Guidelines governing Credit by American 8 50 Satisfies PS 101, 102
Examination (PSU courses) Government
1. Not all courses in all departments are Introductory 8 50 Satisfies Psy 200, 204
open to challenge. Each academic unit Psychology
decides which of its courses are available Introductory 4 50 Satisfies Ec 201
to undergraduates for credit by examina- Microeconomics
tion. The determination by the depart- Sociology 0 50 Waives prerequisite for upper
ment is final. No courses numbered 199, division courses
299, 399, or 401 to 410 inclusive are eli- † Language Exam credit is limited to either First or Second year, depending on score.
gible for credit by examination. NOTE: Credits and course equivalencies in the table may change.
2. Students should contact the appropriate
departments, college, or schools to deter- Application for Credit by Examination
mine the availability of particular courses by examination only once for any course.
6. A student who has taken but not passed a (PSU courses) and cost
for credit by examination. 1. Students wishing to take examinations for
3. The examinations administered vary course may subsequently attempt credit
in that course by examination. Only one Portland State courses may obtain an
according to the departments, college, or application with detailed instructions
schools which administer them, and may such attempt is permitted. In the event of
failure, results will not be recorded on a from the Office of Admissions,
include midterm and/or final examina- Registration and Records (Neuberger Hall
tions in current courses or special exami- student’s academic record. Should an
examination not be passed, credit can be lobby).
nations designed for students “challeng- 2. The fee for credit by examination is cur-
ing” courses whether or not the courses obtained by repeating the course.
7. In assigning grades for credit by examina- rently $80 per course examination. Fee
are currently being offered. subject to change.
4. Credit earned by examination may not be tion, the departments, college, or schools
received in a course which: determine whether to use an undifferentiat- II. CLEP Examinations
a. Duplicates credit previously earned by a ed (P for pass or NP for no pass) or a differ- CLEP (College-Level Examination Program)
48 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

AP Exam Exam Score PSU Credit Offered* Courses Satisfied*

English Language & Composition 3+ 4 WR 121
English Literature & Composition 3+ 4 ENG 100
Foreign Languages
French, German, Italian or Spanish 3 12 A score of 3 in French, German, Italian or Spanish confers 12
4 12 credits for the first year sequence (101, 102, 103); a score of 4 in
5 12 French, German, Italian or Spanish confers 12 credits for the
second-year sequence (201, 202, 203); and a score of 5 in
Latin: Vergil 3+ 12 French, German, Italian or Spanish confers 12 credits of upper
division elective credits.

A score of 3 or higher in Latin: Vergil confers 12 credits for the

second- year Latin sequence (201,202,203).
Chinese or Japanese 3 15
4 15 A score of 3 in Chinese or Japanese confers 15 credits for the
first-years sequence (101,102,103); a score of 4 in Chinese or
5 15 Japanese confers 15 credits for the second-year sequence
(201,202,203); and a score of 5 in Chinese or Japanese confers
12 upper-division elective credits.

Foreign Literatures
French Literature 3+ 4 upper division French credits (unassigned)
Latin Literature 3+ 4 LAT 202
Spanish Literature 3+ 4 upper division Spanish credits (unassigned)
History & Social Sciences
Human Geography 3+ 4 GEOG 230
Government & Politics: United States 4+ 4 PS 101
Government & Politics: Comparative 4+ 4 PS 204
History (European) 3+ 8 HST 101,102
History (US) 3+ 8 HST 201, 202
History (World) 3+ 8 lower division history (unassigned)
Macroeconomics 3+ 4 EC 202
Microeconomics 3+ 4 EC 201
Psychology 3+ 4 lower division psychology, unassigned
Science & Mathematics
Biology 4+ 12 lower division biology, unassigned
Calculus AB 3 4 MTH 251
4+ 8 MTH 251, 252
Calculus BC 3 8 MTH 251, 252
4+ 12 MTH 251, 252, 253
Chemistry 4+ 15 CH 221,222,223, 227,228,229
Computer Science A 4+ 4 lower division CS, unassigned
Computer Science AB 3 4 lower division CS, unassigned
4+ 8 lower division CS, unassigned
Environmental Science 3+ 4 lower division ESR, unassigned
Physics B 4+ 15 PH 201,202,203,214,215,216
Physics C – Electricity & Magnetism 4+ 4 PH 222,215
Physics C – Mechanics 4+ 4 PH 221,214
Statistics 4+ 4 STAT 243
Art History 4+ 8 ARH 205, 206
Music Theory 4+ 8 MUS 111,112,114,115
Studio Art: 2-D Design 4+ 4 ART 115
Studio Art: 3-D Design 4+ 4 ART 199
Studio Art: Drawing 4+ 4 ART 131

*Credits and course equivalencies are subject to

S t u d e n t S e r v i c e s 49

includes nationally normed examinations. the Advanced Placement Program, PO Box Psychology 8 Psychology 200,
CLEP has (1) subject matter examinations, 6671, Princeton, NJ 08541-6671. 204
and (2) general examinations. Credit awarded for Advanced Placement. *Credits and course equivalencies in this
Eligibility for CLEP. CLEP subject or gen- The amount of credit a student may receive table may change.
eral examinations may be taken prior to enter- for Advanced Placement Examinations and
ing the University. If the individual passes a the scores required for the award of credit Graduation &
CLEP examination, the University accepts the vary according to department as described
amount of credit indicated in the CLEP table, on page 48 under individual department Commencement Application
but only after admission is granted and the headings. The amount of credit awarded is Process
student is (or has been) enrolled in Portland governed by the Oregon University System,
State courses. and the exact course equivalency is deter- Graduation means that a student has been
Qualifications for CLEP Transfer. Students mined by the PSU department. Important: certified by the University as having met all
who have taken CLEP examinations prior to Any student with a score of four or five (or degree requirements. Certification occurs
entering Portland State may transfer such cred- three in mathematics) must arrange an approximately 4-6 weeks after final term
it provided they have passed the examination interview with the department chair for pur- grades are posted. At that time the degree is
with scores at or above the minimum accepted poses of further guidance. entered on the graduate’s transcript. The
by PSU and provided the University has degree statement on the transcript serves as
approved the examinations for credit. IV. International Baccalaureate evidence of degree awards.
Application for credit before coming to Portland State recognizes IB achievement Receiving Diplomas. Diplomas are gener-
PSU. Students may request an official tran- by awarding credit to student who score 5 ally available at the end of the term following
script be sent to Portland State University, or above on either a standard level or a high the graduation term. All degree recipients are
Office of Admissions, Registration and level exam. notified by mail when diplomas are available,
Records. The request should be sent to College  Submit an official IB transcript directly either for office pick-up or mailing.
Examinations Entrance Board, Attention: from IB North America, 475 Riverside All financial obligations to the University
CLEP Transcript Service, Princeton, NJ Dr., 16th floor, New York, NY, 10115. must be met before a diploma or official
08540. The transcript request should include Additional student records, where need- transcript can be released.
Social Security number, date and place of test ed, will be requested.
and fee. Fees are set by the Educational Testing Credit for International Baccalaureate (IB) Filing an Application for Degree
Services and are subject to change. Phone examinations is awarded only for a score of 503-725-3511
request number is (609) 771-7865. 5 or higher, as follows: To earn a degree, students must be admitted
Where to apply for CLEP Examinations. IB Exam Credit* PSU Course to PSU and file an application for degree
Admitted students planning to take CLEP Equivalency* with the Degree Requirements unit within
examinations should apply for them at least Arts-Visual 8 Art 115, 131 the Office of Admission, Registration &
one month in advance with the Testing Records. The undergraduate degree applica-
Biology 15 Biology 251, 252,
Office of PSU’s Student Health and 253 tion form is online at
Counseling Center or with other recognized tion/forms. The deadline to file the under-
Chemistry 12 Chemistry (LD)
CLEP testing centers. The Testing Office graduate degree application is at the end of
supplies descriptive brochures and other Economics 8 Economics 201, 202 the first week of the term immediately pre-
information on CLEP examinations. Geography 4 Geography 230 ceding the graduation term. Example: If
The PSU Testing Office also supplies graduating at the end of spring term, the
History of 4 History (LD)
information and administers CLEP exami- Africa undergraduate application must be submit-
nations to nonadmitted or nonenrolled stu- ted by the end of the first week of winter
History of 4 History (LD)
dents ( Fees the Americas term. The deadline to submit a graduate
for CLEP examinations are set by the degree application is at the end of the first
History of 4 History (LD)
Educational Testing Services and are subject East Asia & week of the graduation term.
to change. Middle East Students are encouraged to meet with their
Relation between CLEP and Advanced History of 4 History 103 academic advisers to review their progress
Placement (AP) Program. Students cannot Europe towards a degree prior to submitting a
acquire duplicate credit through CLEP in History of 4 History (LD) degree application. General University
the subjects for which they have acquired Southeast degree requirements are certified by the
Advanced Placement credit. To the extent Asia Degree Requirements unit in the Office of
that a student’s high school does not offer Lang. A: 15 Wr 121; Eng 104, Admission, Registration & Records, 104
Advanced Placement work, CLEP becomes English 105, 106 Neuberger Hall. Final approval of the
a supplement or substitute for Advanced Lang. B: 15 Wr 121; Eng 104, requirements for the major rests with the
Placement credit. English 105, 106 department, college, or school offering the
Lang. A: 3 Foreign Language major program. Students bear final responsi-
III. Advanced Placement Program Other bility for ensuring that they have taken all
Students who complete college-level work in courses required to complete their degree/
Lang B: 15 First Year
high school under the Advanced Placement Other Language major requirements. All University degree,
Program sponsored by the College Entrance general education, and major requirements
Mathematics 12 Mathematics 251,
Examination Board and who receive credit- 252, 253 must be satisfied before a degree will be
able scores in examinations administered by awarded.
Music 5 Music (LD)
that board may, after admission to PSU, be Commencement is a ceremony. It is an
granted credit toward a bachelor’s degree in Physics 12 Physics 201, 202,
opportunity for students, along with their
comparable college courses. Students may family, friends, and the PSU community to
request their official transcript by writing to
50 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

celebrate their accomplishments. Except for further information students may call counseling, and contraception. Specialized
doctoral students (who must be graduated 503-725-3511. men’s health care is also available. Other ser-
to participate), the commencement cere- vices include x-ray, immunizations, and dis-
monies are open to all students who have Scholastic Standards Committee pensary services to support the comprehen-
applied for degree clearance and have regis- This committee develops and recommends sive delivery of primary care.
tered for the commencement ceremony academic standards with a view to maintain- The Health Service also provides an after-
within the specified deadlines. Participation ing the reputation of the undergraduate pro- hours nurse advice line for students. That
in commencement does not mean that a gram of the University. It advises the Office number is published on the Web site. For
student has graduated, nor do students of Admissions, Registration and Records in that and other information visit us at www.
receive diplomas on that day. academic matters concerning transfer stu-
Portland State has two commencement dents or students seeking readmission after
ceremonies each year: a formal cap-and- having had scholastic deficiencies. It assists Dental Services
gown ceremony at the end of spring term undergraduate students who are having diffi-
culty with scholastic regulations and adjudi- The PSU dental service’s licensed profession-
and an informal (no keynote speaker) cere-
cates student petitions that request the waiv- als provide dental care with the student’s
mony held at the end of summer session in
ing of regulations on suspensions (academic comfort and health in mind. Students who
the park blocks.
readmission). have paid the student health fee, are eligible
To register for the commencement ceremo-
to be seen. Typical services include: compre-
nies go to An
hensive and emergency exams, teeth clean-
application for degree must be filed with the
Office of Admission, Registration & Records Health Resources ing, periodontal screening, sealants, fillings
(amalgam and white), crowns, bridges, night
prior to registering for the ceremony.
guards, veneers, bleaching trays, extractions,
Appeals and grievances Center for Student Health root canal therapy, and nitrous oxide.
Grievances and requests for exceptions to
and Counseling Emergency time is held daily in the sched-
ules to treat students with acute dental pain,
University policies and requirements may be University Center Building swelling, or excessive bleeding.
filed with committees which deal with spe- 1800 SW 6th Avenue The dental clinic provides dental treatment at
cific student concerns. 503-725-2800 greatly reduced rates for PSU students. If a
Testing: 503-725-5301/ student purchases the extended health insur-
Academic Appeals Board Dental: 503-725-2611
This board hears appeals from students who ance, it does not cover treatment done at the PSU dental clinic. If the dental service is unable
claim to have received prejudiced or capri-
cious academic evaluation and makes recom- The Center for Student Health and to provide a student with care, we will refer
mendations on cases to the Provost. In such Counseling (SHAC) provides high quality, them to a community dental service or provider
cases the student should first consult with accessible health and mental health services where the student will be responsible for any
the instructor. If the grievance is not to students through four primary units: fees incurred. If a student has private dental
resolved, the student should then contact Student Health Service, Counseling and insurance, the clinic will assist you in filling
the department chair, then the dean of the Psychological Services, Dental Services and insurance forms out. However, the clinic is in
college or school. If the grievance is still not the Testing Service. Each offers a range of no way responsible for the determination of the
resolved, the student may then appeal by services to students. insurance company in these matters, nor will
writing a letter to the Academic Appeals Payment of the health fee automatically we be able to contact them on behalf of the
Board. Appeals may be filed in the Office of enrolls students in a basic health insurance student.
plan that provides partial payment for hospi- For further information, please visit our
Student Affairs, 433 Smith Memorial
talization, office visits, diagnostic work, Web site at:
Student Union.
ambulance service, surgeries, and pregnancy vices.
Academic Requirements Committee expenses. An optional supplementary insur-
This committee develops policies and adju- ance can be purchased to cover major medi- Counseling and
dicates petitions regarding academic regula- cal care.
Students who are not enrolled for Summer
Psychological Services
tions such as credit loads, transfer credit,
and graduation requirements for all under- Session may purchase basic or basic and Counseling and Psychological Services pro-
graduate degree programs. It also develops extended insurance if the student was eligi- vides assistance to students in the following
and recommends policies and adjudicates ble the preceding spring term. In addition, if areas:
student petitions regarding initial under- the student plans to return in fall term, he  Crisis counseling
graduate admissions, including entering or she may use center services on a fee-for-  Brief individual or group counseling
freshmen. service basis during the summer term.  Psychiatric assessment and treatment
Further information about all SHAC pro-  Career counseling including testing
Deadline Appeals Board grams, including printable insurance claim  Assessment for learning disabilities
A student may petition this board to be forms and measles forms, is available at  Alcohol and other drug use assessment,
exempted from published registration dead- education, and referral
lines for the current term. Petitions may be
submitted before or after the deadline date Student Health Service The Testing Service which coordi-
and must include documentation of the rea- nates national tests (LSAT, Praxis, MCAT,
The Student Health Service is staffed by
son for missing the deadline. GRE, TOEFL), administers classroom
physicians and nurses who are available for
Petition forms may be obtained online at make-up exams and accommodated testing,
diagnosis, treatment, consultation, and refer- or from the and administers other admissions, career,
rals for illnesses and injuries. Women’s
Office of Admissions, Registration and learning disability, and specialty tests. In
health care is available for annual gynecolog-
Records in the Neuberger Hall lobby. For addition, the Testing Service contracts with
ical exams, pap smears, family planning
companies to administer licensure exams.
S t u d e n t S e r v i c e s 51

The service is available to PSU students and, for children (12 months to 9 years of age) Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) and
in many instances, members of the larger of students, staff, and faculty on a part- competes at the Division I level. The
community. There are fees for testing that time, flexibly scheduled basis. This facility Vikings are a member of the Big Sky
vary depending on the test. is for short-hour care, and time may be Conference in all sports except softball,
For more information, please visit the scheduled in blocks of four hours or more which is a member of the Pacific Coast
Testing Web site: per day. The Children’s Center is fully Softball Conference (PCSC).
testing/. licensed and staffed by professionals. Call Football games will be played at Hillsboro
In addition to the above services, a Health 503-725-CARE for information and enroll- Stadium in Hillsboro, OR for the 2010 sea-
Promotion and Education unit provides ment procedures. son while PGE Park is being renovated. Erv
health and mental health related programs Lind Stadium is the home venue for PSU
and activities for PSU students. These Student Parent Services softball and PCC Rock Creek is the home
include lectures and workshops; health and venue for soccer. Home basketball and vol-
124 Smith Memorial Student Union leyball games are played at the Peter W.
mental health related screening programs; an 503-725-5655
e-mail mental health advice service Stott Center on the campus of Portland
(; and consultation ser- State University.
vices for faculty, students, and staff. Student Parent Services (SPS) is a resource Students who hold a valid student ID card
Programs are widely advertised across cam- and referral, networking and educational receive free admission to all regular season
pus. center designed to help student parents home sporting events.
For further information, please visit our manage their roles and responsibilities as
both parents and students. SPS services Student-Athlete Advising
Web site at:
include parent education, child care infor- 224 Peter Stott Center, 503-725-2387
mation, education and referral, childcare
financial assistance, and community resource Student athletes coming to PSU will be able
referral. SPS also provides individual consul- to work directly with an adviser to assist them
Other Student tation. SPS is funded through Incidental in academic advising and scheduling.
Services on Campus Fees and there is no charge for direct servic-
es. Student parents can use SPS by calling
Referral, advocacy, problem solving, and
monitoring of progress for those with aca-
503-725-5655 or dropping by the SPS demic difficulty are also available.
office in room 124 SMSU.
Child care resources
Helen Gordon Child Campus activities Music
Development Center Campus-centered activities, supported by the Many musical organizations contribute to
changing resources of the city, make for the cultural life of the University communi-
1609 SW 12th Avenue dynamic and contemporary choices for the ty. They include the PSU Piano Recital
503-725-3092 Portland State student. Most students plan Series, the Florestan Trio (artists-in-residence their schedules to allow time to take advan- at PSU), and Ensemble Viento (faculty tage of the numerous opportunities, which woodwind quintet); the PSU Orchestra,
The Helen Gordon Child Development may include organized cultural affairs, out- Symphonic Band, and Jazz lab bands;
Center is a University-operated service that door activities, or a multitude of other expe- University Chorus and Chamber Choir;
provides a quality educational laboratory pre- riences available on campus or in the com- Opera Workshop; and several chamber
school/extended day program for children 6 munity. A visit to the Littman Gallery on groups. Each year they provide a rich experi-
months to six years of age. The center is campus, with its local and traveling exhibits, ence of music in performance during free
accredited by the National Academy of Early a lunch hour listening to free-form jazz at a noon concerts as well as occasional evening
Childhood Programs, a division of the noon concert, a presentation at the programs for the benefit of music scholar-
National Association for the Education of Lunchbox Theater, or an impromptu forum ships at the University.
Young Children. The center is open from in the Park Blocks are among the options The Music Committee works closely with
7:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. daily. Children of open to PSU students. the Department of Music to present weekly
PSU students, faculty, and staff are eligible Opportunities exist for all levels of student noon concerts. These Tuesday and Thursday
for enrollment in the program. Enrollment is involvement at PSU. Below is a sampling of programs are free and open to all. They fea-
based on the date of application. currently active programs and groups. New ture exceptional student and professional
As a laboratory preschool/extended day activities are initiated continuously accord- performers in a variety of solo and ensemble
program, the center enables students from ing to student interests. literature. Each Wednesday and Friday at
education, psychology, and related fields to noon the Popular Music Board sponsors free
complete course requirements through Athletics performances by the Northwest’s finest rock
observation, practicum, or research activities and jazz musicians and hosts national musi-
at the center. Interested students should cal acts as well.
contact the center’s office. Student rates are available for many other
The Department of Athletics sponsors 14 concerts, including those of the Friends of
intercollegiate varsity athletic programs, six Chamber Music, Portland Symphonic Choir,
ASPSU for men and nine for women. Men and Oregon Symphony Orchestra, and Portland
Children’s Center women compete in basketball, cross country, Opera Association.
and indoor and outdoor track and field. The In short, music is a vital force at Portland
126 Smith Memorial Student Union men also compete in football while the
503-725-2273 State, providing extensive opportunities for
women compete exclusively in golf, soccer, participation to student performers and to softball and volleyball. all listeners.
The Children’s Center provides child care Portland State is a member of the National
52 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Publications Special events ary and professional organizations. Contact

the department or school for current infor-
Student publications include the Vanguard, Conferences and programs bring noted mation on affiliated chapters.
the daily student newspaper; the Rearguard authors, actors, and political figures to cam-
and The Spectator, alternative student press; pus to lecture and/or participate in group Theater
and The Portland State University Review, discussions. These events are organized by
the campus literary magazine. These publica- students and faculty working together and Opportunities for extensive performance
tions strive to provide a service to the are open to the entire metropolitan commu- and production experience are available to
University community and to provide an nity. students through productions by the
opportunity to students to learn about the Student committees, often with faculty Portland State Theater Arts Department.
publications business. consultation, plan and present continuing Studio theater, graduate theses, and Playbox
programs in film, poetry, photography, art Theater (short pieces offered at noon and on
exhibitions, and music. Student organiza- weekend evenings) are student-directed.
All students, not just theater arts majors,
Religious activities tions provide a variety of co-curricular ser-
are invited to audition for any departmental
vices. Film programs feature classics and
The Campus Christian Ministry represents new forms of expression, showing a caliber production. Tryouts are announced regularly
eight faiths: Baptist, Christian (Disciples of of excellence not often seen in popular the- on the department’s email list and web page.
Christ), Episcopal, Lutheran, Methodist, aters.
Presbyterian, Roman Catholic, and United Special committees arrange for such events
Faculty boards and
Church of Christ. There are also a variety of committees
as foreign language theater and other pro-
religious student organizations that invite
grams in the performing arts which visit Students are encouraged to share in the policy-
participation in educational events.
The Center for the Study of Religion Portland State. PSU students work with rep- making processes of the University by becom-
(CSR) arranges PSU classes, as well as lec- resentatives of the other Portland-area col- ing members of University boards and com-
tures, symposia, and forums to increase pub- leges and universities to bring the finest in mittees. Students should contact the Office of
lic knowledge and understanding of the reli- cultural events to the community. Student Affairs which solicits names of inter-
gious traditions of the world, while also sup- ested persons, or ASPSU for more information
porting inter-faith dialogue in the quest for Honorary, professional, regarding the nomination process.
meaning and wisdom. social affiliations
Portland State has chapters of many honor-
office of academic affairs
850 market center building

University Studies Students are required to complete 12 credits

from one of these clusters. Finally, all stu-
dents are required to complete a capstone
117 Cramer Hall course which consists of teams of students
725-5890 from different majors working together to complete a project addressing an issue in the Portland metropolitan community.
Please see page 43 for University Studies University Studies courses transfer to other
(general education) baccalaureate requirements. institutions. For more information or assis-
The faculty of PSU have designed a four- tance visit the University Studies Office in
year program of study required of all stu- 117 Cramer Hall or call
dents (not required for Liberal Studies or 503-725-5818.
Honors Program) planning to graduate from
PSU. This nationally recognized program Freshman Inquiry
offers students a clear opportunity to acquire
the foundation for the academic and prob- See Web or current Class Schedule for
course descriptions.
lem solving skills needed to succeed in the
21st century. University Studies offers stu- Freshman Inquiry consists of a year-long
dents a program of connected educational course developed by a team of faculty from
opportunities. different disciplines. Freshman Inquiry has a
The purpose of the University Studies pro- maximum class size of 40 students. Each
gram is to facilitate the acquisition of the class is also divided into three small-group,
knowledge, abilities, and attitudes that will peer mentor sessions led by specially selected
form a foundation for lifelong learning upper-division students. Class material is
among its students. This foundation introduced and explored during the full class
includes the capacity and the propensity to sessions and then assignments are developed
engage in critical thinking, to use various and discussed in the peer mentor sessions.
forms of communication for learning and While the themes and content of the
expression, to gain an awareness of the Freshman Inquiry courses differ, the overall
broader human experience and its environ- objectives are the same. Each of these classes
ment, and to appreciate the responsibilities builds a foundation of communication skills
of persons to themselves, each other, and for learning and expression. Writing is the
their communities. core, but communication also includes
University Studies begins with Freshman emphasis on improving oral, quantitative rea-
Inquiry, a year-long course introducing stu- soning, and graphic/visual modes of commu-
dents to different modes of inquiry and pro- nication. Freshman Inquiry is also designed
viding them with the tools to succeed in to help students learn and effectively use cur-
advanced studies and their majors. At the rent information technologies. Students will
sophomore level, students choose three dif- also learn how disciplines from the sciences,
ferent courses, each of which leads into a social sciences, humanities, and professional
thematically linked, interdisciplinary cluster schools approach problems in different ways
of courses at the upper-division level. and how they work together to improve
54 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

understanding of complex issues. cluster to complement their major area of Program. Honors Program classes are small,
When students complete Freshman study. In either event, Upper-Division and students work closely with advisers both in
Inquiry they will be expected to be able to Cluster courses may not be used to fulfill a the program and in the academic departments
apply writing, quantitative reasoning, student’s major requirement. In addition, of the University to plan their work toward the
speech, and visual/graphic skills to problems students cannot take cluster courses in their degree.
requiring analysis and discovery. Freshman major or courses cross listed with their Students may major in any undergraduate
Inquiry will expand awareness of academic majors. degree program offered at Portland State.
potential and prepare students to move on Requirements for majors are set by depart-
to increasingly rigorous and sophisticated ments; students meet general education
levels of inquiry. Senior Capstone requirements through their work in the
Honors Program.
The culmination of the University Studies Eligibility and admission. The program
Sophomore Inquiry program is the Capstone course require-
ment. This 6-credit, community-based
seeks students who will strive for academic
excellence. Students who have combined
See the University Studies Program website (www. learning course is designed to provide stu- SAT scores (CR and MTH) of 1200 or or online schedule of courses for course dents with the opportunity to apply, in a more and whose high school grade point
descriptions. team context, what they have learned in the averages were 3.50 or better are eligible to
At the sophomore level, students complete major and in their other university studies apply. The qualities sought in Honors
12 credits of coursework in Sophomore courses to a real challenge emanating from Program students, however, are not always
Inquiry. Students select three Sophomore the metropolitan community. reflected in test scores; GPAs, transcripts
Inquiry classes. Sophomore Inquiry classes Interdisciplinary teams of students address and other factors, including letters of rec-
are structured similarly to those in these challenges and produce a summation ommendation, a writing sample, and an
Freshman Inquiry with a main class and product in a University Studies approved interview are also considered.
smaller mentor inquiry workshops, except at Capstone course under the instruction of a Part-time students, transfer students, and
this level the mentor classes are led by grad- PSU faculty member. Many Capstone students returning after an absence from
uate students. Mentor inquiry workshops courses take place over two terms. Students formal education also may apply. However,
focus on weekly learning modules on study need to plan their schedules accordingly. because of the program’s own curricular
skills, writing, technology training, group The Capstone’s purpose is to further structure and the unique directions that
dynamics, ePortfolio presentation and enhance student learning while cultivating most degree programs take, students who
speech and oral communication. critical life abilities that are important both have completed more than 60 quarter hours
Sophomore Inquiry classes maintain an academically and professionally: establishing of college work are not usually considered
interdisciplinary approach to their individu- connections within the larger community, for admission.
al topics, and continue to emphasize the developing strategies for analyzing and
Graduation requirements. Honors
four University Studies goals of inquiry and addressing problems, and working with oth-
Program students are graduated after com-
critical thinking, communication, the diver- ers trained in fields different from one’s own.
pleting requirements for their majors, the
sity of human experience, and ethics and Independent volunteering, work experi-
liberal and general education requirements
social responsibility. Each Sophomore ence, by arrangement credits, internships
of the Honors Program, and the specific
Inquiry class also provides an introduction and practica cannot fulfill the Capstone
requirement. Students must have completed requirements of their individualized pro-
to important concepts, questions, and con- grams.
cerns that will be explored in greater depth 90 credit hours before registering for their
Capstone course. Students complete a core component of
in the upper-division cluster courses to work in the Honors Program, typically
which it is linked. around 45 credit hours, which satisfies their
general and liberal education requirements.

Upper-Division University Honors While individual core programs will vary to

some extent, students will complete 10
Cluster Honors Program Building
1632 SW 12th
courses in Honors. These will include the
core course, “Studies,” at least two courses
See the University Studies Program website (www. 503-725-4928 designated as colloquia, and the two-quarter for descriptions of upper-division clus- thesis project (8 credit hours).
ters and lists of approved cluster courses. Studies. A foundation course in the theo-
After their Sophomore Inquiry coursework, B.A. or B.S.—any University major ry and methods of the social sciences,
students select one of three clusters repre- The University Honors Program is intended humanities, and sciences. “Studies” exam-
sented in their Sophomore Inquiry classes. for those students who plan to go on to grad- ines the politics, art, ideas, and scientific
From a list of courses approved for the uate or professional school; it therefore gives practice of major periods in Western cul-
selected cluster, students pursue a program highly motivated applicants the chance to ture, beginning with the period that has
of 12 upper-division credits offered by vari- develop undergraduate degree programs that been called the “foundation of the natural
ous departments across campus. These class- reflect their particular interests. sciences,” the 17th century. Originally
es allow students to explore an aspect of the Limited to 200 participants, the Honors developed under a grant from the National
cluster’s theme in greater depth, while con- Program offers a foundation course in the the- Endowment for the Humanities, the course
tinuing to investigate the four University ory and methods of the human, natural, and remains open to all Portland State students.
Studies goals in relation to the cluster topic. social sciences, opportunities for independent In the second year of “Studies” students
Students might choose a cluster to broad- study, honors colloquia and the production of work together with Program faculty to exam-
en their perspective, allowing them the a baccalaureate thesis. Students are also allowed ine the organization of knowledge in three
opportunity to take classes of interest out- the chance to take part in the Washington, periods—the ancient Greek, the early mod-
side their major, or students can choose a D.C., internship program provided by the ern, and the 19th and 20th centuries, exam-
U n d e r g r a d u at e S t u d i e s 55

ining ways in which knowledge is deeply the study of techniques, psychology, and filling academic requirements for a baccalau-
rooted in the social and political movements practice used with the training of officers and reate degree.
of its contemporary surround. Throughout soldiers. Military Science encompasses six Basic Course. The Basic Course is com-
the year students continue the development major branches as follows: prised of 100 and 200-level lower division
of the writing and research tools fundamental Military Organizations – Develops opti- courses, is usually taken in your freshman
to the later baccalaureate thesis. mal methods for the administration and and sophomore years, and is open to any
Professors of classical studies, science stud- organization of military units, as well as the student enrolled at PSU. Your participation
ies, history, humanities, and interdisciplinary military as a whole. in this course is completely voluntary and
social science serve as faculty, and written Military Education and Training – requires no military commitment.
work focuses on primary texts studied in the Studies the methodology and practices Instruction is oriented on adventurous out-
course. Students are encouraged to form involved in training soldiers, NCOs (non- door activities that give you insight into the
study groups to supplement their classroom commissioned officers, i.e. sergeants), and military service, basic soldiering, and leader-
work. officers. ship.
Further information and course descrip- Military History – Military activity has You also get to learn about the citizen-sol-
tions are available from the Honors Program been a constant process over thousands of dier and his or her social contributions,
Office, located in the Honors Program years, and the essential tactics, strategy, and duties, and responsibilities. Through your
Building, 1632 S.W. 12th Avenue. goals of military operations have been personal involvement, you get to see whether
Departmental honors. Some departments unchanging throughout history. this role appeals to you.
throughout the University offer a depart- Military Geography – Military geography Advanced Course. The Advanced Course
mental honors option. Students should con- encompasses much more than protestation is a two-year pre-commissioning phase that
tact their major department to find out if to take the high ground, it studies the obvi- integrates classroom instruction, military
this option is available and, if so, what the ous, the geography of theatres, also the addi- training, and practical experience to progres-
requirements are. tional characteristics of politics, economics, sively develop your leader skills, qualities, and
and other natural features of locations. character. Further leadership development
Military Technology and Equipment – will occur in 300/400 level Military Science
Courses Military technology is not just the study of and Army Physical Fitness classes. We will
various technologies and applicable physical continuously assess your performance and
Courses with an asterisk (*) are not offered every year. sciences used to increase military power. It provide you the essential feedback and rein-
Hon 199 may also extend to the study of production forcement you need to become a leader in
Studies I-VI
(5, 5, 5; 4, 4, 4) methods of military equipment, and ways to business, the community, and the Army
Studies I-III comprise 15 credits (12 hours lec- improve performance and reduce material National Guard.
ture, 3 hours recitation); Studies IV-VI comprise and/or technological requirements for its Eligibility For The Basic Course. This
12 credits (lecture only, no recitation). production. course is open to any student enrolled at PSU.
Hon 199 Military Strategy and Doctrine – Eligibility For The Advanced Course.
Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Military strategy is in many ways the center- You must meet these requirements to be
Consent of instructor. piece of military science. It studies the spe- accepted into the Advanced Course:
Hon 399 cifics of combat, and attempts to reduce the  Be between 18 and 30 years old. Age
Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) many factors to a set of principles that gov- wavier may be granted up to age 35 by
Hon 401 ern all interactions of the field of battle. the Adjutant General or Commanding
Research (Credit to be arranged.) Portland State University and the Oregon General of the State or Territory you
Consent of instructor.
Army National Guard offer a unique leader- reside in. (NGB-ARH Memo #06-11)
Hon 403 ship development program specifically for  Be a U.S. citizen.
Thesis (Credit to be arranged.)
Hon 404
the civilian career-minded student. This  Be a member of the Army National
Cooperative Education/Internship (Credit to program, Guard Officer Leadership Guard, Army Reserves or completed MS
be arranged.) Development or GOLD/ROTC provides 100/200 level classes or attended LTC
Hon 405 motivated young men and women with (Leadership Training Course) during the
Reading and Conference (Credit to be exciting and valuable instruction in a variety summer of your sophomore year.
arranged.) of areas such as decision-making, goal-set-  Be in good health as evidence by a cur-
Consent of instructor.
ting, team-building, and small-group leader- rent Chapter II or DODMERB physi-
Hon 407 ship. Classroom and outdoor activities are cal.
Seminar (Credit to be arranged.)
Consent of instructor. Reading and discussion of
designed to physically, mentally, and emo-  Be of good moral character and
an area to be chosen by instructor, with a seminar tionally challenge you, build your self-confi- behavior.
paper required. dence, and develop your leadership skills. If  If you are currently in the Army
Hon 410 you qualify, you could earn a commission as National Guard or Reserves you do not
Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) an Army officer upon graduation in the have to participate in the Basic Course
Consent of instructor. Oregon Army National Guard. to enter the Advanced Course, but it is

Military Science GOLD/ROTC is a four-year program that

provides on-campus military science instruc-
tion in two parts: the Basic Course and the
1433 SW 6th Ave. Clay Building Advanced Course. For this training, you are Basic Courses (Freshman - MS I)
503-725-3215 paid as a Sergeant (E-5). Both Courses are MS 111
fully accredited and applicable towards ful- Basic Leadership Skills Credits: (1)
The department of military science entails Teaches basic leadership skills based on military
56 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

training doctrine. Students will be introduced to MS 312 students who have demonstrated substantial
the BE-KNOW-DO method of leadership and Military Operations (3) academic achievement. Students may enroll
learn how to apply it to small group leadership The course studies the principles of war and the
for a maximum of two classes per quarter.
situations. employment of military forces in accordance with
US Army doctrine, organization, equipment, and The Challenge Program currently offers
MS 112 introductory college courses in English, for-
Roles of the Army (1) training.
A study of the Total Army, its’ concept and role in MS 313 eign languages, history, and mathematics.
society. Examines missions, organization, person- Small Unit Tactics (3) Course content is identical to that offered to
nel, and history of the Regular Army, National The course studies the fundamentals, techniques, Portland State University students on the
Guard, and Reserves. and procedures of a light infantry squad and pla- home campus. College-level texts and mate-
MS 113 toon tactics. Develops leadership skills in plan- rials are used.
Adventure Training (1) ning, organizing, and conducting small unit oper- Students who successfully complete their
The examination and practical application of ations.
Challenge Program coursework are entitled
Basic Rifle Marksmanship, rappelling, mountain Advanced Courses (Senior - MS IV) to a regular Portland State University tran-
climbing, and basic first aid. An optional once a script. The credit earned by the student can
MS 409
month field trip is offered for more extensive Practical Field Experiences (1-6)
experience. be transferred to many colleges and universi-
This course covers the summer practical experi- ties regionally and nationally.
MS 121 ences at either at the Leadership Training Course
Leadership Lab (0) (LTC) or Leadership Development and
More information is available at http://
Provides practical experience in selected military Assessment Course (LDAC).
skills and drill and ceremonies. Permits the exer-
cise and evaluation of leadership skills in a con- Army Training Management (3)
trolled situation. Taken in conjunction with MS The course studies both the Army’s training phi- 503-725-3430
classes. losophy and it’s training system. The class focuses Sally Hudson, Coordinator
MS 131 on the Junior Officer’s role and responsibilities in
Army Physical Fitness Training (1) the process of battle planning, establishment of Portland State University is committed to
The course is designed to introduce students to unit training programs, and execution of military serving the needs of the metropolitan area
the basics of physical fitness training as designed instruction. by providing an academic environment for
by the Army. It is instructed by an Army Master MS 412 intellectually gifted students. The Leap Into
Physical Fitness Instructor. Participants will train Military Law & Administration (3) New Knowledge (LINK) Program provides
to pass (score of 180 or above) the Army Physical The course focuses on Military Justice, Army a scholarship and support for selected gifted
Fitness Test, which is a combination of push-ups, Personnel Management, and Army Logistics and
sit-ups, and a 2-mile run. high school students to attend the
Supply. Students study the Junior Officer’s role and University for part-time advanced study in a
Basic Courses (Sophomore - MS II) responsibilities in military law enforcement, officer
and enlisted personnel management, resource man-
particular academic discipline. The program
MS 211 is designed to serve those students who have
Land Navigation (2) agement, and service support.
exhausted all coursework in a particular dis-
Teaches basic topographic map reading skills and MS 413
land navigation using a lensatic compass and ter- Personal Affairs and Career Development (3) cipline at their high schools. To qualify for
rain association. Includes practical exercises. An in-depth examination of the Second the program, students must be recommend-
MS 212
Lieutenant on the Total Army and preparation for ed to the University by their school and
Leadership and Management (2) officer commissioning in the Army National must successfully complete the LINK
Introduction to fundamental leadership and man- Guard. This course will help to provide students admissions process. First opportunity goes
agement including problem analysis, decision- with the critical information on various topics. to high school seniors. If there is space avail-
making, planning, management control, and These topics include, but are not limited to, offi-
cer specialty selection, unit assignment, promo- able after seniors have been accommodated,
interpersonal skills. topics such as professional other qualified applicants may be accepted
ethics, team development, and oral communica- tion and mobilization, career planning, and pro-
fessional development. into the program. Applications are due May
tion skills.
31 for the next academic year. More infor-
MS 213
Basic Military Skills (2)
The course teaches basic military skills in first aid,
Pre-college mation and applications are available at
wireless communications, land navigation, weap-
ons systems, and small group leadership tech-
Challenge Program
Advanced Courses (Junior - MS III) 503-725-3430
MS 309 Sally Hudson, Coordinator
Introduction to American Military History (3) The Challenge Program is a cooperative
The course covers the American Army’s history
from its birth in 1775 to the eve of World War I.
program between Portland State University
and metropolitan area high schools. It pro-
MS 310 vides high school seniors an opportunity to
American Military History (3)
The course builds on the introduction to take regular college courses on their own
American Military History covering World War I campuses.
to the Global War on Terror. Expected prepara- Students who have a cumulative grade
tion: MS 309 point average of 3.00 or above after the
MS 311 completion of six high school semesters (or
Military Leadership (3) the equivalent in high school credits) are eli-
This course studies Army Command and Control gible to enroll in the Challenge Program.
along with small unit leadership fundamentals. School district staff members review tran-
The Junior Officer’s role and responsibilities in
the leadership process are fully examined. scripts of high school students who wish to
enroll in Challenge courses and select those
6th Floor, Unitus Building, 503-725-8410

Portland State University graduate programs the regulation or of the assertion that the
offer a variety of opportunities for advanced student was not informed by the adviser or
study and research, including preparation for other authority. The student should be
academic or other professional careers, con- familiar with information published in the
tinuation and improvement of skills for in- Portland State University Bulletin, including
service professionals, personal intellectual the section on Graduate Studies and the sec-
enrichment, and professional development. tion listing the requirements for the degree
More than 5,000 graduate students are and the offerings and requirements of the
enrolled in the University’s colleges and major department. The department chair
schools, and over 1,500 graduate degrees are appoints a faculty adviser for each graduate
awarded annually in the more than 70 mas- student to assist in developing the course of
ter’s and the 18 doctoral programs. study, determining deficiencies, planning the
The Office of Graduate Studies oversees program, and clarifying special regulations.
the University’s graduate programs in the Departments can be expected to have addi-
interest of ensuring quality instruction and tional degree requirements beyond those list-
research and promoting the highest achieve- ed in the Bulletin.
ment of graduate students. It is the principal A graduate student may petition the
resource concerning advanced degree Graduate Council for the waiver of a
requirements, degree status, petition proce- University graduate academic regulation or
dures, thesis or dissertation preparation, and degree requirement. The petition process is
final oral examinations. an option in unusual cases with extenuating
Graduate governance. All matters of circumstances. A petition is not a remedy for
graduate study are subject to the policies and poor advising on the part of an academic
procedures established by the Faculty Senate unit or poor planning by the student. The
upon recommendation of the Graduate responsibility of initiating the petition rests
Council. The Graduate Council develops with the student. Petition forms are available
and recommends University policies and from the Office of Graduate Studies and on
regulations for graduate studies, recom- the OGS web site. The decision of the
mends standards for graduate courses and Graduate Council is final.
programs, and adjudicates petitions regard- The University reserves the right to require
ing graduate policies. The dean of Graduate the withdrawal of any student who fails to
Studies is responsible for conducting the accept responsibilities, as evidenced by con-
affairs of the Office of Graduate Studies and duct or scholastic achievement.
for certifying to the registrar candidates who
have fulfilled the requirements for advanced
Domestic application documents. In order
Student responsibility. The student is to expedite the graduate admission process
responsible for knowing all regulations and for domestic applicants, Portland State
procedures required by the University and University requires that the applicant send
the advanced degree program being pursued. two complete (but different) application
In no case will a regulation be waived or an packets, one packet to the Admissions Office
exception granted because of ignorance of and the other directly to the department.
58 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Complete application materials are available 2. Official transcripts and/or degree certifi- tries. This program comprises approximate-
from the individual academic departments. cates from all colleges and universities ly one year of academic study intended to
The University application, as well as some attended. An official transcript and/or bridge the differences between the appli-
departmental applications, are also available degree certificate is a verification of an cant’s degree and a four-year U.S. baccalau-
in online format. Incomplete packets sent applicant’s academic record issued in the reate degree. Students are invited to partici-
either to the Admissions Office or to the original language directly from the origi- pate in this program only if they have been
department will seriously delay completion nal, issuing source. These documents must recommended for admission by their depart-
of the graduate admission process. arrive at the Office of Admissions in an ments.
Questions about the admission process unopened envelope sealed at the originat- Funds for graduate assistantships and fel-
should be directed to the department. Once ing institution with the university stamp lowships are limited, and the chances of a
the department recommendation for admis- or signature on the closed envelope flap. foreign student obtaining such aid during
sion has been received, a student may call An official translation must be submitted the first year of residence are minimal.
the PSU Office of Admissions at 725-3511 for any official transcript and/or degree Students from other countries are expected
to determine the status of the University certificate that is in a language other than to carry a full academic load of 9 credits
admission application. English. For additional information about during the regular school year and are cau-
1. The application packet sent to the official transcripts, degree certificates, and tioned not to plan to supplement funds by
Admissions Office must include: translations, contact International part-time off-campus employment during
a. the University application form; Admissions in Neuberger Hall at 503-725- this period.
b. the application fee; 3511. Application deadlines for foreign students
c. one official transcript from every college or 3. A minimum score on the Test of English are fixed. Applications for admission and
university attended (except PSU), includ- as a Foreign Language, which is adminis- complete credentials should reach the Office
ing junior colleges and community colleg- tered by the Educational Testing Service of Admissions at least 6 months prior to the
es; at testing centers established throughout opening of the term. Please note that the
d. the measles immunization form. the world. Students who cannot obtain a application must be accompanied by a $50
2. The application packet sent to the depart- TOEFL bulletin and registration form (U.S.) nonrefundable application fee.
ment must include: locally should write, well in advance, to:
a. the departmental application form; Test of English as a Foreign Language, Admissions
b. a copy of each transcript (or official tran-
scripts, if required by the department);
Box 899, Princeton, NJ 08540. The min- requirements
imum acceptable TOEFL scores are 550
c. other departmental requirements, which for the Paper-based test or sub-scores of University requirements for admission to
may include recommendations, resume, 18 reading, 18 listening, 16 speaking, and graduate certificates or degrees. To be
personal statement, essay, test scores, 16 writing for the Internet-based test. admitted to Portland State University for
portfolio, and/or departmental checklist. The International English Language the purpose of pursuing graduate work,
The department evaluates the file and rec- Testing System exam (IELTS) may be applicants must satisfy minimum University
ommends admission or denial of the appli- substituted for the TOEFL; the minimum requirements and be accepted by the depart-
cant to the Office of Admissions. Some requirement is an overall band score of ment in which the graduate work is pro-
departments evaluate admission applications 6.5 and minimum bands of 6.5 in read- posed. University graduate admission eligi-
periodically, and other departments wait until ing and writing. Native speakers of bility is based on having been awarded a
the application deadline before evaluating all English are not required to take the baccalaureate degree from a regionally
applications. TOEFL exam. Foreign applicants who accredited institution, having achieved a
Upon admission, the student will be have received a baccalaureate, master’s, or minimal accepted GPA, and recommenda-
assigned to a departmental or school faculty doctoral degree from a regionally accred- tion from the appropriate department. Any
adviser. ited U.S. institution or an equivalently applicant whose native language is not
The University application form and the accredited non-U.S. institution in English and who has not received a bacca-
non-refundable application fee are valid for Australia, English-speaking Canada, laureate, master’s, or doctoral degree from a
one calendar year. To validate admission, a Ireland, New Zealand, or the United regionally accredited U.S. institution or an
student must register and pay for at least Kingdom are not required by the equivalently accredited institution in
one credit at PSU in the term for which University to take the TOEFL exam but Australia, English-speaking Canada, Ireland,
she/he was admitted. If the student does not departments and programs may require it. New Zealand, or the United Kingdom must
validate admission for the admission term, The applicant must have earned the equiva- pass the Test of English as a Foreign
that admission will be cancelled unless the lent of a U.S. bachelor’s degree, with first-class Language (TOEFL); the International
student contacts the Admissions Office and marks, from an institution approved by the English Language Testing System exam
requests that the admission be updated to Ministry of Education in that institution’s (IELTS) may be substituted for the TOEFL.
another term within the year. If the student Portland State University will not confer
country. The applicant must present certifica-
does not validate admission within one cal- active admission status to any graduate stu-
tion of the availability of sufficient funds to
endar year, the admission will be cancelled, dent pending an expected baccalaureate
meet all costs while studying at the University.
and the student must submit a new applica- degree without formal written notification
Contact the Admissions Office for an estimate
tion and new application fee. from the Registrar of the conferring institu-
of expenses.
The Three-Year Bridge Program is an tion confirming that all requirements for the
Foreign application documents. All degree have been met and stating the date
alternate method of meeting graduate
applicants who have attended schools out- the degree will be conferred. If admitted on
admission requirements. It is designed for
side the United States must present the fol- this basis, an official transcript showing the
international students coming from non-
lowing: degree will be required during the term of
Bologna-compliant three-year baccalaureate
1. A complete and accurate chronological admission or the admission will be canceled.
degree programs recognized by the
outline of all previous university-level
Ministries of Education in their home coun-
G r a d u at e S t u d i e s 59

Three-Year Bridge Program. This pro- Department Conditional status may be (not a student).
gram is an alternate method of meeting imposed on a student who has a deficiency Exceptional admission procedures for
graduate admission requirements. It is in departmental requirements. These condi- foreign students. In situations beyond the
designed for international students coming tions may include GPA requirements or control of a foreign applicant, when tran-
from non-Bologna-compliant three-year additional coursework and may be more rig- scripts and documents are not available to
baccalaureate degree programs recognized by orous than University Conditional status or confirm completion of a baccalaureate
the Ministries of Education in their home other University standards. Department degree in a foreign university, the dean of
countries. This program comprises approxi- Conditional status can only be removed by Graduate Studies may employ a special
mately one year of academic study intended the department with a Request for Change admissions procedure. Upon referral by the
to bridge the differences between the appli- of Status form (GO-7). Students who do Admissions staff responsible for foreign stu-
cant’s degree and a four-year U.S. baccalau- not fulfill the requirements of their dent admission and recommendation of the
reate degree. Students are invited to partici- Department Conditional status can have admitting department, a special panel con-
pate in this program only if they have been their admission canceled by the department. sisting of three faculty may be appointed to
recommended for admission by their depart- A student who has Departmental review the materials available and interview
ments. Conditional status is eligible to be a gradu- the applicant. The panel shall consist of one
Departmental requirements. A depart- ate assistant. member of the admitting department, one
ment may have additional admission Both University Conditional and member of the Graduate Council, and a
requirements based on previous academic Department Conditional status. Students representative of the Office of Graduate
achievement, scores on Graduate Record who have both University Conditional sta- Studies. The panel will evaluate the educa-
Examinations or other tests, letters of rec- tus and Department Conditional status are tional background and preparation of the
ommendation, a portfolio, or an autobio- subject to all of the policies stated above. applicant and review documents including
graphical statement. Information regarding University Conditional status and letters and written testimony of persons who
departmental requirements can only be Department Conditional status are convert- serve as references or are cognizant of the
obtained directly from the specific depart- ed to Regular status independent of each circumstances of the applicant’s situation.
ment. Admission is selective and meeting other, and usually not at the same time. A The panel may determine that an equivalen-
minimum requirements does not guarantee student who has both University cy of a baccalaureate degree was earned and,
admission. The number of students admit- Conditional status and Department if so, may recommend that the student be
ted to a particular program is limited to the Conditional status is not eligible to be a admissible in regular or conditional status;
resources available. graduate assistant. or it may determine that an equivalency of a
baccalaureate degree was not earned, and, if
Admission Statuses Other Admission Categories so, it may recommend that specific addi-
All admitted graduate certificate and degree Certificate. All students working in a tional preparation be required in order to
students will be assigned one of the follow- planned program leading only to a postbac- meet the admission standard. The Dean of
ing admission statuses: calaureate (not graduate) certificate are given Graduate Studies shall make a final determi-
Regular status. Students who meet the certificate admission. Certificate students nation based upon the recommendation and
University requirements and are recom- may be admitted to other categories of grad- the evidence presented.
mended for admission by their departments uate study and concurrently pursue a post-
as potential degree candidates are given baccalaureate certificate. Enrollment
Regular status. To be considered for admis- Postbaccalaureate. Students not currently
sion with Regular status, the applicant must working toward a degree but who wish to Validation of Admission. Students must
have a cumulative undergraduate GPA of register for more than 8 graduate credits register for a minimum of 1 credit during
2.75 or higher. Applicants who have already may be admitted to postbaccalaureate status. their term of admission; failure to do so will
earned 9 or more letter-graded graduate A postbaccalaureate student may find result in cancellation of admission.
credits must have a cumulative graduate departmental enrollment limitations on Graduate grading system. The following
GPA of 3.00 or higher; this GPA supersedes many courses. grading scale is employed at the graduate
the undergraduate GPA. A student who has A postbaccalaureate student wishing to be level:
Regular status is eligible to be a graduate admitted to a graduate certificate or degree A = 4.00 B- = 2.67 D+ = 1.33
assistant. program must apply in the same way as any A- = 3.67 C+ = 2.33 D = 1.00
University Conditional status. Students other applicant, meet the general University B+ = 3.33 C = 2.00 D- = 0.67
who do not meet GPA requirements for requirements, and be recommended for B = 3.00 C- = 1.67 F = 0.00
Regular status are given University admission by the department. Courses com- The grading system at the graduate level is
Conditional status if they are recommended pleted in a postbaccalaureate status are not defined as follows:
for admission by their departments and have automatically applied toward a graduate A—Excellent
a cumulative undergraduate GPA between degree; each course must be evaluated and B—Satisfactory
2.50 and 2.74. After completing 9 letter- recommended by the department and is C—Below graduate standard
graded graduate credits with a GPA of 3.00 considered pre-admission credit to which all D—Failure
or higher, students with University pre-admission limits and requirements F—Failure
Conditional status will automatically be apply. (See section on pre-admission and The following marks are also used:
given Regular status. Students admitted on transfer credit, page 61.) P—Satisfactory completion (B- or better)
University Conditional status who do not Departmental Request for Special NP—No credit, unsatisfactory
achieve a GPA of 3.00 or higher after com- Admission. In cases when a student does I—Incomplete
pleting 9 letter-graded graduate credits will not meet minimum University admission IP—In progress
have their admission canceled. A student requirements, departments may choose to W—Withdrawn
who has University Conditional status is not submit a Graduate Admission – Special X—No basis for grade
eligible to be a graduate assistant. Approval Request (GO-20 form). This pro- M—Missing grade
Department Conditional status. cess may only be initiated by a department AU—Audit
60 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Incompletes. A student may be assigned weeks requires instructor approval. During the add-drop period a student regis-
an I grade by an instructor when all of the A student wishing to withdraw after the tered for a course for audit may change to
following four criteria apply: seventh week must petition the Deadline credit status or vice versa through the offi-
1. Quality of work in the course up to that Appeals Board. A W is recorded if the peti- cial methods; thereafter the change cannot
point is C level or above. tion is approved. Reasons for withdrawal be made.
2. Essential work remains to be done. beyond the seventh week must be beyond Academic Record Sealed After Degree
“Essential” means that a grade for the the student’s control, and medical reasons Earned. Portland State University academic
course could not be assigned without drop- must be documented. Instructor’s comments records are sealed thirty days after the con-
ping one or more grade points below the are required on the petition. ferral of a degree. After this date no changes
level achievable upon completion of the Refunds are automatic and are calculated can be made to the academic record, such as
work. from the date of official course load reduc- removal of Incompletes or grade changes.
3. Reasons for assigning an I must be tion. The refund is 100 percent only if with- Correspondence credit. Under no cir-
acceptable to the instructor. The student drawal occurs within the first week of the cumstance will graduate credit earned
does not have the right to demand an I. term. through correspondence study be acceptable
The circumstances must be unforeseen or The above deadlines refer to Fall, Winter toward an advanced degree.
be beyond the control of the student. An and Spring terms. For deadlines during Academic load. Full-time enrollment for
instructor is entitled to insist on appro- Summer Session, consult the Summer graduate students is 9-16 credits. Graduate
priate medical or other documentation. Session website at http://www.summer.pdx. students must seek approval of registration
In no case is an “Incomplete” grade given edu. in excess of 16 credits. A student registering
to enable a student to do additional work No Basis for Grade. If a student, to the for 17 to 19 credits must obtain the approv-
to raise a deficient grade. best of the instructor’s knowledge, has never al of the department chair or faculty adviser.
4. A written agreement, signed by both the attended class, the name on the grading reg- A student registering for 20 credits or more
student and the instructor, should include ister may be assigned an X grade (no basis must obtain the approval of the department
a statement of the remaining work to be for grade). An auditor may also be assigned chair and the Dean of Graduate Studies. A
done to remove the I grade, and the date, an X for insufficient attendance. graduate assistant registering for more than
not to exceed one year from the end of Non-Completion of Course. A student 16 credits must obtain approval from the
the term of enrollment for the course, by who has participated in a course but has department chair and the Dean of Graduate
which work must be completed in order failed to complete essential work or attend Studies. Overload approval forms may be
to earn credit toward the degree. The examinations, and who has not communi- obtained from the departments or the
instructor may specify the highest grade cated with the instructor, will be assigned Office of Graduate Studies.
which may be awarded upon completion; the appropriate grade based on coursework Minimum enrollment. The University
the grade awarded should not exceed the completed. requires that graduate students who are
level of achievement attained during the Missing Grade. A student will not be cer- involved in activities requiring faculty time
regular course period. tified for graduation who has any M or the use of University facilities register
To remove an Incomplete, the instructor (Missing) grades in PSU graduate courses every term, including those working on any
must file a supplementary grade report with that could potentially be letter graded, even aspects of research, project, thesis, or disser-
Registration and Records within one year if the courses are not applied to the student’s tation.
(e.g., by the end of fall 2010 for a course degree. A minimum of one graduate credit is
registered for fall 2009). Repeat of graduate courses. If a graduate required when taking any comprehensive or
An Incomplete grade becomes part of the course is repeated, the grades awarded both final examination. A minimum of one grad-
permanent transcript record after the one- times are included in the GPA; however, uate credit of registration is required when
year deadline expires, unless a waiver is credit toward the number of credits required engaged in any phase of research, such as
approved by petition to the Graduate for the degree is counted only once. developing or collecting data, or any aspects
Council. Repeating courses with the sole intent of of a project, thesis or dissertation until its
Non-attendance. It is the student’s raising the GPA is not acceptable. final approval by the Office of Graduate
responsibility to drop courses they do not If a course offered as a 400/500 level Studies.
wish to attend. Non-attendance does not course is taken at the 400 level, the same The student’s department can require
cancel the tuition charges nor prevent the course cannot be taken again for credit at additional registration in any given term in
course and grade (F, NP, X, or M) from the 500 level. relation to the amount of time required of
appearing on the student’s academic record. Audit. Graduate students may take any faculty or the use of University facilities dur-
Withdrawals. Withdrawal from a course course for which they have the prerequisites ing the term.
must be initiated by the student. It is the and which is open to them on the basis of Residency requirements. Residence credit
student’s responsibility to withdraw properly their admission category on an audit (no- is defined as credit taken at PSU after for-
by the published deadlines dates. credit) basis. The tuition and fees for audit- mal admission to a graduate degree pro-
A student may withdraw with no record ing courses are the same as for taking the gram. Residency requirements are intended
on the transcript up to the end of the sec- courses for credit, but a student’s load (total to ensure that students work in close associ-
ond week of the term. As a courtesy, stu- credit hours) does not include audit enroll- ation with other graduate scholars in the
dents are advised to notify the instructor ments. Audited courses cannot be used to intellectual environment of PSU.
concerned of the intended or completed meet any requirement for degrees or certifi- In a master’s program, to meet the residen-
withdrawal. cates, for required registration for graduate cy requirement a student must earn a mini-
A student who withdraws after the second assistants, or for scholarship students. mum of two-thirds of the credits applied to
week will have a W recorded on the tran- Students cannot receive financial aid for the degree after formal admission to a mas-
script. A student may withdraw for any rea- audited courses. ter’s degree program at PSU.
son during the third or fourth week, but Courses taken more than once on an audit In a doctoral program, to meet the resi-
withdrawing between the fifth and seventh basis cannot be repeated for graduate credit. dency requirement a student must register
G r a d u at e S t u d i e s 61

for and satisfactorily complete a minimum Pre-admission and transfer credit. For doctoral degrees, pre-admission and
of three consecutive terms in full-time resi- Courses taken at any institution, including transfer limits are at the discretion of the
dence (minimum 9 graduate credits applica- PSU, before the term of formal admission to individual doctoral programs. Pre-admission
ble to the degree program each term) after a PSU graduate degree program are pre- and transfer courses approved for use by the
admission to the doctoral program at PSU. admission credits. Courses taken at any doctoral program are added to the student’s
Credit distribution and limitations. other institution at any time are transfer doctoral program of study.
Courses applied to any graduate certificate credits. For all graduate certificate and Approved graduate transfer courses from
or degree program must be at the 500 or degree programs, pre-admission and transfer other institutions are not entered on PSU
600 level. Courses at the 700 and 800 level credits must be graduate credit taken at a transcripts and are not considered in the
are not acceptable in any graduate certificate regionally accredited institution and applica- computation of PSU cumulative graduate
or degree programs, with the exception of ble to a graduate degree program without GPA. However, transfer courses are included
800-level courses in the master’s degree pro- qualification at the originating institution. in the approved program of study for all
grams in the Graduate School of Education Pre-admission and transfer credits cannot be graduate certificate and degree programs and
as well as some M.A.T./M.S.T. programs; correspondence credit. are used to calculate the program GPA,
these programs may allow a maximum of 6 A master’s student must earn a minimum which must be 3.0 or higher in order to grad-
credits at the 800 level. of two-thirds of the credits applied to the uate.
Students who take 400/500 courses at the degree after formal admission to the gradu- Pre-admission and transfer credits from for-
500 level must complete additional work ate degree program at PSU and must earn a eign institutions are subject to the same
beyond the requirements for the 400-level minimum of two-thirds of the credits requirements and limitations. Requests for
section. With the exception of coursework applied to the degree at PSU. Departments foreign pre-admission and transfer credits
reserved for graduate credit (see below), may have stricter limitations. Pre-admission must include additional documentation to
graduate tuition is charged for all graduate- and transfer credits for master’s degrees must facilitate verification of eligibility; contact the
level coursework. meet all the following requirements: must Office of Graduate Studies for details.
At the master’s level, a minimum of 12 be letter-graded B- or higher (pass or similar Reservation of coursework for graduate
credits in a 45-credit program must be taken grading methods are not acceptable); must credit. Graduate-level course work taken
in residence in 500, 500/600, or 600 course not be used for any other degree at any while working toward a student’s first bache-
level categories. The remainder of the institution; must be no older than seven lor’s degree can be reserved for use in a PSU
required credits may be 400/500 courses years old at the time the master’s degree is graduate program. Only credits earned at
taken at the 500 level. awarded; and must total no more than one PSU can be reserved for graduate credit.
Limitations are placed on the number of third of the required credits for a master' Reserved graduate credit is limited to 12
501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 508, and 509 degree program. For master’s degrees, the completed graduate credits letter-graded B-
credits that can be applied to master’s application of eligible pre-admission and/or or higher earned within the last 45 credits
degrees. In a 45-credit program, the limits transfer credits must be approved by the stu- prior to awarding of the student’s first bache-
are as follows: a maximum of 12 credits in dent’s department and the Office of lor’s degree and not used to fulfill the require-
501, 502, and 505 combined; a maximum Graduate Studies using the GO-21 form. It ments for any bachelor’s degree. Such courses
of 9 credits in 504, 508, and 509 combined; is strongly suggested that this form be sub- are pre-admission credits and subject to all
a range of 6 to 9 credits in 503. Courses mitted early in the student’s program, but it pre-admission requirements and limitations.
numbered 60x are included in these limita- must be submitted before the Office of Departments may have stricter limitations.
tions. Graduate Studies can review the Graduate Reserved credits must be approved by the
Joint Campus courses. Graduate students Degree Program form (GO-12), which is student’s department, Degree Requirements,
at PSU may take graduate courses at other due in the first week of the anticipated term and the Office of Graduate Studies using a
institutions in the Oregon University of graduation. (The M.S.W. program has GO-10 form. It is strongly suggested that
System and register for these courses specific transfer credit allowances resulting this form be submitted before awarding of
through the PSU Office of Admission, from accreditation requirements and inter- the bachelor’s degree, but it must be submit-
Registration and Records. These courses are institutional agreements, but a minimum of ted before the Office of Graduate Studies
recorded on the student’s PSU transcript as 36 credits applied to the M.S.W. must be can review the Graduate Degree Program
joint campus courses (JC 510/610). To reg- taken at PSU.) form (GO-12), which is due in the first
ister for joint campus courses, students must For graduate certificates, two-thirds of the week of the anticipated term of graduation.
have approval from their adviser, depart- required credits, or 15 credits, whichever is As reserved credits are by definition pre-
ment, and PSU, as well as approval from the higher, must be taken at PSU. Individual admission credits, a GO-21 form must also
course instructor at the OUS institution at programs may set higher minimums. be submitted.
which the course is being offered. The stu- Transfer credits for graduate certificates must Dual master’s degrees. A graduate student
dent must be a matriculated graduate stu- be letter-graded B- or higher (pass or similar may work concurrently toward the comple-
dent in a PSU graduate certificate or degree grading methods are not acceptable) and tion of the requirements for two PSU mas-
program and be registered for PSU credit must be no older than seven years old at the ter’s degrees in complementary disciplines.
during the same term the JC 510/610 time the graduate certificate is awarded. Dual master’s degrees allow for an overlap of
course is taken. Joint campus courses are Transfer credits from other institutions must the credits required for two master’s degrees.
considered transfer credits for which all be approved by the graduate certificate pro- The credits to be accepted for both degrees
transfer credit limitations apply (see below). gram and the Office of Graduate Studies must be approved by the departments
Forms for joint campus courses are available using a GO-11GC form. Although pre- involved and may not exceed one-third of
in the Office of Admissions, Registration admission limits do not apply, reserved credit the required credits for a degree. If the two
and Records in the lobby of Neuberger Hall. limits do apply (see below). Students are master’s programs have different total credit
Self-support courses and courses offered by encouraged to apply for and be admitted to requirements, the one-third limit is deter-
Extended Studies and Summer Session are graduate certificate programs as early as mined by the smaller total credit
ineligible for this program. possible. requirement.
62 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Students working toward dual master’s approval is required from the department ate GPA of 2.67 or higher (based on 6 or
degrees must be admitted to the second chair or program director and graduate more graduate credits) during each term of
degree program no later than the term prior committee of the college or school as well as enrollment. All graduate students, especially
to the term in which the student graduates the Office of Graduate Studies. Students those in a conditional admission status, are
from the first degree program. Overlapping who have not enrolled for three terms expected to keep in close communication
credits used in dual master’s degrees must be (excluding summer) must submit a re- with their departments and to avail them-
approved by the student’s departments and enrollment request. selves of departmental advising.
the Office of Graduate Studies with a Re-enrollment. Admitted graduate stu- Academic probation. An admitted gradu-
GO-14 (Dual Degree Form) before the stu- dents who fail to enroll for credits for con- ate student is placed on probation if:
dent graduates from the first master’s degree secutive three terms (excluding summer) 1. The student’s cumulative graduate GPA
program. Students are limited to one use of must submit a Graduate Re-Enrollment at Portland State University, based on the
the dual master’s degree allowance at PSU. Request to their department; if this request completion of 9 letter-graded graduate
Course Overlap between Degrees and is supported by their department, the credits after admission to the graduate
Certificates. In specific circumstances, request is signed and forwarded to the level at PSU, is below 3.00 at the end of
coursework (not a project, thesis/disserta- Office of Graduate Studies for processing. A any term, or
tion, or other culminating activity) can be GPA of at least 3.00 in all graduate work 2. The student’s term graduate GPA, based
shared between programs. There are limits taken subsequent to admission to the PSU on a minimum of 6 letter-graded graduate
on the use of eligible graduate courses graduate program is a prerequisite for re- credits, is below 2.67 for a given term.
between graduate programs. enrollment. While on academic probation the student
 A graduate course that has been used to Students submitting the Graduate will not be permitted to 1) graduate, 2)
meet the requirements for a bachelor’s Re-Enrollment Request who have enrolled receive or continue to hold a graduate assis-
degree or any undergraduate program in coursework elsewhere since PSU admis- tantship, 3) change majors (GO-19 form),
cannot be applied to any graduate pro- sion must also submit one sealed, official 4) be advanced to doctoral candidacy, 5)
gram (degree or certificate). transcript to the Office of Admissions from receive approval of the master’s degree pro-
 Graduate courses can be applied to two each institution attended subsequent to PSU gram (GO-12 form), or 6) register for more
master’s degrees only under the Dual graduate admission. than a total of 9 credits in any term.
Degree option (see above). To ensure timely registration, the complet- Removal of academic probation occurs if the
 Graduate courses can be applied to a ed Graduate Re-Enrollment Request should cumulative graduate GPA is brought to 3.00
master’s degree and a doctoral degree. be received by the Office of Graduate within the next 9 graduate credits in letter-
 Graduate courses can be applied to a Studies no later than three weeks prior to graded courses in the case of probation due
master’s degree and a graduate registration. to a low cumulative GPA, or both cumula-
certificate. Cancellation of admission to graduate tive and term GPA of 3.00 or above in the
 Graduate courses can be applied to a program. If a student does not validate case of probation due to a low term GPA.
doctoral degree and a graduate admission by registering and paying for at Academic Disqualification. Academic
certificate. least one credit at PSU in the term of disqualification occurs if:
 Graduate courses cannot be applied to admission, that admission will be cancelled 1. The student on academic probation for
two graduate certificates. unless the student contacts the Admissions low cumulative GPA fails to achieve a
 Graduate courses can be applied to more Office and requests that the admission be cumulative graduate GPA of 3.00 or
than one doctoral program (at the discre- updated to another term within a one-year higher within the next 9 graduate credits
tion of both doctoral programs), but the period. If the student does not validate in letter-graded courses; or
following items must be completed at admission within a one-year period, the 2. The student on probation for a term
Portland State for each doctoral degree: admission will be cancelled and the student GPA below 2.67 does not receive at least
comprehensive exams, residency, propos- must submit a new application and a new a 3.00 term GPA and does not achieve a
al, advancement to candidacy, and disser- application fee. 3.00 cumulative GPA within the next 9
tation research. A student with validated admission to a credits of letter-graded graduate course-
Leave of absence. A student admitted to a graduate certificate or degree program who work; or
graduate program and in good standing may during a one-year period (1) does not have an 3. The student becomes subject to academic
petition for leave of absence for up to one approved leave of absence and (2) does not probation for a second time.
calendar year. Leave of absence status assures successfully complete a graduate course in the A student who is disqualified may not reg-
the student a continuation of the student’s approved program of study for the degree or ister for any graduate courses at PSU.
admission in the program during the period does not make satisfactory progress toward Readmission after disqualification.
of the leave of absence. Application for leave the degree (as determined by the department) Readmission for a student on academic dis-
of absence, endorsed by the department may have admission to the degree program qualification is not automatic. A student
chair or program director, must be filed in canceled. For further information, students may request readmission after a mandatory
the Office of Graduate Studies not later are urged to contact individual departments disqualification period of one calendar year
than the Friday of the second week of the for departmental policies and practices. by filing a graduate petition for readmission
term for which the application is made. A to the Graduate Council through the Office
leave of absence is granted only to graduate Academic Standing of Graduate Studies. To be readmitted, the
students in good standing and does not con- All admitted graduate certificate and degree student must meet all current admission
stitute a waiver of the time limit for comple- students are expected to maintain good aca- requirements, with the exception of the
tion of the graduate degree at PSU, nor does demic standing during the course of their graduate GPA.
it extend the regular one-year limit for com- graduate program at PSU. Good academic If the student’s graduate program has rec-
pletion of a course. standing is defined as maintaining a cumu- ommended readmission, the Graduate
A student may petition for a second leave lative graduate GPA of at least 3.00 in all Council may grant readmission, with or
of absence from a graduate program, but graduate credit earned at PSU (based on 9 without additional academic requirements,
or more graduate credits) and a term gradu-
G r a d u at e S t u d i e s 63

or may recommend continued disqualifica- academic forms which serve as the basis graduate course. Audits (AU) cannot be
tion. If the Graduate Council approves the for admission, course study, or gradua- used to meet the 9-credit requirement.
petition for readmission, the student must tion; misrepresenting a person’s identity Graduate assistants who do not satisfacto-
raise the PSU cumulative graduate GPA to to an instructor or other University offi- rily complete 9 graduate credits in a term,
3.00 or better within the first 12 letter-grad- cial. but who 1) have a term GPA below 3.0 and
ed graduate credits after readmission. If the have no grade below a B- and are not on
student fails to raise the cumulative graduate Tuition, fees, and aid academic probation, 2) have 4 credits or
GPA to a minimum 3.00, she or he will be fewer of grades in the C range (C+, C, C-)
disqualified again. If the Graduate Council
Basic Graduate Fees and have a term GPA of 3.0 or above, or 3)
The basic fees associated with graduate have 4 credits or fewer of Incomplete and
does not approve the petition for readmis-
study at PSU are listed at have a term GPA of 3.0 or above, qualify for
sion, the student will remain in academic
The admission application fee is required Warning Status. The graduate assistant’s
disqualification. The decision of the
and is nonrefundable. All newly admitted employing unit must request Warning
Graduate Council is final.
graduate students are assessed a one-time Status. If Warning Status is granted, the
Graduate courses completed at any institu-
graduate matriculation fee in their initial student may continue as a graduate assistant
tion while a student is under disqualification
term of admission. The graduate tuition fees despite not satisfactorily completing 9 grad-
at PSU will not be applied toward a gradu-
depend on the total number of credits in uate credits in a term. However, if the stu-
ate program at PSU.
enrolled classes, resident or nonresident sta- dent fails to meet the requirement of satis-
Academic Honesty tus in the state of Oregon, and the student’s factorily completing 9 graduate credits in a
Graduate policy on academic honesty and status as graduate assistant or nongraduate term for a second time, the assistantship will
integrity. Graduate students have a primary, assistant. Further details on graduate fees are be terminated and the student will not be
unique relationship and responsibility to the available by contacting the Office of allowed to serve as a graduate assistant in
faculty of the academic departments, the fac- Admissions, Registration and Records in the future.
ulty upon whose recommendations graduate Neuberger Hall. Graduate assistants are provided a salary
degrees are awarded. A major feature of the
graduate student’s responsibilities to the fac-
Financial Assistance on a regular periodic basis as compensation
Graduate assistantships. The University for the service provided and receive a partial
ulty is the adherence to academic honesty. remission of the instructional fee portion of
offers graduate assistantships for teaching,
The Graduate Policy on Academic Honesty tuition each term of appointment. Students
research, and administrative support on a
and Integrity assumes that the student is wishing to apply for graduate assistantships
competitive basis for students working
honest, that all coursework and examinations must correspond directly with the appropri-
toward graduate degrees at PSU. To qualify
represent the student’s own work, and that ate academic department. The Office of
and to remain eligible for an appointment, a
all documents supporting the student’s Graduate Studies does not award graduate
student must be admitted with Regular or
admission and graduation are accurate and assistantships.
Department Conditional status and be in
complete. Academic honesty is a require- PSU Laurels. The PSU Laurels Graduate
good academic standing in a graduate degree
ment for all graduate activities. Any violation Tuition Remission Program provides remis-
program at PSU. (Students admitted only to
of academic honesty and integrity is grounds sion of the instructional fees at in-state rates
a graduate certificate program are not eligi-
for academic action. In addition, a student to academically qualified students on a com-
ble for a graduate assistantship.) Graduate
found in violation of this policy may be sub- petitive basis with preference given to
assistants must be registered for and satisfac-
ject to disciplinary sanction as provided in Oregon residents. The tuition remissions are
torily complete a minimum of 9 graduate
the University Student Conduct Code. available to admitted graduate students,
academic credits applicable to the degree
Violations of the policy include but are both full time and part time, at Portland
each term the assistantship is in effect,
not limited to: State University. The PSU Laurels is a merit
except Summer Session, with term and
1. Cheating in examinations and course program; financial need is also a consider-
cumulative GPAs of 3.00 or higher, and
assignments. The willful use or provision ation for some of the awards. Information is
must show satisfactory academic progress in
to others of unauthorized materials in available from the Office of Graduate
fulfilling the requirements of the degree pro-
written or oral examinations or in course Studies.
gram. The student’s department chair or
graduate coordinator may allow up to 4 Scholarships. Portland State University
2. Plagiarism. The appropriation of lan-
undergraduate credits within the 9 credits if has a limited number of scholarships avail-
guage, ideas, and products of another
the undergraduate credits are needed as pre- able to graduate students. Scholarships are
author or artist and representation of
requisites for graduate courses or are impor- awarded to students in attendance at the
them as one’s own original work; failure
tant to the student’s plan of study. Any University on the basis of academic achieve-
to provide proper identification of source
request for a student to take more than 4 ment, promise, and financial need.
data; use of purchased or borrowed papers
undergraduate credits per term must be A computerized data base of scholarships,
in graduate courses without complete
approved by the Office of Graduate Studies. both national and local, is available on the
identification of the source.
Graduate assistants who do not meet con- second floor of the library. Requests for
3. Selling or offering to sell course assign- information on scholarships related to spe-
tinuation requirements (i.e. satisfactory
ment materials. Selling or offering to sell cific departments should be made to the
completion of a minimum of 9 graduate
material to another person; knowing, or department involved.
academic credits applicable to the degree,
under circumstances having reason to
with term and cumulative GPAs of 3.00 or Educational loans and work. Graduate
know, that the whole or a substantial part
higher) will have their assistantship canceled students may apply for educational loans
of the material is intended to be submitted
by the Office of Graduate Studies. through the Federal Perkins Student Loan
in fulfillment of a course requirement.
Satisfactory completion of a graduate course program, the Federal Direct Stafford Loan
4. Academic fraud. Furnishing false or program, the Federal Unsubsidized Stafford
is defined as a letter grade of B- or higher, P,
incomplete information to the University Loan program, and the federal College
or IP. Grades of C+ and below, NP, I, X, W,
with the intent to deceive; forging, alter- Work-Study Program. Details and applica-
and M are not successful completion of a
ing, or misusing University documents or
64 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

tion materials are available from the Office end of any term when the requirements Engineering and Computer Science); and
of Student Financial Aid in the lobby of have been met. Students must apply for Urban Design (College of Urban and Public
Neuberger Hall. Priority consideration for award of the certificate in the Office of Affairs and School of Fine and Performing
Federal Perkins Student Loan and federal Graduate Studies no later than the first week Arts).
College Work-Study will be given to those of the term in which completion is expect- Application materials and program
who have completed the application process ed. requirements are available from the depart-
earliest, while funds are available. Courses completed up to seven years prior ments offering these programs.
WICHE. Under the Western Interstate to the certificate award date may be used to
satisfy graduate certificate requirements (i.e., Master of Arts and Master of
Commission for Higher Education Science (M.A. and M.S.)
(WICHE) Regional Graduate Program a course started in the fall term of 2004 will
be beyond the seven-year limitation at the The University offers programs leading to
agreement, residents of Alaska, Hawaii, the Master of Arts and the Master of
Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, close of fall term 2011).
A student cannot graduate with a graduate Science. These programs are designed to
Utah, Washington, and Wyoming admitted develop a mastery of subject matter in a
to the following programs pay resident fees: certificate who has an M (Missing) grade in
a PSU graduate course that could potential- chosen discipline and to provide training
the master’s and doctoral programs in envi- and experience in research.
ronmental sciences and resources; the mas- ly be letter graded, even if the course is not
applied to the program of study. Candidates for the Master of Arts and
ter’s program in education: special education Master of Science degrees must earn a mini-
For graduate certificates only, transfer
with a focus in visually impaired learners; mum of 45 credits in approved graduate
credit is defined as any eligible letter-graded
master’s and doctoral programs in urban (B- or higher) graduate course taken at courses; many programs have higher mini-
studies; or the doctoral program in public another accredited institution. Two-thirds of mums, up to 90 credits. A thesis may be
administration and policy. Applications for the credits required for a graduate certifi- required, depending on the program. The
the WICHE program are available through cate, or 15 credits, whichever is higher, must Master of Arts degree requires a demonstrat-
the Office of Graduate Studies. be taken at PSU. Individual programs may ed proficiency in a second language. Second
set higher minimums. See the section on language proficiency is not required for the
Course Overlap between Degrees and Master of Science degree.
Graduate programs Certificates (see page 62) for use of course- To be admitted to a M.A. or M.S. degree,
work in certificate programs. students must meet all departmental and
The graduate programs offered by Portland The following graduate certificate pro- University admission requirements (see page
State University are listed below. grams are currently offered: Applied 58). For further information on admission, as
Graduate certificates Statistics; Earth and Space Sciences for K-12 well as other aspects of a specific degree pro-
A graduate certificate program is a linked Educators; Engineering Geology; gram, the appropriate department should be
series of approved graduate-level courses Environmental and Resource Economics; contacted directly.
which constitute a coherent body of study Environmental Geology; Geographic The following M.A and M.S. degrees are
with a specific defined focus within a disci- Information Systems; Hydro-Geology; currently offered: Anthropology (M.A.
pline. It is designed for a postbaccalaureate Mathematics for Middle School only); Biology; Chemistry; Civil and
participant and reflects the educational mis- Mathematics Teachers (College of Liberal Environmental Engineering; Computer
sion of the University. Each graduate certifi- Arts and Sciences); Addictions Counseling; Science (M.S. only); Communication;
cate program is approved by the Graduate Children’s and Young Adult Literature; Conflict Resolution; Criminology and
Council and the Faculty Senate with a mini- Infant/Toddler Mental Health; Marriage, Criminal Justice (M.S. only); Economics;
mum number of credits and a specific set of Couples, and Family Counseling; Student Education (with options in Counseling;
courses which must be completed; a final Affairs in Higher Education; Teaching Adult Curriculum and Instruction; Educational
project or portfolio may be required to pro- Learners (Graduate School of Education); Policy, Foundations, and Administrative
vide for integration of the sequence of Gerontology; Public Management; Real Studies; Media/Librarianship; Special
course materials. Estate Development (College of Urban and Education); Electrical and Computer
To be admitted to a graduate certificate Public Affairs); Analog and Microwave Engineering (M.S. only); Engineering and
Circuit Design; Communication Systems; Technology Management (M.S. only);
program, students must meet all departmen-
Computer Architecture and Design; Environmental Sciences and Resources
tal and University admission requirements
Computer Security; Design Automation; (M.S. only); English (M.A. only); Financial
(see page 58). For further information on
Digital Design; Digital Signal Processing; Analysis (M.S. only); World Languages
admission, as well as other aspects of a spe- (M.A. only) with options in French,
cific graduate certificate program, the appro- Energy Systems; Image Processing;
Integrated Circuit Test, Verification, and German, Spanish, and Japanese; Foreign
priate department should be contacted Literature and Language (M.A. only);
Validation; Lasers and Optoelectronics;
directly. Geography; Geology (with an option in
Management of New Product Development;
Graduate certificate students must remain Geohydrology); Health Studies; History
Software Engineering; Systems Engineering
in good academic standing (see page 62) and (M.A. only); Interdisciplinary Studies;
Fundamentals; Technological
must achieve a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or Mathematics; Materials Science and
Entrepreneurship (Maseeh College of
higher in all courses to be used for the grad- Engineering; Mechanical Engineering;
Engineering and Computer Scence); Food
uate certificate. Courses numbered 510/610 Music; Physics; Political Science;
Marketing and Logistics (School of Business
cannot be applied to the requirements for a Psychology; Sociology; Speech and Hearing
Administration); Computational
graduate certificate. Sciences; Statistics; Systems Science (M.S.
Intelligence; Computer Modeling and
Although grades of C+, C, and C- are only); TESOL (M.A. only); Theater Arts;
Simulation; Sustainability (Interdisciplinary
below the graduate standard, they may be Writing (Technical and Professional, Book
Studies); Hydrology (College of Liberal Arts
counted as credit toward a graduate certifi- Publishing).
and Sciences and Maseeh College of
cate with the specific written approval of the
Engineering and Computer Science);
program. Grades of D or F indicate clearly
Transportation (College of Urban and
unacceptable work and carry no graduate
Public Affairs and Maseeh College of
credit. Certificates may be awarded at the
G r a d u at e S t u d i e s 65

Master of Arts in Teaching and Arch.); Master of Business Administration Psychology, and Sociology); Technology
Master of Science in Teaching (M.B.A.), in Health Care Management and Management; and Urban Studies.
(M.A.T. and M.S.T.) Business Administration with options in
The Master of Arts in Teaching and Master Management of Innovation and Technology, Doctor of Education (Ed.D)
of Science in Teaching degrees are designed Finance, and International Business; Master The Doctor of Education degree is granted
to combine coursework in the major disci- of Education (M.Ed.); Master of in recognition of mastery of theory, practice,
pline with coursework in education. To this Engineering (M.Eng.), in Civil and and research in education. The Ed.D. in
end, the programs are developed and admin- Environmental Engineering, Civil educational leadership program prepares
istered within flexible guidelines to match Engineering Management, Electrical and highly qualified professional educators for
the needs of students with varying back- Computer Engineering, Manufacturing positions in teaching, supervision, and
grounds and professional plans. All M.A.T. Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, administration in elementary and secondary
degrees require a demonstrated proficiency Project Management, Systems Engineering, education, in community and four-year col-
in a second language. Second language pro- Technology Management; Master of leges and universities, and in other educa-
ficiency is not required for the M.S.T. Environmental Management (M.E.M.); tional institutions, both public and private.
degree. Master of Fine Arts (M.F.A.), in To be admitted to the Ed.D. program, stu-
A minimum of 45 graduate credits is Contemporary Art Practices and Creative dents must meet all departmental and
required. The program of study includes the Writing; Master of International University admission requirements (see page
following: Management (M.I.M.); Master of Music 58). For further information on admission, as
1. At least 24 graduate credits must be (M.M.), with options in Performance, well as other aspects of a specific degree pro-
devoted to selected courses in academic Conducting, and Jazz Studies; Master of gram, the Graduate School of Education
fields which strengthen the candidate’s Public Administration (M.P.A.), with an should be contacted directly.
scholarship in a teaching field and related option in Health Administration; Executive The following Ed.D. degrees are currently
area. This minimum may be higher at the Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.E.); offered: Educational Leadership:
department’s discretion. At least 12 cred- Master of Public Health (M.P.H.), a joint Administration; Postsecondary Education;
its in residence at PSU at the 500, program with Oregon Health Sciences Curriculum and Instruction; Special and
500/600, or 600 level must be completed University and Oregon State University, Counselor Education.
successfully. The remainder of the with options in Health Promotion and
required courses may be 400/500 courses Health Management and Policy; Oregon
Degree requirements
taken for the 500-level number. Master of Software Engineering (M.S.E);
Master’s Degree
2. At least 9 credits of courses in education Master of Social Work (M.S.W.); Master of
Language requirement. The language
are required. Urban and Regional Planning (M.U.R.P.);
requirement for M.A. and M.A.T. students
3. A final written examination covering the Master of Urban Studies (M.U.S.).
must be met before the student’s program
academic teaching field and professional
Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) (GO-12) or committee can be approved and
education courses is required.
The Doctor of Philosophy degree is awarded before final exams can be taken.
4. A final oral examination is required of all
for scholastic achievement based upon the Options for mreeting the graduate sec-
students except in music and math
candidate’s proven comprehensive knowl- ond language requirement for M.A. and
To be admitted to a M.A.T. or M.S.T.
edge in a specialized field of study and for M.A.T. students. The Department of
degree, students must meet all departmental
creative scholarship through independent World Languages and Literatures has deter-
and University admission requirements (see
research. Judgment of such attainments is mined that the graduate second language
page 58). For further information on admis-
based upon evaluation of a dissertation requirement can be met in the following
sion, as well as other aspects of a specific
grounded in independent research and the ways:
degree program, the appropriate department
passing of prescribed written and oral exam- 1. Equivalent coursework: Students who
should be contacted directly.
inations. have passed a course equivalent to PSU level
The following M.A.T. and M.S.T. degrees
To be admitted to a Ph.D. program, stu- 203 or higher in a second language will be
are currently offered: General Arts and
dents must meet all departmental and deemed to have met the language require-
Letters; Environmental Science; World
University admission requirements (see page ment. The Office of Graduate Studies will
Languages (French, German, and Spanish);
58). For further information on admission, as certify completion upon evaluation of the
Science; General Social Science;
well as other aspects of a specific degree pro- student’s academic record if the requirement
Mathematics; and Music.
gram, the appropriate department should be was completed at PSU. If the requirement
Professional Degrees contacted directly. was completed at a different institution, the
PSU offers a variety of degrees which are The following Ph.D. degrees are currently Department of World Languages and
designed to prepare students for work in offered: Applied Physics; Applied Literatures will issue a certificate of comple-
professional fields. The programs are Psychology; Biology; Chemistry; Civil and tion. M.A. and M.A.T. students are respon-
designed to develop a mastery of the subject Environmental Engineering; Computer sible for making their academic records
matter in a chosen discipline and to provide Science; Electrical and Computer available in the first term of admission and
practical training and experience in the field. Engineering; Environmental Sciences and requesting evaluation and certification.
To be admitted to a professional degree Resources; Mathematics Education; 2. Students who do not meet the require-
program, students must meet all departmen- Mathematical Sciences; Mechanical ment under 1. above should make an
tal and University admission requirements Engineering; Public Administration and appointment with the Department of World
(see page 58). For further information on Policy; Social Work and Social Research; Languages and Literatures during the first
admission, as well as other aspects of a spe- Sociology and Social Inequality; Systems term after their admission to make an indi-
cific degree program, the appropriate Science (with options in Anthropology, vidualized plan for the completion of their
department should be contacted directly. Business Administration, Civil Engineering, language requirement. Options include pre-
The following professional degrees are cur- Economics, Engineering Management, paring for and passing one of these evalua-
rently offered: Master of Architecture (M. Mathematics, Mechanical Engineering, tions:
66 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

a. Oral proficiency interview (mandatory A student must be in Regular status in prior to the awarding of the degree (e.g., a
for M.A. TESOL students if they do not order to have a program of study approved course started in the fall term of 2004 will
take a course at level 203 or above) (GO-12 form) or to have a thesis committee be beyond the seven-year limitation at the
b. A written test (mandatory for M.A. appointed (GO-16M form). A University close of fall term 2011).
TESOL students if they do not take a Conditional status will be automatically The final program of study (GO-12 form)
course at level 203 or above), such as converted for Regular status upon the com- must be received in the Office of Graduate
i. The Graduate Student Foreign Language pletion of 9 letter-graded graduate credits Studies no later than the first week of the
Test with a GPA of 3.00 or higher after admis- anticipated term of graduation. For specific
ii. The CLEP exam sion. Department Conditional status can deadlines dates, see the Office of Graduate
iii. A special exam, administered by the only be removed by the academic depart- Studies website.
Department of World Languages and ment with a Request for Change of Status Degree application. Students must file an
Literatures form (GO-7). For detailed information Application for Awarding of Master’s or
c. Coursework after admission: taking a about Regular, University Conditional, and Doctoral Degree with the Office of
course at level 203 or above in residence or Departmental Conditional statuses, see page Graduate Studies by the first Friday of the
abroad 59. anticipated term of graduation. The applica-
d. Special reading courses, if available. Pre-admission and transfer credits must be tion is available on the Graduate Studies
The Department of World Languages and approved with a GO-21 form, and reserved website. A $20 charge will be applied to the
Literatures will teach and test only in lan- credits must be approved with a GO-10 student’s PSU account after the application
guages in which it has expertise. However, form, before these credits can be applied to is processed by the Office of Graduate
off-campus arrangements may be possible a master’s degree program of study (GO-12 Studies. A student with any M (Missing)
with the cooperation of other institutions form). For detailed information about pre- grades in PSU graduate courses that could
and the approval of the chair of the PSU admission, transfer, and reserved credits, see potentially be letter graded will not be certi-
Department of World Languages and page 61. fied for graduation, even if the courses are
Literatures. Certification of having passed a A student must have a B average (3.00 not applied to the student’s degree program.
second language examination from an insti- GPA) on the courses applied to the program Validation of out-of-date graduate cred-
tution other than Portland State University of study (i.e. courses listed on the GO-12 it. A PSU course more than seven years old
must be approved by the Department Chair form), as well as a minimum 3.00 GPA in at the time of graduation, but no more than
of World Languages and Literatures at all graduate-level courses taken at PSU. ten years old at the time of graduation, may
Portland State University prior to acceptance Departments may establish a more rigorous be used toward master’s degree requirements
as fulfillment of the University’s master’s standard. Although grades of C+, C, and C- after a successful validation exam (for exam-
degree second language competency require- are below the graduate standard, they may ple, a course taken in fall 2001 may be vali-
ment. be counted as credit toward a master’s dated for a graduation term no later than
A student whose native language is not degree with the specific written approval of fall 2011). A separate validation examina-
English may meet the second language the department if taken at PSU after the tion must be given for each course, in accor-
requirement in English, except for students term of formal admission to the graduate dance with the full requirements listed on
in the M.A. in Foreign Literature and program. Grades of D or F indicate clearly the GO-15 form, available in the Office of
Language, who are required to demonstrate unacceptable work and carry no graduate Graduate Studies. Departments are expected
fluency in two foreign languages other than credit. The grades of P/NP are used by only to limit validation examinations to those
English at the time of admission and are not a limited number of departments which courses that are current and relevant in the
required to demonstrate additional compe- have received special authorization and may discipline and meet the current require-
tency except as necessary to complete their be counted as credit toward a graduate ments of the master’s degree program.
degree requirements. degree in resident credit only. Audited Validated courses are limited to one third of
For M.A. TESOL students only, a student courses cannot be used to meet any require- the program requirements (i.e., 15 credits
whose native language is not English will ment for master’s degrees. total in a 45-credit program). Each examina-
meet the written requirement (2.b., above) A grade of IP (In Progress) may be used tion attempted, regardless of result, has a fee
by achieving a TOEFL score of 600 or high- for 501 Research and for 506 Project when of $50.00, which will be credited to the
er and will meet the oral requirement (2.a., a student is progressing in an acceptable department giving the exam. Payment must
above) by passing a LING 500-level course manner toward completion of the work; be arranged in advance of the exam through
with a grade of B or better. final grades for 501 and 506 credits are the Office of Graduate Studies and Cashiers.
Coursework and program of study. Prior assigned by the instructor with a In very unusual cases, with the specific
to the completion of 18 credits, the student Supplemental Grade Report. An IP grade agreement of both the student’s department
prepares a program of study in consultation must be used for 503 Thesis when a student and the department most equivalent to the
with the faculty adviser. The purpose of the is progressing in an acceptable manner; final original course department, a student may
planned program of study is to present an grades for 503 credits are assigned by the validate a graduate course from another
organized, individualized plan for course- instructor on the Recommendation for the regionally accredited institution, in accor-
work, practica, and research activities consis- Degree form (GO-17) and posted to the dance with the full requirements listed on
tent with the requirements for the proposed student’s transcript after approval of the the- the GO-15 form.
degree and approved by the faculty adviser. sis and certification for graduation by the Human Subjects Research Review
Successful completion of the program of Office of Graduate Studies. Committee. All research involving human
study should demonstrate a high level of All coursework submitted for the master’s subjects conducted by faculty, staff, or stu-
academic and professional performance degree program approved by the department dents in any program at PSU must have
required in the graduate specialization. must be completed within the seven years prior approval of the Human Subjects
G r a d u at e S t u d i e s 67

Research Review Committee (HSRRC). must be completed by the end of the sixth additional committee member with specific
This policy, established by the Office of the week of Summer Session). expertise not available among PSU faculty, a
President of Portland State University, Passing of the final oral examination CV for that proposed member must be pre-
applies to all research under the auspices of requires a majority approval. In case of fail- sented with the GO-16M form; that mem-
the University, including surveys and ques- ure of the final oral examination, the depart- ber must be in addition to the required
tionnaires, whether supported by grant, con- ment has the option of disqualifying the three PSU faculty members. All committee
tract, gift, University, or personal funds. student from the master’s program or per- members must have master’s degrees or
Even if a student’s research is exempt from mitting the student to appear for re-exami- higher.
full HSRRC review, the student must still nation after a period of at least three Students must be registered for at least one
file an application with the HSRRC. The months. The result of the second examina- graduate credit in every term in which they
decision to waive review is made by the tion is final. are working on any phase of their thesis,
HSRRC chair or a designated member of Written examinations. If a final written including data development or collection,
that committee. HSRRC applications may examination is required, it must be sched- writing, revision, defense, and finalization
be obtained from the Office of Research and uled only during the regular academic through approval by the Office of Graduate
Sponsored Projects. The student should terms; for summer term, this applies to the Studies. Students must register for at least 6
allow a minimum of six weeks for the regular eight-week Summer Session dates. to 9 credit of 503 Thesis in their depart-
approval process. A student cannot have a The student must pass all sections of the ment. (Since students must be continuously
thesis committee appointed until HSRRC examination. If the student fails the entire enrolled while working on the thesis, they
approval is granted. examination or any section thereof, the frequently accumulate more than 9 credits
Final examination. If a final examination department may dismiss the student from of 503 Thesis. However, a maximum of 9
is required by the student’s department, it the degree program, or permit the student credit of 503 Thesis may be applied to the
shall be taken after successful completion of to repeat the entire examination, or the sec- program of study.) IP (In Progress) is the
any required second language examination tion that was failed, after a minimum of interim grade reported until the thesis is
and after at least 30 credits have been com- three months. The result of the second defended and approved by the student’s the-
pleted. The examination is not a re-exami- examination is final. sis committee. Final grades for thesis credits
nation over coursework but rather a test of Thesis. The presentation of a thesis as par- are not recorded until the thesis has been
the candidate’s ability to integrate material tial fulfillment of the requirements for the approved by the Office of Graduate Studies.
in the major and related fields, including the master’s degree is required in certain depart- A thesis defense may be scheduled only
work in any thesis or research project. A ments and is an option in others. Each during the regular academic terms, no later
minimum of one graduate credit of registra- school, college, and department defines the than five weeks prior to the close of the
tion is required when taking any final oral nature of research and scholarship accepted term of application for graduation in which
or written examination. for a thesis, but in all cases a high level of the degree will be granted (i.e., must be
Oral examinations. In the case of a non- resourcefulness, productivity, and mature completed four weeks before the beginning
thesis oral examination, the committee shall perception of the discipline is expected. The of finals week). For summer term gradua-
consist of at least two members of the stu- quality of the culminating work must meet tion, deadlines apply to the regular eight-
dent’s department, including the student’s University standards and reflect those of week Summer Session dates. Later comple-
adviser. At the discretion of the department, other leading universities. Although the tion will result in graduation in a subse-
a faculty member from another department thesis is not required to show original quent term. The student must deliver a final
may be added; that member would be results, it must reveal independent investiga- draft of the thesis to all members of the
selected by the adviser, the department tion, including the knowledge and applica- approved committee no fewer than 14 days
chair, or the departmental graduate commit- tion of the accepted methods of scholarship before the thesis defense.
tee chair, according to department policy. and research methodology. The thesis repre- All committee members (approved by the
For M.A.T. and M.S.T. students, one addi- sents the independent work of the student GO-16M form) or alternates approved in
tional member of the committee is required and must be developed under the direction advance by the Office of Graduate Studies
to be a faculty member from the Graduate of the thesis adviser. must be present for the thesis defense; one
School of Education or a faculty member The thesis committee must be approved committee member (not the Chair) may
with pedagogical expertise in the student’s by the Office of Graduate Studies using the participate via speaker phone. The student’s
discipline. GO-16M form in advance of the thesis oral presentation should not exceed 60 min-
Non-thesis final oral examinations (includ- defense. The committee must consist of at utes. The thesis defense is open to the
ing final project presentations) may be least three and not more than five faculty University faculty and may be open to the
scheduled only during the regular academic members. The chair of the thesis committee public at the department’s discretion.
terms and no fewer than two weeks before must be regular, full-time PSU instructional Passing of the thesis defense requires a
the close of the term of application for grad- faculty, tenured or tenure-track, assistant majority approval. In case of failure of the
uation (i.e., must be completed one full professor or higher in rank; the other com- thesis defense, the department has the
week before the beginning of finals week). mittee members may be adjunct or fixed- option of disqualifying the student from the
With approval of the examination commit- term faculty. Two of the committee mem- master’s program or permitting the student
tee and the department, oral exams may be bers (the committee chair and one other to appear for re-examination after a period
scheduled during the last two weeks of the member) must be from the student’s depart- of at least three months. The result of the
term, but this will result in graduation in a ment; the third member may be from the second defense is final.
subsequent term. For summer term gradua- student’s department or may be PSU faculty The final thesis must be submitted to the
tion, deadlines apply to the regular eight- from another department or OHSU faculty. Office of Graduate Studies not later than
week Summer Session dates (i.e., oral exams If it is necessary to go off campus for one three weeks prior to the close of the term of
68 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

application for graduation. For details degrees. result in cancellation of admission to the
about thesis formatting, submission, and For doctoral degrees, pre-admission and doctoral program.
specific deadlines, see the Office of transfer limits are at the discretion of the Comprehensive examination. Before
Graduate Studies website. individual doctoral programs. Pre- advancement to candidacy and not less than
Thesis in absentia. With the written admission and transfer courses approved for one academic year before all requirements
approval of the department or program use by the doctoral program are added to for the doctoral degree are expected to be
chair, the Dean of Graduate Studies may the student’s doctoral program of study. completed, the student must pass a series of
authorize the thesis to be prepared in absen- While potentially all coursework for the comprehensive examinations in the field of
tia. The student must register for at least degree can be transferred from another insti- specialization. The examinations may be
tution, the following items must be com- written, oral, or both. The comprehensive
one graduate credit at PSU at the beginning
pleted at PSU: comprehensive exams, resi- examinations may not be taken until the
of each term and conduct the research under
dency, proposal, advancement to candidacy, language requirement, if any, and substan-
the direction of the thesis adviser. and dissertation research. tially all the coursework for the degree have
Doctoral Degree A student must have a B average (3.00 been completed. If the student fails the
Preliminary examination. Early in the doc- GPA) on the courses applied to the program entire comprehensive exam or any section
toral program the student may be required of study, as well as a minimum 3.00 GPA in thereof, the doctoral program may dismiss
to take preliminary examinations. The scope all graduate-level courses taken at PSU. the student from the degree program or per-
and content of the examination, and the Doctoral programs may establish a more rig- mit the student to repeat the entire exami-
standard of performance, shall be deter- orous standard. Although grades of C+, C, nation, or the section that was failed, after a
mined by the doctoral program. and C- are below the graduate standard, minimum of three months. The results of
Advisory committee. An advisory com- they may be counted as credit toward a doc- the second examination are final.
mittee for the doctoral degree student must toral degree with the specific written A maximum of three years will be allowed
consist of at least three faculty members rep- approval of the doctoral program if taken at from the completion of comprehensive
resentative of the student’s field of study. PSU after the term of formal admission. examinations to advancement to candidacy.
When a student enters the doctoral pro- Grades of D or F indicate clearly unaccept- Failure to meet this time limit will result in
gram, a faculty adviser will be designated by able work and carry no graduate credit. The cancellation of admission to the doctoral
the program director to advise the student grades of P/NP are used by only a limited program.
and to meet in regular consultation concern- number of departments which have received Dissertation proposal. After passing the
ing the program of study and research. The special authorization and may be counted as comprehensive examination and identifying
additional members of the advisory commit- credit toward a graduate degree if taken after a dissertation topic, a dissertation committee
tee will be appointed after successful com- admission to the doctoral program. Audited is appointed and the student must pass a
pletion of 9 credits and not later than six courses cannot be used to meet any require- proposal defense. The dissertation commit-
months prior to the completion of the com- ment for doctoral degrees. tee will take the place of the advisory com-
prehensive examinations. A grade of IP (In Progress) may be used mittee and the faculty adviser is superseded
Language requirement. For the Ph.D. for 601 Research and for 606 Project when by the dissertation adviser. The dissertation
degree, the student may be required to dem- a student is progressing in an acceptable committee must be approved by the Office
onstrate competency in at least one second manner toward completion of the work; of Graduate Studies using the Appointment
language. This requirement is determined by final grades for 601 and 606 credits are of Doctoral Dissertation Committee form
the governing unit of the student’s program, assigned by the instructor with a (GO-16D).
department, or school. Any second language Supplemental Grade Report. An IP grade A doctoral student must be in Regular sta-
requirement must be completed before the must be used for 603 Dissertation when a tus in order to have a dissertation committee
comprehensive examinations. student is progressing in an acceptable man- appointed. A University Conditional status
Residency requirement. A minimum of ner; final grades for 603 Dissertation credits will be automatically converted for Regular
three consecutive terms must be spent in are assigned by the instructor on the status upon the completion of 9 letter-grad-
full-time residence, with registration for and Recommendation for the Degree form ed graduate credits with a GPA of 3.00 or
successful completion of 9 or more graduate (GO-17D) and posted to the student’s tran- higher after admission. Department
credits applicable to the degree each term, script after approval of the dissertation and Conditional status can only be removed by
after admission to the doctoral program at certification for graduation by the Office of the doctoral program with a Request for
PSU. Summer term may be included (i.e., Graduate Studies. Change of Status form (GO-7). For
spring, summer, fall 2010) or excluded (i.e., All coursework on the program of study, detailed information about Regular,
spring 2010, fall 2010, winter 2011) in cal- with the possible exception of seminar and University Conditional, and Departmental
culating consecutive terms. internships, must be completed before a stu- Conditional statuses, see page 59.
Coursework and doctoral program of dent can be advanced to doctoral candidacy. The dissertation committee must consist
study. The doctoral program of study All coursework on the program of study of five to seven PSU faculty members: the
includes coursework, research, internships, must be completed before graduation. dissertation adviser, a minimum of three
and/or seminar credits according to the For students entering a doctoral program and a maximum of five regular members,
requirements of the individual doctoral pro- with a master’s degree, a maximum of five and the Graduate Office Representative.
gram. A minimum 27 credits of 603 years will be allowed from admission to The chair of the dissertation committee and
Dissertation is required for all Ph.D. stu- completion of all required comprehensive the Graduate Office Representative must be
dents; a minimum of 18 credits of 603 examinations. For students entering with a regular, full-time PSU instructional faculty,
Dissertation is required for all Ed.D. stu- bachelor’s degree, a maximum of two addi- tenured or tenure-track, assistant professor
dents,. A minimum of three academic years tional years will be added to this limit, for a or higher in rank; the other three to five
of satisfactory graduate study beyond the maximum of seven years from admission to committee members may include adjunct or
bachelor’s degree is required (equivalent to completion of all comprehensive examina- fixed-term faculty and/or one member of
81 quarter credits minimum) for all doctoral tions. Failure to meet this time limit will the OHSU faculty. If it is necessary to go
G r a d u at e S t u d i e s 69

off-campus for one committee member with naires, whether supported by grant, con- Degree application. Students must file an
specific expertise not available among PSU tract, gift, University, or personal funds. Application for Awarding of Master’s or
faculty, a curriculum vitae (CV) for that Even if a student’s research is exempt from Doctoral Degree with the Office of
proposed member must be presented with full Human Subjects Research Review Graduate Studies by the first Friday of the
the GO-16D form. This off-campus mem- Committee review, the student must still file anticipated term of graduation. The applica-
ber may substitute for one of the three to an application with the HSRRC. The deci- tion is available on the Graduate Studies
five regular committee members. All com- sion to waive review is made by the HSRRC website. A $20 charge will be applied to the
mittee members must have doctoral degrees. chair or a designated member of the student’s PSU account after the application
No proposal defense shall be valid without HSRRC. is processed by the Office of Graduate
a dissertation committee approved by the Advancement to Candidacy. A student is Studies. A student with any M (Missing)
Office of Graduate Studies. The GO-16D advanced to candidacy after successful grades in PSU graduate courses that could
form should be submitted to the Office of defense of the dissertation proposal and the potentially be letter graded will not be certi-
Graduate Studies a minimum of six weeks recommendation of the doctoral program fied for graduation, even if the courses are
in advance of the estimated date of the dis- and after HSRRC approval has been grant- not applied to the student’s degree program.
sertation proposal meeting. The student ed. If the student has not satisfied the resi- Dissertation defense. After preparation of
must deliver a draft of the dissertation pro- dency requirement by the time of advance- the written dissertation, the candidate’s dis-
posal to all members of the approved com- ment to candidacy, a plan for doctoral resi- sertation committee will conduct a disserta-
mittee no fewer than 14 days before the dency must accompany the program’s rec- tion defense. A dissertation defense may be
proposal defense. ommendation for advancement. The Dean scheduled only during the regular academic
All appointed committee members, or of Graduate Studies retains final approval terms, no later than five weeks prior to the
alternates approved in advance by the Office authority for advancement to candidacy. close of the term of application for gradua-
of Graduate Studies, must be present for the A doctoral candidate has a minimum of tion in which the degree will be granted
proposal defense; one regular committee four months and a maximum of five years (i.e., must be completed four weeks before
member (not the Chair or Graduate Office from the effective date of advancement to the beginning of finals week). For summer
Representative) may participate via speaker candidacy to complete all requirements for term graduation, deadlines apply to the reg-
phone. The proposal defense must be a for- graduation, including defense of the disser- ular eight-week Summer Session dates. Later
mal meeting of the entire approved disserta- tation and its final approval by the Office of completion will result in graduation in a
tion committee at which the student will Graduate Studies (doctoral programs may subsequent term. The student must deliver a
make an oral presentation of the written have stricter requirements). Candidates must final draft of the dissertation to all members
proposal for discussion, evaluation, and sug- be continuously enrolled during that period. of the approved committee no fewer than
gested modification. The final proposal sub- Failure to meet the five-year limitation will 14 days before the dissertation defense.
mitted to the committee for approval should invalidate passing of the comprehensive The dissertation defense, which is open to
be sufficiently detailed and clear to provide examinations and remove the student from the public, is the culminating experience in
a blueprint for the study to follow. The pro- candidacy. Advancement to a second period the doctoral studies. The candidate is expect-
posal is expected to include the following: of candidacy requires the passing of the reg- ed to prepare an oral presentation on the
1. General nature and present status of ular, or a special, comprehensive examina- research methodology and results. The oral
knowledge of the problem. tion. Approvals for a second period of can- presentation should not exceed 60 minutes.
2. The theoretical and empirical frame- didacy are required from the doctoral pro- Following the oral presentation, the candidate
work within which the proposed problem gram and the Dean of Graduate Studies; the must defend the dissertation as a worthy con-
exists. maximum time limit (which will be less tribution to knowledge in its field and must
3. The significance of the proposed than five years) will be determined by the demonstrate a mastery of the field of special-
research and its likely contributions. doctoral program and the Dean of Graduate ization as it is related to the dissertation. The
4. The research methodology to be used. Studies. questioning and discussion are for the pur-
The doctoral program recommends the Dissertation preparation. With guidance pose of: (1) further enlightenment of the can-
student for advancement to candidacy once of the dissertation committee, the candidate didate and the committee of the significance
the dissertation proposal has been approved. presents a dissertation setting forth the and limitations of the research, and (2) dem-
Human Subjects Research Review results of original and independent investi- onstration that the candidate has met the
Committee. After proposal approval, the gation. The dissertation must constitute a high expectations of the University for the
student submits a Human Subjects Research contribution to knowledge, significantly awarding of the doctoral degree.
Review Committee (HSRRC) application to enlarging, modifying, or reinterpreting what All committee members or alternates
the Office of Research and Sponsored was previously known. Until the degree is approved in advance by the Dean of
Projects if human subjects are involved in granted, the student enrolls for the number Graduate Studies must be present for the
the research in any way. A student cannot of credits appropriate to the amount of dissertation defense; one regular committee
be advanced to candidacy until HSRRC University services utilized, as determined member (not the Chair or Graduate Office
approval is granted. The student should by the dissertation adviser, with a minimum Representative) may participate via speaker
allow a minimum of six weeks for the of one credit each term. Ph.D. students phone. For dissertation approval, there may
approval process. All research involving must register for a minimum of 27 credits be no more than one dissenting vote on the
human subjects conducted by faculty, staff of 603 Dissertation before graduation; dissertation defense. If the dissertation
or students in any program at PSU must Ed.D. students must register for a minimum defense is not satisfactory, the advisory com-
have prior approval of the Human Subjects of 18 credits of 603 Dissertation before mittee may recommend that the Dean of
Research Review Committee. This policy, graduation. Continuous enrollment of a Graduate Studies permit the candidate to
established by the Office of the President of minimum 1 graduate credit is required have a second defense after a minimum of
Portland State University, applies to all through the term a student graduates, even three months. The results of the second
research under the auspices of the if this results in more than 27 (18) credits of defense are final.
University, including surveys and question- 603 Dissertation at the time of graduation. The final dissertation must be submitted
70 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

to the Office of Graduate Studies not later humanities, sciences, social sciences, and the of the two or three intended departments,
than three weeks prior to the close of the professional schools are combined to create a indicating willingness to serve on the stu-
term of application for graduation. For cohesive program not otherwise available on dent’s advisory and final examination com-
details about formatting, submission, and campus. Such a program will involve a mini- mittee and acceptance of the general plan of
specific deadlines, as well as information mum of two and a maximum of three aca- study and intended outcome. One of these
about microfilming and copyright of the demic disciplines. faculty members will be designated as chair.
dissertation, see the Office of Graduate The program is also designed to respond One faculty adviser (in a two-department
Studies website. to faculty-driven initiatives in emerging program) or two faculty advisers (in a three-
Time limitations. For students entering a fields of study, providing an avenue for fac- department program) should have experi-
doctoral program with a master’s degree, a ulty from different disciplines to collaborate ence as chair of a master’s or doctoral com-
maximum of five years will be allowed from in graduate education in areas of intellectual mittee in which the degree was granted
admission to completion of all required interest where specific graduate programs do within the past three years. Each faculty
comprehensive examinations. For students not yet exist. member may chair only two M.A./M.S.
entering with a bachelor’s degree, a maxi- Admission to the program. Admission interdisciplinary studies committees at any
mum of two additional years will be added applications are available in the Office of one time.
to this limit, for a maximum of seven years Graduate Studies. Students must meet all Admission decisions will be made by a
from admission to completion of all com- requirements for regular University admis- committee composed of the coordinator of
prehensive examinations. Failure to meet sion. Admission will be selective, based on Graduate Studies, the senior academic adviser
this time limit will result in cancellation of completed graduate coursework (if applica- in Liberal Arts and Sciences, and a represen-
admission to the doctoral program. ble), appropriate undergraduate coursework, tative from each of the departments or pro-
A maximum of three years will be allowed grades, particular departmental require- grams (not the proposed adviser), designated
from the completion of comprehensive ments, letters of recommendation, and a by the department chair. This committee
examinations to advancement to candidacy. statement of purpose regarding the intended may choose to include additional departmen-
Failure to meet this time limit will result in fields of study. In addition, each student tal or Graduate Council members in assess-
cancellation of admission to the doctoral must obtain the consent of an eligible ten- ment of individual application files, if appro-
program. ured or tenure-track faculty adviser in each priate.
A doctoral candidate has a minimum of
four months and a maximum of five years
from the effective date of advancement to
candidacy to complete all requirements for
graduation, including defense of the disser-
tation and its final approval by the Office of
Graduate Studies (within this time frame,
doctoral programs may have stricter require-
ments). Candidates must be continuously
enrolled during that period. Failure to meet
the five-year limitation will invalidate pass-
ing of the comprehensive examinations and
remove the student from candidacy.
Advancement to a second period of candida-
cy requires the passing of the regular, or a
special, comprehensive examination.
Approvals for a second period of candidacy
are required from the doctoral program and
the Dean of Graduate Studies; the maxi-
mum time limit (which will be less than five
years) will be determined by the doctoral
program and the Dean of Graduate Studies.

Dissertation in absentia. With the writ-

ten approval of the doctoral program chair,
the Dean of Graduate Studies may authorize
the dissertation to be prepared in absentia.
The student must register at PSU at the
beginning of each term and conduct the
research under the direction of the disserta-
tion adviser.
Master of arts, Master of
science PROGRAM IN
This program is designed to provide highly
motivated students the opportunity to devel-
op, with an advising committee, an individu-
alized, interdisciplinary program for graduate
study, in which approved courses in the
G r a d u at e S t u d i e s 71

Degree requirements. The degree is

intended to allow students, in collaboration
with graduate advisers, to structure a coher-
Systems Science research that incorporates systems ideas and
methods. This option has historically been
available in the College of Liberal Arts and
ent program from the approved graduate Harder House Sciences, the Maseeh College of Engineering
courses of at least two, and no more than 1604 SW 10th Avenue and Computer Science, and the School of
three, separate academic disciplines. 503-725-4960 Business Administration.
Changes to the advising committee or the Both of the options facilitate the design of
plan of study after admission must be curricula which are individually tailored to
approved in advance by the Office of M.S. the needs and interests of the students.
Graduate Studies. Ph.D. Master of Science in systems science.
The program requires 54 approved gradu- Systems science is the study and application The Systems Science M.S. program empha-
ate credits and a culminating activity (thesis of general methods of problem solving and sizes the systems theories and methodologies
or project). If two departments or programs general principles governing systems of taught in the current Systems Science Ph.D.
participate, 48 credits are required in the widely differing types. Systems concepts and program. Students choose a combination of
two programs with a minimum of 20 in techniques are used extensively for both systems science courses plus approved cours-
each, and an additional 6 credits of Thesis applied and research purposes. In industry es in associated disciplines. Concentration
(ISt 503) or Project (ISt 506). If three and government, considerable demand exists areas include (but are not limited to) the
departments or programs participate, 48 for professionals who are skilled in modern faculty research areas described in the docu-
credits are required in the three programs methods of decision making and systems ment entitled Systems Science Research at
with a minimum of 15 in each, and an design and who are capable of managing PSU. Upon completion of the program, stu-
additional 6 credits of Thesis (ISt 503) or complex social and technical systems. In dents will understand a wide variety of sys-
Project (ISt 506). mathematics, engineering, business adminis- tems ideas, be able to use them in modeling
The following additional requirements tration, and the natural and social sciences, and analysis, be able to tap methods and
apply to both options: systems theorists continue to make impor- ideas from a variety of disciplines, and will
 All university requirements apply. tant contributions to the growth of knowl- gain expertise in problem solving and in
 All courses in each department must be edge within academic disciplines and to the being integrative thinkers.
approved by the faculty adviser in that application of knowledge across disciplinary
department. boundaries. Indeed, the most exciting Graduate certificates
 All credits must be 500- or 600-level. research in science and engineering today is
The Systems Science program offers gradu-
 Students earning the M.A. degree must outside the boundaries of traditional disci-
ate certificates in two specialty areas: com-
meet the current Second Language plines and is done at centers and institutes
putational intelligence and computer model-
Requirement for M.A./M.A.T. students that study systems described as complex,
ing and simulation. Please see the Graduate
before any final examination can be artificial, adaptive, nonlinear, or intelligent.
Studies section on for graduate certificate
given and before a Graduate Office Such research can be viewed as the continu-
Representative for the thesis/project ation and contemporary form of systems sci-
committee can be approved. ence, which crystallized after World War II
around general systems theory, cybernetics,
Admission requirements
 Of the 54 credits applied to the degree,
students must take a minimum of 36 operations research, systems dynamics, sys- Master of Science in systems science.
credits at Portland State after admission tems engineering, and systems analysis. Admission is based on the applicant’s aca-
to the graduate degree program. The core curriculum includes courses in demic transcript, two letters of recommen-
 A maximum of 12 credits total of 501 artificial life, computer simulation, discrete dation, a statement of interests and objec-
(Research), 502 (Independent Study), multivariate modeling, dynamical systems, tives, and other background material consid-
and 505 (Reading and Conference) game theory, information theory, neural net- ered individually by an admissions commit-
combined may be applied toward the 54 works, systems approach, system dynamics, tee, in line with general University admis-
required credits. No 508 (Workshop) or systems theory, and other areas. sion policies. GRE scores are recommended
Doctor of Philosophy in systems sci- but not required. Students admitted to the
510 (Experimental) credits can be
ence. There are two options for the Ph.D. Ph.D. program (either option) need not
applied to the degree. A maximum of 6
in systems science. apply separately for admission to the mas-
credits of 509 (Practicum) and/or 504
Core option: The student pursues inter- ter’s program, but must complete and sub-
(Internship) combined may be applied
disciplinary studies with a strong emphasis mit a GO-19D form to the program.
toward the degree. A total of 16 credits
on systems coursework. Examples of study Doctor of Philosophy in systems sci-
of 501, 502, 504, 505, and 509 com-
topics appropriate for inclusion in such a ence. Students with high academic standing
bined may be applied toward the degree.
program are: intelligent systems; informa- and with a baccalaureate and/or master’s
(Courses numbered at the 600-level still
tion, structure and dynamics; organization, degree may apply for admission to the doctor-
must fit within these limits.)
decision making and optimization; model- al program. D. Applicants should have a com-
 All students will be required to pass a ing and simulation; systems philosophy; sys- bined GRE score of at least 1150 (quantita-
final oral examination. For both thesis
tems approach; and related topics in the tive plus verbal) taken within the last five
and project students, this will be a pre-
study of complex systems. To accommodate years. (This is used to indicate student’s
sentation of an oral examination on the
broader student interests, the Core option national ranking.) For applicants to the
thesis or project, in keeping with
includes a Multidisciplinary track as well SYSC: SBA departmental option, a GMAT
University requirements for master’s
(see Program documents on web). score of at least 550 may be submitted instead
final oral examinations. Before the final
Departmental option: The student of a GRE score. The Admissions Committee
oral examination is scheduled, a faculty
undertakes advanced academic preparation will consider exceptions to the five-year
member from the Office of Graduate
primarily in a single department or school. requirement if the GMAT score or both GRE
Studies will be added to the student's
Discipline-oriented studies, augmented by scores are in the 90th percentile or higher.
systems coursework, lead to dissertation In considering an applicant for admission,
72 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

the admissions committee for Systems Systems Science courses (numbered as ulty from Systems Science and participating
Science seeks evidence of demonstrated above) and/or approved courses from departments, and the topics covered illustrate
intellectual capacity, undergraduate and/or other departments (see document enti- specific applications of systems concepts.
graduate training in an appropriate disci- tled, Approved Resource Courses for the Additional coursework requirements.
pline (or disciplines), adequate preparation Master of Science Program in Systems Beyond the systems component described
in mathematics (including calculus, statis- Science); and 9 thesis credits. A student above, additional graduate courses are
tics, and computer programming), and the selecting the thesis option must form a required to meet the 72 credit hour program
potential to pursue advanced study and thesis committee of at least three faculty minimum for advancement to candidacy.
research for the Ph.D. Students are admitted members (one of whom must be a Participating departments may have addi-
to the program in Fall, Winter, and Spring tional or more specific requirements. Core
Systems Science core faculty), and pass an
terms. Prospective applicants should call or option students are required to take 3 cred-
oral thesis defense.
email the Systems Science Program for the
Non-Thesis option: An additional 21 cred- its of SySc 507 (offered at 1 credit per term)
information packet. It is also available
its of Systems Science courses (numbered and an additional 9 credits in Systems
online at The Office of
Admissions must receive: (1) the completed as above) and/or approved courses from Science beyond the 16 credit core require-
Application to Doctoral Program form, (2) other departments (see document enti- ment cited earlier. Design of the student’s
the application fee, tled, Approved Resource Courses for the comprehensive exam and anticipated disser-
(3) one copy of all undergraduate and grad- Master of Science Program in Systems tation research should guide course selec-
uate transcripts to be sent by the institutions Science). Up to 4 credits of Systems tion.
to Portland State University, and (4) TOEFL Science by-arrangement credits may be Courses taken to satisfy the systems core
if a foreign student. The applicant must used to satisfy this requirement. and additional coursework requirements
arrange for Systems Science to receive: (1) A student selecting the non-thesis option must be at the 500 or 600 level. Credit for
the completed Application to Doctoral will be required to pass two written compre- graduate work done elsewhere (with a grade
Program form, (2) one copy of all under- hensive exams, each of which covers a mini- of B or better) may also be approved.
graduate and graduate transcripts to be sent mum of 16 credit hours of coursework. The However, at least 27 credits of coursework
by the institutions, (3) GRE aptitude or comprehensive exam requirement is to be (not including dissertation credits) must be
GMAT scores, (4) three letters of recom- successfully completed within 5 years of taken at Portland State University.
mendation from faculty and/or professionals admission to the master’s program. One of Decisions to transfer credits for core
acquainted with the applicant’s abilities and the examiners must be a Systems Science option students are made by the program
record, (5) statement of the student’s expec- core faculty member. Students admitted to director upon recommendation of the stu-
tations of the program, and (6) TOEFL the Ph.D. program who pass their compre- dent’s adviser(s); decisions for departmental
score of 575 or other evidence of English hensive exams meet this requirement auto- option students are made by the depart-
competency if a foreign student. matically. Ph.D. students who do not pass
ment/school. There is no specific time limi-
Each applicant who has received formal their comprehensive exams meet this
tation on when courses were taken; however,
notice of admission to the Systems Science requirement if they pass at least two of their
Doctoral Program should contact the written exams, one of which must be a core the student is expected to be familiar with,
Program office for initial advising. Adviser(s) systems science exam. and may be examined on, material being
will be appointed to assist and consult with Doctor of Philosophy in systems sci- given in current courses equivalent to those
the admitted student regularly in planning the ence. A discussion of general requirements included in the comprehensive examination
program of study and research. A comprehen- for doctoral degrees is on page 69. proposal.
sive examination committee is appointed for Minimum requirements specific to the Enrollment. Students are required to be
each student to give required oral and written Ph.D. in systems science include 72 course enrolled continuously, except if a leave of
examinations. A dissertation committee super- credit hours, organized as follows: absence is formally requested and approved
vises the research and preparation of the dis- Systems component. Students in both the by the Program director. Failure to take
sertation. core and departmental options are required to courses for a year, or failure to maintain
complete 16 credits of systems science course- continued progress after coursework is com-
Degree requirements work as the minimum systems component of pleted will result in a student being dropped
the program. All students must satisfy the first from the program.
Master of Science in systems science. A 8 credits by taking two of the following cours-
discussion of general requirements for mas- Language requirement. Foreign language
es: SySc 511, SySc 512, SySc 513, SySc 514. competency may be required of departmental
ter’s degrees is on page 67. In addition, stu- Any combination of two of the courses, except
dents must meet the requirements below and option students in some departments which
SySc 512 and 514 is acceptable. SySc 511 and
submit the necessary Graduate Studies also determine the level of competency and
512 explore systems concepts in more mathe-
Office forms. All students will be required to matical terms than SySc 513 and 514. testing procedures. (Consult the appropriate
complete 24 credits of graded courses (pass/ Consequently students taking SySc 511 and department for further information.) There is
no pass are not applicable) listed under 512 should have stronger mathematical back- no foreign language requirement for the core
Systems Science in the PSU catalog num- ground.. option. If required, the foreign language
bered SySc 510-599 or SySc 610-699. Up to To fulfill the remaining 8 credits of the sys- examination must be successfully completed
3 credits of SySc 507 (with a Pass grade) tems component, students must take two before the student is allowed to take the com-
may be included to satisfy the 45 credit hour systems science courses numbered 515 prehensive examinations.
requirement. Note: There is a seven-year limit through 599 or 610 and above, or approved Comprehensive examinations. Written
on courses for the master’s degree. This is not 510 courses. These elective courses are either and oral comprehensive examinations are
true for the Ph.D. The master’s program has advanced systems science courses or integra- required in appropriate areas to demonstrate
two options: tive courses. The integrative courses have the breadth and depth of the student’s aca-
emerged from the interdisciplinary nature of demic competence and expertise in research
Thesis option: An additional 12 credits of
the program. They are taught jointly by fac-
G r a d u at e S t u d i e s 73

techniques pertinent to his/her intended dis- four to five years of full-time study beyond presentation of progress and final reports.
sertation area. Written exams cover four dis- the baccalaureate degree in order to satisfy SySc 508
tinct areas, each including a minimum of 16 the program requirements. Detailed addi- Workshop (Credit to be arranged.)
course credit hours. See the Systems Science tional information on requirements and SySc 510 Selected Topics (Credit to be
Ph.D. Program Supplemental Rules for procedures are contained in the document, arranged.)
more details (available on the web). “Systems Science Ph.D. Program SySc 511
Systems Theory (4)
Advancement to candidacy. All students Supplemental Rules,” and should be
Surveys fundamental systems concepts and central
must establish competency in appropriate obtained by visiting our Web site: www.sysc. aspects of systems theory. The course begins with
research methodology before beginning their or contacting the Systems Science an overview of the systems paradigm and the sys-
dissertation research. After this and all other Ph.D. Program. tems field as a whole. Topics then include intro-
requirements have been met, the student ductions to set and information-theoretic multivar-
prepares a proposal for independent research iate relations and structures, discrete dynamic sys-
leading to a significant and original contri- Courses tems; model representation and simulation; deci-
bution to knowledge in the systems field. Courses with an asterisk (*) are not offered every year.
sion analysis, optimization, game theory; artificial
When the proposal is accepted, the student intelligence, complex adaptive systems. Readings
SySc 501
drawn from mathematics, the natural and social
is advanced to candidacy, and then focuses Research (Credit to be arranged.)
Research which is normally not part of the thesis. sciences, and the professional disciplines (e.g.,
exclusively on research. Students must regis- engineering, business). Course content derives
ter for at least 27 credits of dissertation SySc 503 both from “classical” general systems theory, cyber-
research after advancement to candidacy. Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) netics, and operations research as well as from con-
Dissertation. Completed research is pre- All aspects of the thesis including research and its temporary systems research, which is organized
sented in a dissertation which must be writing. around the themes of nonlinear dynamics, com-
approved and successfully defended in a SySc 505 plexity, and adaptation. Prerequisites: graduate
final oral examination. After Advancement Reading and Conference (Credit to be standing, calculus, probability, computer program-
to Candidacy, but prior to this examination, arranged.) ming.
core students are required to present their Scholarly examination of literature including dis-
cussion between student and professor. SySc 512
research at the SySc 507 Seminar, a pre- Quantitative Methods of Systems Science (4)
announced 50-minute formal presentation. SySc 507 An introduction to the quantitative representation
The student can anticipate approximately Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) and investigation of systems with a focus that
Discussion of recent and current research and/or
74 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

emphasizes tools more than applications. Topics crete system simulation to real world problems SySc 553/653
include linear dynamics, optimization, and uncer- using the Arena simulation language. The mathe- Manufacturing Systems Simulation (4)
tainty. The level of presentation assumes familiarity matical basis for discrete system simulation is Application of discrete systems simulation to
and facility with calculus. Notions from linear alge- probability theory and queuing theory. It is used manufacturing processes, including production
bra unify the topics and those notions will be pre- extensively in the fields of operations research, cells, assembly operations, materials handling, and
civil engineering, and industrial engineering. scheduling. Students also learn general systems
sented. Required coursework includes both calcula-
Students apply the tools to projects within their modeling concepts, such as how to model random
tions to be done on a computer and calculations to fields of interest. Prerequisite: graduate standing processes and probabilistic events, and how to use
be done by hand. Prerequisites: one year of calculus, or consent of the instructor. a specific simulation package that features realistic
probability and familiarity with computers, graduate animation of the system under study.
standing. SySc 529/629
Prerequisites: basic knowledge of probability and
Business Process Modeling and Simulation (4)
SySc 513 statistics, and some exposure to manufacturing
The primary focus is on the application of system
Systems Approach (4) processes and terminology. This course is the
simulation to process flow problems. Extend, a
Provides practitioner-oriented definition of sys- same as ETM 553/653; course may only be taken
special-purpose computer simulation language, is
tems, including: importance of observer depen- once for credit.
used to develop models to describe and analyze
dence and context, and ideas of meta-systems, both continuous and discrete flow processes in SySc 557/657
subsystems; notion of value system and associated order to better understand bottlenecks and how Artificial Life (4)
optimization/sub-optimization; aspects of life- to alleviate them. Such models are used to study, Artificial life (ALife) encompasses mathematical
cycle project management; the underlying notions for example, manufacturing systems, business sys- and computational studies of phenomena such as
of inquiring systems; and key aspects of learning tems, and engineering systems. Students apply the replication, metabolism, morphogenesis, learning,
(human) organizations. Qualitative tools for the concepts to projects within their fields of interest. adaptation, and evolution. Situated at the inter-
system’s practitioner, including graphical tools, Prerequisite: graduate standing or consent of the section of computer science and biology (also
basic ideas of modeling/simulation and structural instructor. physics and chemistry) and focused on abstract,
modeling. Also, the multiple perspectives aspect materiality-independent aspects of life, its purpose
of the systems approach. Prerequisite: graduate SySc 541/641 is two-fold: to understand biological phenomena
standing. Dynamic Systems I (4)
and to develop computational technologies. ALife
The fundamental concepts of modeling time
SySc 514 bears significantly also on the social sciences and
dependent deterministic systems, including appli-
System Dynamics (4) philosophy. It is part of the research program into
cations of dynamic models to various types of sys-
Introduces concepts and a methodology for ana- “complex adaptive systems”. Emphasizes (1) cellu-
tems including electrical, mechanical, economic,
lyzing the behavioral dynamics of systems that lar automata (and other discrete dynamical mod-
and ecological. Computer methods are used as
consist of complex “webs” of feedback loops. els), (2) ecological and evolutionary simulations,
illustrations and as tools for analysis. Prerequisites:
Primary emphasis is on building computer mod- and (3) genetic algorithm optimization and adap-
familiarity with high-level computer languages,
els of these systems and using these models to tation. Other topics include artificial chemistry
applied linear algebra, differential equations, and
enhance understanding, make predictions, and (metabolism and origins of life) and philosophical
multivariable calculus.
find ways to improve the performance of systems issues. Prerequisites: graduate standing, calculus,
and processes. Models are defined in terms of a SySc 545/645 probability, computer programming.
set of “rate” equations that are numerically inte- Information Theory I (4)
SySc 575
grated to simulate behavior over time. The pro- Establishes theoretical limits on the performance AI: Neural Networks I (4)
cess of applying this methodology to real world of techniques for compression or error correction Introduces approach for developing computing
situations is discussed in detail. Prerequisite: grad- of signals. This course focuses on communications devices whose design is based on models taken
uate standing. applications, specifically source coding and chan- from neurobiology and on notion of “learning.” A
nel coding for discrete signals. Topics will include: variety of NN architectures and associated com-
SySc 521/621 Entropy and Mutual Information, Asymptotic
Systems Philosophy (4) putational algorithms for accomplishing the learn-
Equipartition (the Ergodic Theorem of ing are studied. Experiments with various avail-
A study of ideas central to systems theory and phi- Information Theory), Entropy Rates of
losophy. The course focuses on concepts rather than able architectures are performed via a simulation
Information Sources, Data Compression, and package. Students do a major project on the sim-
mathematics, and organizes systems ideas around Channel Capacity.
the theme of the fundamental “difficulties” (prob- ulator or a special programming project.
SySc 551/651 Prerequisite: graduate standing.
lems, imperfections, modes of failure) encountered
by systems of widely differing types. Though these Discrete Multivariate Modeling (4) SySc 576
systems ideas often come from the natural sciences This course focuses on information theory as a AI: Neural Networks II (4)
and engineering, they are significant also for the tool for modeling and multivariate analysis and as Focuses on applications. Topics in fuzzy set theo-
social sciences, the professional fields, and even the a general framework for the study of structure ry, control theory, and pattern recognition are
arts and humanities. and organization. The course examines the use of studied and incorporated in considering neural
set- and information-theoretic techniques for the networks. A design project (using NN simulator)
SySc 525/625 analysis of constraints in qualitative, as well as
Agent Based Simulation (4) in selected application area is done by each stu-
quantitative, data. Also covered are software dent. Prerequisite: SySc 575.
Introduction to simulation methods that impart implementations, relations to log-linear methods,
simple rules to collections of “agents” that interact and applications in the natural and social sciences SySc 601
within an environment represented as a spatial Research (Credit to be arranged.)
and the arts. Prerequisite: SySc 511/611 or con-
grid. The properties of the agents and the envi- sent of instructor. SySc 603
ronment vary dynamically, and often result in Dissertation (Credit to be arranged.)
behavior patterns that are complex in ways that SySc 552/652 SySc 605
are not readily apparent from an examination of Game Theory (4) Reading and Conference (Credit to be
the rules that generated the behavior. Such behav- Study of cooperation, competition, and conflict arranged.)
ior is often referred to as emergent, with examples in social systems and associated issues of rationali-
ty. Emphasis is on game-theoretic models, partic- SySc 607
including flocks of birds, traffic jams, ant colo- Seminar (Credit to be arranged.)
nies, crowd phenomena, etc. Of particular interest ularly of dilemmas of collective action, their pos-
sible solutions, and their applications to social, SySc 608
is the fact that such phenomena occur without Workshop (Credit to be arranged.)
centralized control. This approach is often used to economic, and political phenomena. Also covered
study social systems, but may be used to study a are social choice theory, and other systems-theo- SySc 610
variety of natural and non-natural systems. retic approaches to cooperation, competition and Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.)
conflict. Prerequisite: SySc 511/611 or consent of
SySc 527/627 instructor.
Discrete System Simulation (4)
The primary focus is on the application of dis-
School of Business
undergraduate programs OFFICE
graduate programs OFFICE

B.A., B.S.—Business Administration and are designed to prepare students for

Minor—Advertising (for graphic design positions in accounting, advertising, finance,
majors), Business Administration human resource management, management
Certificate in International Business Studies
and leadership, marketing, real estate
Certificate in Food Industry Management—
finance, and supply and logistics manage-
Postbaccalaureate Certificate in Accounting ment. The advertising minor for graphic
M.B.A.—Master of Business Administration design majors, business minor, food indus-
M.S.—Master of Science in Financial Analysis try management certificate, and internation-
M.B.A. Healthcare— Masters of Business al business studies certificate are also avail-
Administration Healthcare able. The School of Business also offers
M.I.M.—Master of International Management study abroad opportunities at the under-
Ph.D.—Participating school in graduate -and graduate levels.
Systems Science Doctoral Program
The School of Business offers a Weekend
The undergraduate and graduate programs Business Program. Tailored for the returning
in business administration are accredited by student who is working full-time, the pro-
AACSB—Association to Advance Collegiate gram allows students to complete their
Schools of Business. In addition, the junior and senior years of the business pro-
accounting program has separate accredita- gram on Wednesday evenings and Saturdays
tion from the AACSB. AACSB sets stan- over six terms. Students enrolled in the
dards for business education in terms of cur- Weekend Business Program will complete
ricular content, quality of faculty, and ade- the full curriculum of standard business
quacy of facilities. courses required for a bachelor’s degree in
business with an option in Management and
Leadership. Admission and requirements for
Undergraduate this program are identical to the traditional
programs undergraduate program.
Student advising. Graduate academic
The undergraduate program in business and career advisers are located in 540 SBA
administration adheres to the principle that and undergraduate academic and career
in a free society the business enterprise must advisers are located in 240 SBA. Current
information about admission and degree
be responsibly and efficiently managed. The
requirements for students in the School of
undergraduate degree program includes
Business Administration is available there.
both business and nonbusiness courses. The Students should make appointments with
mission of the undergraduate program is to the advising center at least once a year to
provide students with a broad understand- ensure that requirements are being met. For
ing of business and to equip them with the program option planning and career coun-
dynamic skills required to work successfully seling, students may make an appointment
in a complex and changing global environ- with SBA career counselors, PSU career
ment. counselors, or a faculty member of their
Special emphasis options are available choice.
within the business administration major
76 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

The School of Business Administration Applications for admission are accepted Degree requirements
Web site,, contains anytime during the term. Students currently
announcements concerning policies, upcom- taking classes at PSU or another institution Requirements for major. In addition to
ing activities, scholarships, and other infor- must wait until grades post for the current meeting the general University require-
mation vital to all business and prebusiness term before applying for admission. ments, the student in business administra-
students. Information about student organi- Application forms and deadline dates are tion must take at least 82 credits in business
zations, internships, and career opportunities available online at administration courses of which at least 41
can also be found there. Retention policy. A minimum Portland must be taken at PSU. This total will
State University cumulative GPA of 2.50 include the business core (48 credit hours if
Admission requirements and a minimum GPA of 2.50 in business taken at Portland State), at least one option
administration courses taken at Portland area (20-36 credits, depending on option
Students may declare business administra- chosen), and enough business electives to
State University are required to remain in
tion as their major field of study at any time meet the minimum of 82 credits in busi-
good standing as an admitted business
after admission to Portland State University. ness. Each student in business must also
administration student and for graduation
However, students must be admitted for- take at least 90 credits outside the School of
with a degree in business administration.
mally to the School of Business Business Administration. A minimum of
In addition, students are expected to make
Administration (SBA) before they are 180 credits is required for graduation.
satisfactory progress toward graduation by
allowed to enroll in all upper-division (300 Prerequisite policy. Before enrolling in
completing a minimum of 9 credits during
or 400 level) business administration courses any business course students should read the
each academic year.
or to graduate with a business administra- course description and complete any prereq-
Failure to maintain a 2.50 PSU cumulative
tion degree. uisites that are listed. If a student completes
GPA and a 2.50 PSU business GPA will
If the number of eligible applicants for a course before completing the prerequisite
place a student on probation. The proba-
admission to any business degree program and later completes the prerequisite, credit
tionary period is defined as three terms in
exceeds that for which resources are avail- for the prerequisite will not count toward 82
which the student takes classes. In no
able, acceptance will be competitive. In the credits required in business. The instructor
instance will the period of probation extend
event selective admission becomes necessary, and/or SBA Administration have the author-
beyond three consecutive terms beginning
the GPA computed for the required courses ity to administratively drop any student who
with the first term the student is placed on
for eligibility for program admission will be has not completed the prerequisites.
probation. In the first term of probation the
used. Priority, within reasonable limits, will Students must successfully complete the
student must show progress by raising the
be given to resident students. course with a C- or better.
deficient GPA(s). By the end of the third
The following requirements must be ful- Second Degree Students. You will need
term of probation, the student must raise
filled prior to applying for admission to the to meet the requirements for your major. In
School of Business Administration: the deficient GPA(s) to the required mini-
mum. addition, you should meet with your aca-
1. Be formally admitted to Portland State demic adviser in the School of Business to
University. Students who are disqualified must reapply
for admission if they desire to complete determine if you have met the Bachelor of
2. Have a grade point average (GPA) of at Arts or Bachelor of Science requirements.
least 2.90 for each of the following: degree requirements for programs in the
School of Business Administration. You may also want to meet with an adviser
a. all accepted transfer credits to determine if any of your previous course
b. all PSU graded credits Disqualified students must wait at least one
academic term before applying for readmis- work counts towards the business major
c. all PSU graded business credits. requirements.
Students who do not meet the 2.90 GPA sion. Students applying for readmission
must meet the admission requirements in Business administration students must
requirements will be considered for complete the following courses with a C- or
admission only if the GPA for their most force at the time of reapplication. Business
recent 12 graded credit hours at PSU is students are limited to only one readmission
3.00 or higher and the applicant has a to the School of Business Administration.
Core courses
Academic disqualification. If a student
minimum 2.50 cumulative PSU GPA and BA 101 Introduction to Business and World
a minimum 2.75 cumulative GPA for all who has been admitted to the School of Affairs..................................................................... 4

completed business courses at PSU. Business Administration is academically dis- BA 205 Business Communications Using
Technology............................................................. 4
3. Have completed each of the pre-business qualified by the University, that student will BA 211 Fundamentals of Financial Accounting... 4
courses with a grade of C- or better. The automatically lose School of Business BA 213 Decision Making with Accounting
pre-business courses are: Administration admitted status. If a student Information............................................................ 4
who has lost admitted status desires to com- BA 301 Research and Analysis of Business
BA 101—Introduction to Business and World Problems................................................................. 4
Affairs plete degree requirements for programs in BA 302 Organizational Behavior.......................... 4
BA 205—Business Communications Using the School of Business Administration, that BA 303 Business Finance........................................ 4
Technology student must reapply. At the time of reappli- BA 311 Marketing Management.......................... 4
BA 211—Fundamentals of Financial Accounting cation the student must: (1) be admitted by BA 325 Competing with
BA 213—Decision Making with Accounting Information Technology........................................ 4
and in good standing with the University, BA 339 Operations and Quality Management.... 4
†CS 106—Computing Fundamentals II (2) have completed 24 credits following dis- BA 385 Business Environment............................... 4
Ec 201, 202—Principles of Economics qualification (these credits must be 300 and BA 495 Business Strategy...................................... 4
Stat 243, 244—Introduction to Probability and 400 level courses), (3) have a cumulative Sub-total 48
Statistics I and II (for business majors) GPA of 2.75, and (4) have a business GPA Business specialization options
(see descriptions below).................................... 20-36
Comm 220—Public Speaking of 2.75.
UnSt 101, 102, 103—Freshman Inquiry or Business options
Wr 121—College Writing
The School of Business Administration
† See Undergraduate Programs Office for course substi- offers options for those students seeking spe-
tutes approved by the SBA faculty. cialization in a subject area. Each student
S c h o o l o f B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r at i o n 77

must select one of these options and com- agement cannot apply more than eight common Credits
credits to each option. ISQA 429 Transportation and Logistics
plete the required courses with a C- or bet- Management............................................................. 4
Management and Leadership
ter. Option requirements are satisfied by Objective: to provide requisite knowledge and skills ISQA 439 Purchasing and Supply Chain
taking 20 to 36 upper-division credits which enable the student to meet the challenges of Management............................................................. 4
ISQA 479 Integrated Supply and Logistics
beyond the required business core. The leadership and managerial responsibilities.
Management............................................................. 4
courses specified to satisfy the option Credits Three of the following electives as approved by
requirements are: Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management............. 4 supply and logistics management faculty (at least
Mgmt 445 Organizational Design and Change...... 4 one must be ISQA from below):
Accounting Mgmt 448 Team Processes........................................ 4 ISQA 430 Transportation (4)
Objective: to enable students to acquire the neces- Mgmt 464 Contemporary Leadership Issues........... 4 ISQA 431 Transportation Regulation (4)
sary technical and professional skills for successful ISQA 440 Governmental Procurement (4)
careers in public, management, or governmental Electives..................................................................... 8
accounting. Of the 8 credits of electives, four credits must be ISQA 449 Process Control and Improvement (4)
taken within the management area at the 400 ISQA 450 Project Management (4)
Actg 335 Accounting Information Systems . ....... 4
level. ISQA 451 Business Forecasting (4)
Actg 360 Management Accounting..................... 4
The final four credits can be either: ISQA 454 Supply and Logistics Negotiations (4)
Actg 381, 382, 383 Financial Accounting and a. within the management area at the 400 level,
Reporting.............................................................. 12 ISQA 459 Production Planning and Control (4)
or b. from an approved list of courses, some of
Actg 421 Introduction to Taxation....................... 4 which will be within the SBA and some outside ISQA 458 Purchasing and Logistics within the
the SBA. Food Industry (4)
Actg 430 Governmental and Not-for-Profit......... 1
ISQA 469 Productivity Analysis (4)
Actg 492 Auditing Concepts and Practices.......... 4 Total 24
ISQA 410 Selected Topics (3-4)
Actg 495 Integrated Accounting Issues................ 4 Note: Students who wish to do a double option in Actg 360 Management Accounting (4)
One upper-division accounting course to be management and leadership and human resource
chosen from Actg 422, 460, 476, 485, 490, 493... 3 management cannot apply more than eight com- Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management (4)
mon credits to each option. Mktg 452 Business-to-Business Marketing (3)
Total 36
Other electives as approved by Supply and Logistics
Students electing accounting as an option will also Marketing faculty.
be required to take: Phl 308 Elementary Ethics or Objective: to provide educational opportunities for
Phl 309 Business Ethics; PS 101 United States those who are interested in developing expertise Total 21-24
Government and PS 102 United States Politics; and in marketing strategy and management, market- Requirements for minor in business
3 or more credits in anthropology, psychology, or ing information and technology, food and consum-
sociology. er packaged goods marketing and global market-
administration. The School of Business
Advertising management ing management. Administration offers a 24-credit minor to
Objective: to provide the knowledge and skills nec- Credits students majoring in other disciplines who
essary for students to create and execute advertis- Mktg 363 Consumer Behavior wish to add a business background to their
ing strategy within the broader context of the
marketing function.
and Customer Satisfaction........................................ 4 program of study. The minor emphasizes an
Mktg 460 Marketing Research................................. 4 applied approach to the basic functional
Credits Mktg 464 Marketing Strategy and Management . 4
Mktg 340 Advertising .............................................. 4 areas of business, including accounting and
Track required courses:............................................. 8
Mktg 363 Consumer Behavior and Students must complete eight credits from one of finance, organizational management, mar-
Customer Satisfaction .............................................. 4 the following three tracks: keting and advertising, and entrepreneur-
Mktg 441 Media Strategy ....................................... 4
Mktg 442 Creative Strategy .................................... 4
Marketing information and technology track ship. It is well-suited for the student major-
Mktg 450 Product Innovation ing in the liberal arts and sciences, architec-
Mktg 443 Advertising Campaigns or NSAC (4)*..... 4 and Management (4)
Mktg 460 Marketing Research . .............................. 4 Mktg 461 E-marketing and Relationship ture, fine and performing arts, engineering,
Total 24 Management or Mktg 462 Customer urban and public affairs, or pre-health sci-
* Note: Advertising Management Students may Information (4) ences who intends to work as an indepen-
contact the Undergraduate Programs Office at Food and consumer package
goods marketing track dent contractor or operate a small firm or
(503) 725-3712 for a referral to the professor in
charge of the National Student Advertising Mktg 375 Retailing (4) practice.
Competition (NSAC). Mktg 435 Consumer Package Coursework requirements for the minor in
Finance Goods Marketing (4) business administration are as follows. Please
Global marketing management track
Objective: to provide undergraduate students with
Mktg 376 International Business and
note that courses in the minor (except BA
the educational foundation and exposure to the
broad field of finance, enabling them to develop Trade Practices (4) 101) may not be used to satisfy business
their financial decision making skills so that they Mktg 466 International Marketing (4) major requirements.
can be successful as finance professionals in their Upper-division marketing elective(s) ...................... 8
chosen financial career path. Credits
Actg 381 Financial Accounting and Reporting I.. 4 Total 28 BA 101 Introduction to Business.............................. 4
Fin 319 Intermediate Financial Management . ... 4 Real Estate Finance BA 306 Working with Money for Business Minors.4
Fin 441 Fundamentals of Derivative Securities.... 4 Objective: to provide an understanding of the BA 316 Working with Customers for Business
impact of the real estate industry on the local Minors........................................................................ 4
Fin 449 Valuation................................................... 4
economy and the dynamics that exist between the BA 326 Working with People for Business Minors. 4
Fin 452 Investments .............................................. 4
various components of the industry. A depth of BA 336 Working with Information for Business
Fin 456 International Financial Management...... 4 Minors . ..................................................................... 4
knowledge will be developed in financial account-
Fin 465 Finance Topics and Cases.......................... 4 ing, financial instruments, real estate law, market BA 346 Working as an Entrepreneur for Business
Total 28 analysis, appraisal, and investment. Minors........................................................................ 4
Fin 319 Intermediate Corporate Finance............. 4 Total 24
Human resource management
Fin 333 Foundations of Real Estate Analysis........ 3
Objective: to provide a conceptual framework, as
Fin 360 Real Estate Finance I................................. 3
The PSU cumulative GPA and the PSU
well as the necessary knowledge, skills, and abili- business GPA must be 2.00 for a student to
ties, that allows students to understand what is USP 423 Real Estate Development and Finance.. 4
required to more effectively manage human USP 438 Real Estate Law....................................... 3 graduate with the minor.
resources within an organization. Fin 439 Real Estate Valuation I............................. 3 Requirements for advertising manage-
Credits Fin 440 Real Estate Valuation II............................ 4 ment minor for graphic design majors.
USP 448 Real Estate Market Analysis................... 3
Mgmt 351 Human Resource Management ............ 4 The advertising management minor for
Mgmt 461 Reward Systems and Performance Total 27 graphic design majors provides critical mar-
Management . .......................................................... 4 Supply and logistics management
Mgmt 471 Staffing and Employee Selection ......... 4 keting and advertising business skills to stu-
Objective: to provide students with an interdisci-
Mgmt 493 Human Resource Policies ...................... 4 plinary foundation in supply and logistics manage- dents who plan careers in the graphic design
Upper-division management courses ..................... 4 ment in preparation for careers in purchasing, field. The six courses in the minor provide
industrial distribution, logistics, transportation,
Total 20 and operations management. exposure to and understanding of advertising
Note: Students who wish to do a double option in and marketing principles, including market-
general management and human resource man-
ing’s role in business, consumer behavior,
78 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

identifying target markets, creative and media departments selected from: anthropology, geogra- ness courses with a grade of C- or better:
phy, history, political science
strategy development, and promotional cam- BA 211 Fundamentals of Financial Accounting
The area study courses will be upper-division
paign planning. (except PS 205) and must contribute to the stu-
BA 213 Decision Making
Space is limited in the advertising manage- dent’s understanding of the area of the foreign with Accounting Information
language being studied. An approved area study Stat 243, 244 Statistics I and II
ment minor. Interested students should con- course list for languages offered at PSU is available (for business majors)
tact the associate dean for undergraduate pro- in the Undergraduate Programs Office, 240 SBA.
Ec 201 Principles of Economics (micro)
Permission to take an area study course not found
grams for the School of Business on the approved list can be received from your Ec 202 Principles of Economics (macro)
Administration. Courses in the minor academic adviser. 4. Have a grade point average (GPA) of at
include: least 2.90 for each of the following:
Credits Food Industry a. all accepted transfer credits
BA 311 Marketing Management............................. 4 Management Certificate b. all PSU graded credits
Mktg 340 Advertising............................................... 4 c. all PSU graded business credits
Mktg 363 Consumer Behavior and The Food Industry Management Certificate
Customer Satisfaction............................................... 4 provides undergraduate students with an Students who do not meet the 2.90 GPA
Mktg 442 Creative Strategy..................................... 4 educational foundation in the field of food requirements will be considered for admis-
Mktg 443 Advertising Campaigns (4) or
distribution, marketing, and management. sion only if the GPA for their most recent 8
National Student Advertising Competition (8).... 4-8
Certificate requirements include the study of graded credit hours at PSU is 3.00 or higher
One 400-level Mktg elective.................................... 4
the overall competitive business marketplace and the applicant has a minimum 2.50
Total 24
of the food industry from a cross-industry cumulative PSU GPA and a minimum 2.75
perspective, consumer trends, trade relation- cumulative GPA for all completed business
courses at PSU.
Certificates ships, supply and logistics issues, retailing
and distribution, electronic commerce, and Core
Actg 335 Accounting Information Systems............. 4
industry practicum.
International Business Studies Students are required to gain admission to
Actg 360 Management Accounting......................... 4
Actg 381, 382, 383 Financial Accounting and
Certificate the School of Business Administration Reporting.................................................................. 12
The International Business Studies through the regular admission process and Actg 421 Introduction to Taxation.......................... 4
Actg 430 Governmental and Not-for-Profit
Certificate provides undergraduate students must complete degree requirements speci- Accounting................................................................ 1
with an educational foundation in the field fied for a business administration major. In Actg 492 Auditing Concepts and Practices............. 4
of international business. Certificate require- addition, students must complete all certifi- Actg 495 Integrated Accounting Issues................... 4
ments include the study of cultural, eco- cate requirements specified below: Additional credits chosen from:............................ 7-8
Actg 422 Advanced Taxation
nomic, social, and political aspects affecting Food industry management requirements
Actg 460 Advanced Managerial Accounting
business operations. Mktg 375 Retailing (4)
Actg 485 Business Law
Mktg 435 Competing in the Food Industry (4)
Students are required to gain admission to ISQA 458 Purchasing and Logistics Within the Food
Actg 490 Advanced Financial Accounting
the School of Business Administration Industry (4)
and Reporting
Actg 493 Advanced Auditing
through the regular admission process and Mktg 409 Food Industry Practicum (4)
must complete degree requirements speci- 4 hours of directed electives, selected with the fac- Total required accounting core 40-41
ulty adviser’s approval.
fied for a business administration major. In Other required credits
BA 303 Business Finance........................................... 4
addition, students must complete all certifi- Postbaccalaureate BA 325 Competing with Information Technology.. 4
cate requirements as specified below.
Accounting Certificate Total required credits 48-49
Business Administration requirements The Postbaccalaureate Accounting
It is recommended that PBAC Students take
ACTG 199 to cover debits and credits.
Business core
Certificate is a program for students who At least 30 credits required for the certifi-
BA 101, 205, 211, 213, 301, 302, 303, 311, 325, 339,
385, 495 have earned one or more baccalaureate cate and at least 27 of the credits in
International business requirements degrees and who wish to complete the accounting must be taken in residence at
Fin 456 International Financial Management coursework to prepare for a career in Portland State University. Candidates must
Mktg 376 International Business accounting. These recommendations include achieve at least a grade of C- in each course
Mktg 466 Principles of International Marketing courses in accounting providing professional presented for the certificate. Entrance and
Business option requirements preparation for public or industry account- exit GPA requirements are the same as for
Choose from: ing. In addition, courses are recommended the School of Business Administration
Accounting, Advertising Management, Finance,
Human Resource Management, Management and in law, basic business, and in other related undergraduate program. For retention in the
Leadership, Marketing, Real Estate Finance, and areas for those whose undergraduate degree program, grade point averages will be based
Supply and Logistics Management.
is not in business administration. only on coursework taken in the certificate
International Business Studies Certificate students
are encouraged to spend one or more summers in Students may bring photocopies of their program.
overseas management training work experience by undergraduate transcripts to the Postbaccalaureate students who do not
participating in the Portland State University
AIESEC exchange program for business and eco- Undergraduate Programs Office (240 SBA) hold a degree from a university where the
nomics students or other overseas internship and for an evaluation of the prerequisite courses language of instruction is English must sat-
exchange programs. Several such programs are to the program.
available through the School of Business isfy the Wr 323 requirement before comple-
Administration. Application criteria. The following tion of a certificate program.
requirements must be fulfilled prior to
Requirements outside the School of applying:
Business Administration 1. Have earned a baccalaureate degree recog-
Foreign language (two-year proficiency) nized by the PSU Office of Admissions,
Economics courses (two courses) selected from:
Registration and Records.
Ec 340, 440, 441, 442, 445, 446, 447, 450, or, with
approval, other upper-division economics courses 2. Be formally admitted as a postbaccalaure-
related to international studies ate student at PSU.
Area studies—four courses from each of two 3. Have completed the following pre-busi-
S c h o o l o f B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r at i o n 79

Graduate programs in order to improve care delivery and

management practices
Students may elect to complete the
M.I.M. program in either the full-time
The School of Business Administration  Manage cross-professional teams and 15-month or part-time 27-month format.
offers four programs leading to master’s lead profound change in healthcare For the most part, students are expected to
degrees. The School also participates in the organizations. progress through the program with their
System Science Doctoral Program and the The curriculum incorporates the Institute assigned cohort and follow the proposed
Oregon Executive M.B.A. (OEMBA). of Medicine’s six criteria (safe, effective, schedule of classes. Full-time students will
Master of Business Administration. efficient, patient-centered, timely, efficient, have to take some elective coursework dur-
The Master of Business Administration is an and equitable) for a 21st Century healthcare ing the evenings or weekends. Students are
integrated graduate program focused on system. It consists of 72 credits of courses admitted in fall term only. There is no
leadership, innovation and sustainability. from these thematic categories: admission in the winter, spring, or summer
Students master basic technical skills and a Understanding the Healthcare Industry, terms.
series of management competencies, and Leadership and Management in Healthcare,
apply them to real world experiences. The Financial Management in Healthcare, Admissions & Application
curriculum emphasizes innovation and sus- Operations and Quality in Healthcare Requirements
tainability values of the Northwest. It is Marketing, Business Planning, and Strategy
designed to accommodate students with Application Projects and Capstone. The entire application process can take up
business and non-business undergraduate Healthcare is thoroughly integrated to 12 weeks, so it is best to apply early, tak-
degrees and is best suited for those who have throughout the curriculum, and guest ing care to ensure everything is completed
gained at least two years of industry experi- speakers, cases, and examples will be pri- properly. An admissions coordinator will
ence prior to their admission date. marily from healthcare. However, where contact you with  a confirmation  once your
Students may elect to complete the M.B.A. appropriate, attention will be called to best application is received at the Graduate
program in either the full-time, part-time eve- practices in other industries that could be Business Programs Office.
ning or part-time online format. For the most beneficial in healthcare. Master of Business Administration.
part, students are expected to progress through Master of Science in Financial Analysis. Applying to the MBA+ program at Portland
the program with their assigned cohort and The Master of Science in Financial Analysis State University is a two-step process which
follow the proposed schedule of classes. Full- (M.S.) is a 49-quarter credit hour program involves applying to both Portland State
time students will have to take some elective aimed at individuals who seek graduate-level University’s Office of Admissions and
coursework during the evenings or weekends. specialization in financial analysis, but who Records and the Graduate Business
Students are admitted in fall term only. There do not wish to pursue an M.B.A. The curric- Programs Office.
is no admission in the winter, spring, or sum- ulum is designed to develop forward-thinking Dates for Fall Admission. Application
mer terms. professionals with sharp analytic minds, effec- and all supporting documents:
One of the fall cohorts is the online tive communication skills, and the necessary  November 1—Early Admission
M.B.A. All core courses can be completed vision to apply financial analysis skills in a Decisions
online and will result in the general M.B.A. wide variety of business situations.  February 1—Scholarship Eligibility
Three to four two-day, on-campus residen- Students may take courses on a full-time  May 1—Priority Admission
cies are required each year. (12 credits) or part-time (8 credits) schedule. Students entering the M.B.A. program are
Online MBA program. The PSU Online All classes are in the evening. Applicants expected to know introductory calculus and
MBA program is designed specifically for should have an undergraduate degree in be microcomputer literate (familiar with
busy professionals and for students who live business or economics. Successful comple- word processing, presentation, spread sheet,
outside of the Portland area. This program tion of a course sequence in intermediate and database software) no later than the end
combines the latest in educational and dis- accounting and an introductory course in of the first term of admission.
tance technologies with occasional on-cam- business finance is also required, and all stu- Admission to the MBA+ program is com-
pus residencies. Most of the coursework is dents should exhibit proficiency in comput- petitive, based on an applicant’s ability to
accessible via the Web. Short, intensive er applications and spreadsheet skills. M.S. meet a range of application criteria. To be
weekend residencies are required three or F.A. students are admitted fall term only. admitted to this program the student must
four times per year. Students with a non-business undergraduate complete the following:
Healthcare MBA. degree, interested in pursuing an M.S.F.A. 1. A four year undergraduate degree from an
The Healthcare MBA is a joint degree pro- will need to complete the business courses accredited institution, or its equivalent,
gram offered by Portland State University’s listed on our Web site. with a grade point average (GPA) of 2.75
School of Business and the Oregon Health Master of International Management. or higher. Typically, students with a GPA
Science University’s School of Medicine. A PSU M.I.M. degree is for those who want less than 2.75 will need to complete 9
The Healthcare MBA is only offered in a to be leaders in the international business graduate credits with a GPA of 3.00 or
part-time, three-year format. Courses are arena. The M.I.M. program provides stu- higher.
online with two required residencies per dents with international as well as general 2. A competitive GMAT Score
term. Students in this program learn the business skills, proficiency in a foreign lan- 3. A current resume reflecting a minimum
knowledge, skills, and tools to become guage, and a deep knowledge of political of two years of business or professional
effective managers in healthcare organiza- and economic environments in which global work experience is highly recommended.
tions. Specifically, graduates will be able business leaders work, all gained while work- 4. Two letters of recommendation
to: ing with a culturally diverse group of stu- 5. Essays of Intent
 Manage healthcare organizations in a dents from around the world. The M.I.M. 6. Interview
professional, business-like fashion in degree is for those who want the skills to be 7. English proficiency: All graduate students,
order to enhance compassionate care successful in the fast-paced global business including resident aliens and citizens,
 Understand the underlying processes environment and have a particular interest whose first language is not English must
and systems of health care organizations in working in the Asia Pacific region. meet the English language proficiency
80 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

requirement prior to enrollment in aca-  February 1—Scholarship Eligibility students with a GPA less than 2.75 will
demic classes. Valid proof of English lan-  April 1—Priority Admission need to complete 9 graduate credits with a
guage proficiency can be demonstrated Admission to the M.S. in Financial GPA of 3.00 or higher.
through one of the following ways: Analysis program is competitive, based on 2. A competitive GMAT Score
 Completion of a bachelors, masters or an applicant’s ability to meet a range of 3. A current resume reflecting a minimum
doctoral degree from a regionally accred- application criteria. of two years of business or professional
ited U.S. institution or an equivalently The M.S. in Financial Analysis degree is work experience is highly recommended.
accredited non-U.S. institution with for students who have already completed 4. Two letters of recommendation
instruction exclusively in English undergraduate accounting coursework. 5. Essay of Intent
 A TOEFL score of 550 (paper-based), Because this program is only 49 credits, it 6. English proficiency: All graduate stu-
213 (computer-based), 79 (internet- requires that applicants have the necessary dents, including resident aliens and citi-
based) or IELTS score of 7.0. business background that an undergraduate zens, whose first language is not English
 Test scores that are more than two years degree in business, economics or Post- must meet the English language profi-
old may be accepted only if the score Baccalaureate Accounting Certificate ciency requirement prior to enrollment in
exceeded the minimum requirement and (PBAC) would provide prior to starting the academic classes. Valid proof of English
the applicant has maintained continuous program. Applicants are also expected to be language proficiency can be demonstrated
residency in the US since the exam date. proficient in computer applications and through one of the following ways:
For further details visit spreadsheet skills.  Completion of a bachelors, masters or
All applicants need to complete the fol- doctoral degree from a regionally accred-
Master of Science in Financial Analysis.
lowing coursework prior to admission: ited U.S. institution or an equivalently
Applying to the M.S. in Financial Analysis accredited non-U.S. institution with
program at Portland State University is a  Managerial and Financial Accounting instruction exclusively in English
two-step process which involves applying to  Micro and Macro Economics  A TOEFL score of 550 (paper-based),
both Portland State University’s Office of  Statistics 213 (computer-based), 79 (internet-
Admissions and Records and the Graduate  Business Finance based) or IELTS score of 7.0.
Business Programs Office.
 Intermediate Accounting  Test scores that are more than two years
Priority Dates for Fall Admission. 1. Applicants must have a four year under- old may be accepted only if the score
Application and all supporting documents: graduate degree from an accredited institu- exceeded the minimum requirement and
 November 1—Early Admission tion, or its equivalent, with a grade point the applicant has maintained continuous
average (GPA) of 2.75 or higher. Typically, residency in the US since the exam date.
S c h o o l o f B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r at i o n 81

For further details visit gram, students are able to further develop ISQA 511 Managerial Decision Making (4)
BA 531 Executive Briefings (1)
Master of International Management. expertise in an area of specialization. Visit
Admission to the MIM program is competi- Web site for details at Business disciplines. (26 credits)
tive, based on an applicant’s ability to meet a For further details visit Discipline courses build on the integrated
Only those students who have been formally foundation coursework and provide more
range of application criteria.
admitted to the M.B.A., M.I.M., M.S., or in-depth knowledge and applied skills relat-
Priority Dates for Fall Admission.
System Science Ph.D. programs may take ed to accounting, information systems,
Application and all supporting documents: finance, management, marketing, and oper-
graduate level courses in the School of
 November 1—Early Admission Business Administration. Students formally ations. The role of innovation and the glob-
 February 1—Scholarship Eligibility admitted and in good standing in other gradu- al environment is infused throughout these
 April 1—Priority Admission ate programs may take courses on a space courses. In addition, the student will be pro-
 June 1—Part Time Final Deadline available basis with the recommendation of vided the opportunity to develop their man-
Applicants are admitted to the program in agerial competencies.
their program adviser of the approval of the
Actg 511 Financial Reporting (4)
fall term only and must complete the fol- associate dean of academic affairs in the School Actg 512 Managerial Accounting and Control (2)
lowing: of Business Administration. Mktg 544 Marketing Research and Strategy (4)
1. Applicants must have a four year under- Mgmt 550 Organizational Management (4)
graduate degree from an accredited insti- Degree requirements Fin 561 Financial Management (4)
tution, or its equivalent, with a grade ISQA 551 Managing Information Technology (4)
point average (GPA) of 2.75 or higher. University master’s degree requirements are ISQA 552 Managing Operations and the Value
Chain (4)
Typically, students with a GPA less than listed on page 67. In addition, the student
must fulfill School and program require- Integrated applications. (11 credits)
2.75 will need to complete 9 graduate Application courses formally address the sys-
credits with a GPA of 3.00 or higher. ments. Contact the School of Business
Administration’s Graduate Programs Office tematic integration across all of the business
2. Successful completion of the M.I.M. pre- disciplines. This occurs in case studies as
requisite courses for applicants who do directly (503) 725-8001. For the most cur-
rent program information, see our Web site well as “real world” business projects. In
not have a bachelors degree in business addition the student is provided opportuni-
administration: at
Master of Business Administration. The ties to apply their managerial competencies.
 Managerial and Financial Accounting goal of the M.B.A. program is to develop Mgmt 562 Business Strategy Capstone (4)
 Micro and Macro Economics highly effective managers and leaders. This
BA 509 Leadership Immersion (1)
BA 506 Business Project (6)
 Business Finance requires the program to develop students’
 Business Statistics expertise in the technical areas of business, Students may be eligible for waiver of
3. A competitive GMAT or GRE Score develop a student’s managerial competencies, some required courses in the MBA program.
4. A current resume reflecting a minimum and develop a student’s ability to integrate A waiver is based upon the student holding
of two years of business or professional this technical expertise with managerial com- an undergraduate major in the specific busi-
work experience is preferred, but not petencies to become an effective leader within ness discipline for which the waiver is
required. organizations. This program seeks to pro- sought. Specifically, Actg 511, Actg 512, Fin
5. Two letters of recommendation duce future business leaders with an innova- 514, Fin 561, ISQA 511, ISQA 551, ISQA
6. Essay of Intent’ tive spirit and a commitment to social, eco- 552, Mktg 544, BA 561 or Mgmt 550 may
7. English proficiency: All graduate stu- nomic and environmental stewardship. Our be considered for waiver. A student can
dents, including resident aliens and citi- program is built on three key ideas that waive a maximum of 12 credit hours from
zens, whose first language is not English reflect the values of our Portland communi- the courses listed above only, thus reducing
must meet the English language profi- ty: Leadership, Innovation, and the required number of hours in the degree
ciency requirement prior to enrollment in Sustainability. The coursework within the program to 60 credit hours.
academic classes. Valid proof of English M.B.A. program can be grouped into four Electives/Concentrations. (16 credits)
language proficiency can be demonstrated segments: foundation skills, business disci- Each student will select elective coursework
through one of the following ways: plines, integration, and specialization/elec- to complete the M.B.A. program. A maxi-
tives. mum of 8 credits of electives may be
 Completion of a bachelors, masters or 400/500 level coursework taken for graduate
doctoral degree from a regionally accred- Foundation skills. (19 credits)
The foundation segment has two compo- credit. Electives will be selected from courses
ited U.S. institution or an equivalently
accredited non-U.S. institution with nents, business perspective and leadership offered by the School of Business
instruction exclusively in English development. The business perspective pro- Administration or may, with the approval of
the director of graduate programs, be select-
 A TOEFL score of 550 (paper-based), vides students with an integrated understand-
ed from areas outside business administra-
213 (computer-based), 79 (internet- ing of the global and competitive challenges
based) or IELTS score of 7.0. facing business today. The role of innovation tion. Electives are an opportunity to develop
and creativity is emphasized. an area of concentration within the M.B.A.
 Test scores that are more than two years program.
old may be accepted only if the score Foundation: Business Perspective
Mktg 511 Pioneering Innovation (4) It is not necessary for students to select an
exceeded the minimum requirement and
the applicant has maintained continuous Fin 514 Economic Environment of the Firm (4) area of concentration. Electives may be
residency in the US since the exam date.
BA 561 Law for Managers (2) taken any time during the program, but stu-
Mgmt 560 Ethics in Organizations (2)
Students are admitted into the MIM pro- dents should plan ahead. Many electives are
gram during fall quarter only. Each year, we The leadership development component only offered one or two times per year.
provides students with the necessary back- Students may also choose to concentrate
admit one full-time and one part-time
ground and support to develop into an their electives in related fields, such as
cohort. Each cohort that begins the program effective manager and leader.
takes all of their core classes together Engineering Management, Not for Profit,
throughout the duration of the program.
Foundation: Leadership Development and Systems Science, among others.
BA 508 Leadership Development
During the final two quarters of the pro- and Assessment (2)
82 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Finance Option Actg 542 Tax Factors in Business Decisions (4)* requirements include core program credits
Actg 551 Accounting Information Systems (4)* plus the language requirement. Furthermore,
The Finance option offered in conjunction
Actg 552 Strategic Cost Management (4)
with the MBA+ creates an opportunity to Actg 553 Financial Statement Analysis (4)
students will produce the international busi-
develop a concentrated skill set within the Actg 560 Professional Ethics ness project in their chosen area of specializa-
finance area. This option provides students and Public Interest (2) tion.
the skills to understand complex financial Fin 551 Financial Management for Financial MIM requirements. In addition to meet-
Analysts (4)
issues as well as experience in the applica- Fin 553 Financial Analysis ing the requirements for PSU and the School
tion of financial tools that facilitate problem and Business Valuation (4) of Business Administration, we also require
solving. Fin 555 Applied Econometrics applicants to complete the following prerequi-
for Financial Analysis (4)
site courses with a C or better: Managerial and
Innovation Management and Financial Analysis Electives
Financial Accounting, Micro and Macro
Select two of the following courses........................ 8
Entrepreneurship Concentration: Economics, Business Finance, Statistics
Actg 522S Advanced Taxation (4)†
The Innovation Management and Actg 525 Tax Research Methods (4)† These prerequisite courses must be com-
Entrepreneurship (IME) concentration Actg 527 Corporate Taxation (4) pleted successfully prior to enrolling in the
offers electives that address processes inside Actg 585S Business Law (4) M.I.M. program. The admissions committee
firms including the management of inven- Actg 592S Auditing Concepts and Practices (4) evaluates each student’s application to deter-
tors and creative staff, as well as processes in Actg 593S Advanced Auditing (4)
mine which courses (if any) are required.
Fin 545 Hedging and Risk Management (4)
the external environment such as market Fin 552S Investments (4) Applicants can complete these prerequisites
assessments of novel technologies. The goal Fin 556S International Financial Management (4) through the M.I.M. prerequisite program.
is to equip students interested in new prod- Fin 562 Intermediate Financial Management (4) The M.I.M. prerequisite program is a sum-
uct development, entrepreneurship, or tech- Fin 565 Cases in Corporate Financial mer program (June-August), developed for
Management (4)
nology marketing with the knowledge Fin 573 Investment Analysis and Portfolio
students with limited (or no) academic busi-
required to bring new products and services Management (4) ness background.
to market. Fin 574 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Exceptions to the above will be considered
Management (2)
on a case-by-case basis by the Master of
International Business ISQA 551 Managing Information Technology (4)
International Management Admissions
ISQA 552 Managing Operations and
Concentration: the Value Chain (4) Committee.
The International Business concentration Mktg 510 Services Marketing (4) Transfer credits and course waivers.
provides grounding in the contemporary Since the Master of International
† These courses may be replaced with elective course-
world affairs that affect business and in the work based on previous academic preparation. Management program is a cohort program,
organizational issues facing firms operating Other courses including study abroad as no transfer credits will be accepted nor will
in the global arena. approved by the director of the MSFA there be any course substitutions or waivers.
Sustainable Enterprise program. See our Web site www.gradbusi- Grading. Students must maintain a
Concentration: cumulative GPA of at least 3.00 for all grad-
The Sustainable Enterprise concentration Master of International Management. uate credits earned in the Master of
provides a strong foundation in how to The M.I.M. program offers a 15-month full- International Management program.
manage businesses for financial, environ- time or 27 month part-time format and an Language requirement. The language
mental, and social performance. intense learning experience reflective of component of the M.I.M. is designed to
international business today. The M.I.M. prepare participants for the international
Food Marketing & Logistics degree focuses on Asian business. A three- business environment of Asia. The goal is to
Concentration (FMLC): week field study trip to Asia is an integral create a comfort level in the target language,
Students completing this concentration will part of the program, as is the international Chinese or Japanese, such that the partici-
obtain an understanding of the macro-com- business consulting capstone project. The pant understands business etiquette and can
petitive dynamics of the industry; understand M.I.M. program strives to create a strong function socially. The primary skills empha-
the industry structure, key players and value cross-cultural learning community through sized are listening, followed by speaking,
chain; and will understand issues in customer a cohort structure that helps students to reading, and writing. The content of the
driven supply chain and purchasing. The build team skills, beginning with a four-day language focuses on business and social situ-
MBA+ required core class BA 506: Business outdoor wilderness excursion for all students ations, concentrating on relevant vocabulary.
Project offers students an opportunity to put during orientation week. Field study in China and Japan.
their skills to work in a real industry-sponsored Faculty for the M.I.M. program are drawn Students travel to China, Japan and South
practical experience. from Portland State University, University of Korea to visit companies, meet with interna-
Oregon, Oregon State University, and other tional business executives, and learn more
Real Estate Development Certificate: U.S. and foreign universities, as well as about these cultures. This trip allows stu-
A concentration centering on issues of selected business executives. Classes are held dents the opportunity to immerse them-
property development, finance and real at PSU’s main campus as well as the Oregon selves in the culture and lifestyle of different
estate, and housing economics. Executive MBA Faculty in downtown Asian countries.
Master of Science in Financial Analysis. Portland. Admissions. We have fall admission
Successful completion of the M.S. in Specialization options. To meet the only. Our application deadline is April 30.
Financial Analysis requires 11 credits of growing corporate demand for specialized Please submit all application materials to the
business, 30 credits of financial analysis and skills, the M.I.M. offers specialization tracks.
accounting, and 8 credits of electives. M.I.M. Program.
Students can acquire in-depth knowledge in
Credit one of five key management areas: global cor- Program schedule
Business................................................................... 11 porate sustainability, international corporate MIM 517: Accounting for Global Enterprises
BA 506 Business Project with finance focus (6) finance, international non-governmental orga- MIM 515: Global Marketing
BA 531 Executive Briefings (1) nization leadership, global marketing, or glob- MIM 513: Pacific Rim Economies, Trade & Financial
Mgmt 562 Business Strategy and Policy (4) Markets
al supply chain management. General M.I.M. MIM 588: Global Business Strategy (part 1)
Financial analysis core............................................ 30
S c h o o l o f B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r at i o n 83

MIM 576: Intercultural Competence and

There are two options for study in the sys-
MIM 558: Comparative Operations Management
MIM 511: Global Business, Society and Ecology tems science program. Both options facili- Accounting
MIM 568: Managing Information Technology tate the design of curricula which are indi-
Globally vidually tailored to the needs and interests Courses with an asterisk (*) are not offered every year.
MIM 579: 3-Week Asia Study Tour
of students. Students may earn the M.B.A. For information on the accounting option require-
MIM 516: Contemporary Pacific Rim and World
Affairs and the systems science Ph.D. concurrently ments, see page 77. All 300- and 400-level courses
MIM 564: Global Human Resource Management and should anticipate approximately four to require junior-level standing and admission to the
MIM 519: International Law and Ethics five years of full-time study beyond the bac- School of Business Administration; graduate courses
MIM 574: International Corporate Finance and require admission to the graduate programs.
calaureate degree in order to satisfy the pro-
gram requirements. Actg 199
MIM 577: International Business Negotiations Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.)
MIM 589: Global Business Strategy (part 2) Departmental option: The student
Often offered as Debits and Credits, recommend-
Specialization Course undertakes advanced academic preparation ed for accounting majors.
Specialization Course primarily in a single department or school.
Specialization Course In the School of Business Administration, Actg 335
MIM 505: Foreign Language Accounting Information Systems (4)
MIM 509: Global Business Immersion
students concentrate their coursework in Methodology used in manual and computer sys-
MIM 506: International Business Research Project one department or subject area and take tems for the accumulation, classification, process-
MIM 510: Age of Pacific Lecture Series courses from other departments as well. ing, analysis, and communication of accounting
See Web site for full list of Specializations Core option: The student pursues inter- data. Development of the accounting techniques
disciplinary studies with a stronger emphasis used in the handling of large amounts of informa- tion; special journals and controlling accounts;
Doctor of Philosophy in systems sci- on systems coursework.
For information relating to the Ph.D. pro- computer files for storing data; computer process-
ence—business administration. The ing of data. Discussion of the problems encoun-
Systems Science Doctoral Program prepares gram in systems science, see page 71. tered in the systems for different types of organi-
students for academic or professional careers zations. Prerequisites: BA 213, BA 325.
in systems concepts and techniques. The
School of Business Administration partici-
pates in the Systems Science Doctoral
84 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Actg 360 financial and non-financial information in deci- Actg 512

Management Accounting (4) sion making and strategic management. Cases Managerial Accounting and Control (2)
Emphasis on the development, analysis, and com- and/or simulations will be used extensively. Covers traditional managerial accounting issues,
munication of cost information relevant to the fol- Prerequisites: Actg 360 and BA 339. (BA 339 not including operational budgeting and cash flow anal-
lowing functions: planning, decision making, cost required for students in postbaccalaureate certifi- ysis. In addition, the course will consider financial
control and management, pricing, and perfor- cate in accounting program) models used in analyzing the economic viability of
mance evaluation. Prerequisite: BA 213. new product and services and emerging trends in
Actg 485/585
Business Law (4) internalizing ecological ‘externalities.’
Actg 381, 382, 383
Financial Accounting and Laws of contracts, negotiable checks, notes, and *Actg 542
Reporting I, II, III (4, 4, 4) drafts, insurance, documents of title, sales of Tax Factors in Business Decisions (4)
Comprehensive study of the principles, conven- goods, letters of credit, employees and indepen- Tax implications of common business questions
tions and postulates of financial accounting. dent contractors, agency, partnership, corpora- and transactions, including choices of business
Appropriate preparation of GAAP financial state- tions, securities, bankruptcy, security interests, entity, acquisition and sale of business assets,
ments and financial disclosures, including exposure mortgages, suretyship and bulk sales. Covers law compensation and benefits planning, and U.S.
to the judgment inherent in financial reporting. part of CPA exam. taxation of international trade. Students will be
Considers information requirements and expecta- exposed to the common income and estate tax
Actg 490
tions of users of financial statements. International Advanced Financial Accounting (3) planning strategies of individuals and families
financial accounting standards will be considered Emphasizes accounting for business combinations. engaged in business. Prerequisite: Actg 512 or
where appropriate. Specific focus on the responsi- In addition, accounting issues related to partner- admission to the Master’s of Science in financial
bility of accountants for maintaining professional ships and foreign currency translation and transac- analysis program.
accountability to the public interest in the face of tions are studied. Prerequisite: Actg 382. *Actg 550
institutional pressures. Courses must be taken in Advanced Financial Reporting (4)
sequence. Prerequisites: BA 213 for Actg 381; Actg Actg 492/592 Financial reporting for general M.B.A. student.
381 for Actg 382; Actg 382 for Actg 383. Auditing Concepts and Practices (4) Studies of the accounting valuation process,
Auditing standards and procedures observed by accounting income measurement, and financial
Actg 399 Certified Public Accountants in the examination
Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) disclosure. Contemporary issues are examined in
of the financial statements of business and other the context of factors that shape accounting stan-
Actg 401/501 organizations. Audit standards and objectives and
Research (Credit to be arranged.) dards and current trends in financial reporting.
conceptual framework for collection of evidence Prerequisite: Actg 511.
Actg 404/504 and assessment of control risk. Short-form audit
Internship (Credit to be arranged.) report and operational auditing. Prerequisites: Actg 551
Actg 405/505 Actg 335 and 382. Accounting Information Systems (4)
Reading and Conference Study of accounting information systems for
Actg 493/593 operations with an emphasis on accounting issues.
(Credit to be arranged.) Advanced Auditing (4)
Consent of instructor. Addresses the information systems issues encoun-
Audit objectives and procedures for the collection tered by internal financial analysts. Topics may
Actg 407/507 of evidence and the assessment of control risk are include database and accounting information sys-
Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) explored. The effects of attribute and variables tem design, model building, the use of accounting
Student-selected problems in business operation sampling as well as the effects of computers and information for forecasting, and other topics asso-
and business management to be studied by the computer-control procedures on the audit process ciated with the development of information sys-
individual and discussed in group meeting under are examined. In addition, audit, compilation, tems to support financial analysis.
direction of academic staff. and review reports are important elements of this
course. Prerequisites: Actg 492. Actg 552
Actg 409/509 Strategic Cost Management (4)
Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Actg 495 Course takes the perspective that managers should
Actg 421 Integrated Accounting Issues (4) not use information from accounting systems
Introduction to Taxation (4) Integrates topics from various accounting areas. designed to prepare external financial reports in
Introduces students to a broad range of tax con- Provides students with opportunities to see the order to make internal management decisions.
cepts, tax policies, and different types of taxpay- accounting interactions and tradeoffs that result Provides alternative approaches to developing and
ers. Students should develop an understanding of from realistic business situations. Course will using accounting information. Special emphasis
how tax laws affect most business and personal enhance students’ understanding of accounting and will be placed on understanding traditional cost
financial decisions. Tax reporting, tax planning, its influence on business, as well as the understand- systems, activity-based costing systems, and deter-
and basic tax research skills will be emphasized. ing of how business processes affect accounting mining the cost of quality. Course will rely heavi-
Prerequisite: BA 213. results, through a set of comprehensive case studies. ly on the examination of actual company situa-
Prerequisites: Actg 360, 421, 492. tions. Prerequisite: Actg 512 or admission to the
Actg 422/522
Advanced Taxation (4) Actg 503 Master’s of Science in financial analysis program.
Expands students’ knowledge of how tax laws Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Actg 553
affect sole proprietors, partnerships, corporations, Actg 511 Financial Statement Analysis (4)
and other business entities. In addition, the tax Financial Accounting (4) Sound financial information for making business
laws applicable to estates, gifts, trusts, tax exempt An introduction to the reporting system used by decisions is obtained by an understanding of
organizations, and foreign persons are explored. businesses to convey financial information to par- accounting data from which the information is
Prerequisites: Actg 421. ties external to the enterprise. Primary emphasis is derived as well as by the application of tools of
placed on understanding the financial reports that analysis. Students will gain an increased under-
Actg 430 are the end product of this system—what they do
Governmental and standing of the properties and use of accounting
and do not tell the user about a business enter- numbers in the determination and forecasting of
Not-for-Profit Accounting (1) prise. The accounting principles, conventions,
An introduction to governmental and “fund” financial positions, results of operations, cash
and concepts underlying financial reporting are flows, the financial disclosure process, and its use
accounting. Topics include state and local govern- examined with the objective of developing the
mental funds and accounting for not-for-profit in comparing business performance. Prerequisite:
ability to read, comprehend, and perform a basic Fin 551 or 561.
hospitals, universities, and health/welfare organi- analysis of financial statements. In addition, an
zations. Prerequisite: Actg 382. introduction to corporate social responsibility and Actg 560
Actg 460 environment performance reporting will be pro- Professional Ethics and the Public Interest (2)
Advanced Managerial Accounting (4) vided. Introduces students to ethical perspectives that
Advanced development, analysis, and communi- provide the philosophical context for the study of
cation of cost information, focusing on the use of applied business ethics. Students use practical
frameworks to address complex ethical and social
S c h o o l o f B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r at i o n 85

issues and explore organizational processes and BA 302 can support functional areas of a business. Other
structures that can shape social performances. The Organizational Behavior (4) topics include: communication technologies to
context for this course is financial and accounting Focuses on issues that are relevant to the three support groups, productivity software and applica-
situations. levels of organizational behavior (i.e., individual, tions, designing systems for competitive advantage,
Actg 601 group, and organizational). Key topics include: and systems reengineering. Prerequisites: BA 205
Research (Credit to be arranged.) the nature and dynamics of teams, personal values and junior standing.
and employee job attitudes, communication, con- †BA 326
Actg 607
Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) flict resolution, motivation, leadership, decision Working with People for Business Minors (4)
making, employee effectiveness, and the impact of Essential topics in management and business
organizational level issues such as policies, struc-
Business Administration ture, design, and culture. Techniques used to
communications. Focuses on the management of
business organizations in an applied setting. Key
All 300- and 400-level courses require junior-level facilitate learning may include role plays, cases, topics include motivating and leading individuals
standing; all 300- and 400-level courses, except presentations, organizational simulations, team- and groups, working effectively in teams, and
business minor courses require admission to the work, and/or term research papers. Prerequisite: conflict management. In addition, students will
School of Business Administration; graduate courses BA 205 and junior standing. learn to collect, organize, and present information
require admission to the graduate programs. BA 303 in a business setting.
BA 101 Business Finance (4) † Courses in the minor may not be used to satisfy major
Introduction to Business Development and study of a decision framework requirements, except for BA 101.
and World Affairs (4) for financial management with special emphasis †BA 336
Introduction to the business firm operating in the on small- and medium-sized businesses. Topics Working with Information for
local, national, and global marketplace. Emphasizes include analysis of financial health, planning for Business Minors (4)
the integration of the various functional areas of future financial performance, evaluation of invest- Discusses the importance of information and its
business as the firm evolves from its entrepreneurial ment opportunities, and analyses of risk. support of a business organization. An under-
origins to a mature corporation. Financing of firm growth and valuation will be standing of the essential relationships among
BA 205 introduced. An integration of the concepts of information, business process, and information
Business Communications financial management into a total system approach technology. This is a survey course.
Using Technology (4) to business decision making will be facilitated with † Courses in the minor may not be used to satisfy major
Provides students with the tools that are needed the use of cases, as appropriate. Prerequisite: BA requirements, except for BA 101.
to collect, organize, and present information in a 205, 211, and junior standing.
BA 339
business environment. Students will learn how to †BA 306 Operations and Quality Management (4)
use library and Internet resources to collect infor- Working with Money for Business Minors (4) Develops an understanding of the various issues
mation. Word processing, spreadsheet, and graph- Essential topics in accounting and finance for busi- and strategies involved in the operation of a ser-
ics applications will be used to organize and pres- ness minors. Reading and interpreting income state- vice or manufacturing organization. These consid-
ent business information. Students will be intro- ments and balance sheets, especially for small busi- erations include the support by the operation’s
duced to business report writing, developing and nesses. Forecasting to determine financing require- organization of corporate strategy through design
delivering a persuasive presentation, and electron- ments. Use of techniques in time value of money to and operating decisions. Issues such as global sup-
ic-mail methods for team-based communication. determine present values, loan payments, etc. ply sources, worldwide business system influences,
Prerequisite: BA 101. Sources of business financing. continuous improvement, and total quality man-
† Courses in the minor may not be used to satisfy major agement will be discussed. Prerequisite: BA 205
BA 211
Fundamentals of Financial Accounting (4) requirements, except for BA 101. and junior standing.
Assists students in developing an understanding of BA 311 †BA 346
financial statements and the tools used by external Marketing Management (4) Working as an Entrepreneur for Business
users such as lenders, shareholders, and competi- Basic marketing concepts from the perspective of Minors (4)
tors to evaluate the performance of the firm. the marketing manager. Key focus is to examine Capstone course in the business minor. Provides
Balance sheets, income statements, statements of the marketing planning and analysis necessary to the student an opportunity to link previous course-
cash flows, and industry reports will be used to develop sound marketing plans and strategies. work in the development of business plans and
introduce topics such as: assessing risk, liquidity, Specific topics include the role of marketing with- organizations, with specific emphasis on the chal-
solvency, operating efficiency, and profitability of in the firm, analysis of marketing opportunities, lenges of small emerging organizations. Project-
the firm. Prerequisite: BA 101. selection of target markets and market segmenta- based course that provides students with a toolbox
tion, marketing strategies in a global marketplace, of applied skills. Prerequisite: BA 101.
BA 213 use of technology in marketing, and marketing † Courses in the minor may not be used to satisfy major
Decision Making with Accounting Information mix decisions. Experiential learning approaches for
(4) requirements, except for BA 101.
class participation will be used. Prerequisites: BA BA 385
Designed to aid students in developing effective 205 and junior standing.
decision making skills. Course elements include: Business Environment (4)
understanding the organization as a system, infor- †BA 316 Study and critical analysis of the role of business
mation assessment, cash management, operations Working with Customers for in its environment with special references to the
and capital budgeting, manufacturing cost sys- Business Minors (4) interrelationships of legal, technological, econom-
tems, cost control procedures, managing invento- Essential topics in marketing for business minors. ic, political, and social forces with the business
ry, problem solving, and measuring the health of Students will be introduced to the basic concepts enterprise and to the legal and ethical obligations
the organization. Prerequisite: BA 211. of marketing and customer satisfaction. Students of the business enterprise with its owners,
will explore primary considerations of the market employees, consumers, and society. Prerequisites:
BA 301 environment and marketing practices including BA 205 and junior standing.
Research and Analysis price, promotion, distribution, and product in an
of Business Problems (4) BA 407/507
applied setting. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.)
Development and use of business tools and tech- † Courses in the minor may not be used to satisfy major
niques as applied to business problems. Students Seminars in selected cross-functional and integra-
requirements, except for BA 101.
will identify business problems, articulate the tive business topics.
issues, research, develop, and evaluate solution BA 325
Competing with Information Technology (4) BA 495
alternatives relevant to the problem, and present Business Strategy (4)
the results orally and in writing. Students will Presents the key steps required to gain a competi-
tive advantage in the marketplace through the use Capstone course for the SBA; should be taken in
integrate and reinforce their skills in logical and the student’s final term. Students learn to system-
analytical processing, critical thinking, and com- of information technologies. Primary focus is to
help students understand the information systems atically analyze a firm’s internal and external envi-
munication. Prerequisite: ronments and to apply concepts and theories
BA 205 and junior standing. development lifecycle and the ways that systems
related to the formulation and implementation of
86 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

business and corporate level strategies. The influ- dent’s strengths and weaknesses. During the term BA 561
ence of other functional areas (marketing, finance, the students will be involved in various activities Law for Managers (2)
accounting, etc.) on strategic thinking is empha- to assess and develop their interpersonal, commu- Examines the legal issues that business organiza-
sized in teaching students the linkage between nication, strategic leadership, and conceptual com- tions face. A focus on small and emerging compa-
strategic problems, management interpretations, petencies. Pass/no pass course, concurrent enroll- nies will be used. Specifically, contract law, prop-
solutions, and firm performance outcomes. ment in Mktg 511 is required. erty law (including intellectual property), employ-
Prerequisites: BA 301, 302, 303, 311, 325, 339, BA 509 ment law, secured transactions law, and product
385 and admission to the School of Business. Leadership Immersion (1) liability law will be addressed. Course will also
Priority to graduating seniors who have applied A business simulation practicum designed to consider the issues with regard to choice of busi-
for graduation. assess students’ technical and leadership skills. ness entity.
BA 506 This course can only be taken as a pass/no pass
Business Project (2-6) grading option. Prerequisite: Fin 561. Finance
Under the direction of a faculty member, students BA 531
work in teams to apply M.B.A. knowledge and For information on finance option requirements, see
Executive Briefings (1) page 77. All 300- and 400-level courses require
skills to actual business problems or situations. A weekly series of presentations by local, regional, junior-level standing and admission to the School of
Students may register for six credits during a single national, and/or international business leaders on Business Administration; graduate courses require
term, or register for three credits during two con- current business topics. This class is repeatable for admission to the graduate programs.
secutive terms. After initially meeting as a class at a maximum of two times. Fin 199
the beginning of the term, students meet periodi- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.)
cally with an assigned faculty member to monitor BA 548
Special Topics in Business (4) Fin 218
progress on the agreed learning contract and to dis- Personal Finance (4)
cuss a variety of implementation and organizational The courses offered under this number cover a
range of specialized topics in business such as A survey of investments, budgets, real estate own-
issues. Prerequisites: For MBA; Fin 561 or Fin ership, financial institutions, consumers’ credit,
551; BA 509 (may be concurrent); Mgmt 562. Product Design and Stewardship for Global
Corporations, Sustainability Metrics in Business, social security, stock market, mutual funds, and
For MSFA; Fin 561 or Fin 553; BA 509 or Fin estate planning from the individual’s point of
Cross-Sector Partnerships for Sustainable
553 (may be concurrent); Mgmt 562 (may be view. Optional pass/no pass.
Enterprise, Global Marketing Research,
Marketing in Asia, Global Marketing, Global Fin 301
BA 508 Human Resource Management, etc. Only open to Stock Market (3)
Leadership Development and Assessment (2) graduate students of the School of Business Analysis of the operation of the stock market.
First stage for the development of leadership com- Administration. May be repeated with different Procedures in the buying and selling of securities.
petencies. Each student will be expected to write a topics; maximum of 12 credits may be applied to Examination of current regulatory practices.
personal development and learning plan based the master’s degree. Fin 319
upon the results of an initial assessment of the stu-
Intermediate Financial Management (4)
S c h o o l o f B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r at i o n 87

Second level course in financial management to Prerequisites: Fin 439: Fin 333; Fin 539: Fin 551 Fin 465
provide more depth in the study of asset pricing, or Fin 561 or USP 598. Finance Topics and Cases (4)
capital budgeting, capital structure, dividend poli- Fin 441 Case studies of financial problems in business
cy, working capital management, growth through Fundamentals of Derivative Securities (4) including working capital management, capital
mergers, and leasing. Emphasis on the develop- Options, futures, swaps, and other derivative budgeting, and financing issues. Special topics
ment of problem solving capabilities. Prerequisite: securities. Principles of pricing; uses in specula- covered will be at the discretion of the instructor.
tion, hedging, and risk management, in both Prerequisites: Fin 319 and 449.
BA 303.
securities investment and corporate finance set- Fin 473/573
Fin 333 Investment Analysis and Portfolio
tings. Real options and option-like opportunities
Foundations of Real Estate Analysis (3) Management (4)
in business. Prerequisite: Fin 319.
Surveys the legal, physical, and economic struc- A study of the application of both portfolio theo-
ture of the real estate market and the characteris- Fin 449
Valuation (4) ry and fundamental valuation techniques in secu-
tics of real estate resources. Develops basic real rity investment decisions. Students in this course
estate valuation procedures and provides an over- Principles of valuation, including valuations both
internal and external to the business entity. serve as portfolio managers to a real dollar portfo-
view of market analysis and real estate produc- lio, providing security and sector oversight to the
tion, marketing and financing methods. Financial planning, financial analysis, forecasting,
and valuation. Students undertake and present a portfolio. The implications of modern portfolio
Prerequisites: Ec 201, 202. theory for portfolio management and in portfolio
formal written valuation. Prerequisites: Actg 381,
*Fin 336 performance evaluation are emphasized. This is
Fin 319.
Principles of Risk and Insurance (3) the first course in a strongly recommended two-
A study of the principles and practices of life, fire, Fin 452/552 course sequence. Offered fall, winter, and spring
casualty, marine, and social insurance. Investments (4) terms. Prerequisites: Fin 319, Fin 449, and
Analytical study of the principles of investment in instructor approval for Fin 473; Fin 551 or Fin
Fin 360
stocks, bonds, and other security instruments. 561 for Fin 573; recommended Fin 553 at least
Real Estate Finance I (3)
Includes background study of financial markets concurrently for Fin 573.
Application of finance and economic principles to
and institutions; analysis of the investment char-
analysis of real estate finance and investments. Fin 474/574
acteristics, valuation, and market price behavior
Emphasis on the development of problem solving Portfolio Management: Issues and Performance
of bonds, stocks, and derivative securities, and the
capabilities through the use of computer applica- Assessment (2)
choice of appropriate portfolios of these securities.
tion programs. Special attention is given to risk This course is a continuation of Fin 573. Students
Also included is the study of information and
analysis, alternative mortgage instruments, hedg- will continue the responsibility of managing a real-
market efficiency, term structure and the determi-
ing techniques, and the tax effects of real estate dollar portfolio that was initiated in Fin 573. In
nation of market interest rates, and security valua-
investment. Prerequisites: Fin 333. (The course is addition, assessing and reporting on portfolio per-
tion. Prerequisites: Fin 452: BA 303, Actg 381 is
cross listed as USP 360, and may only be taken formance, and presenting a quarterly report to the
strongly recommended; Fin 552: Fin 551 or 561.
once for credit). investment community, will be an integral aspect
Fin 453 of this course. This is the second course in a two-
*Fin 363 Real Estate Finance and Investments (3)
Credit Management (3) class course sequence. Offered winter, spring, and
Application of finance and economic principles to summer terms. Prerequisites: Fin 473 for 474, Fin
Management functions performed by a credit analysis of real estate finance and investments.
department; relation to other functions of the busi- 573 for 574.
Emphasis on the development of problem solving
ness enterprise; nature of consumer credit and mer- capabilities through the use of computer applica- Fin 503
cantile credit, sources of credit information, evalua- tion programs. Special attention is given to risk Thesis (Credit to be arranged.)
tion of credit risks, and credit controls used in busi- analysis, alternative mortgage instruments, hedg- Fin 514
ness firms; credit policy determination. ing techniques, and the tax effects of real estate Economic Environment of the Firm (4)
Fin 399 investment. Prerequisites: BA 303 or USP 423. Examines the microeconomic foundations of the
Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) firm and provides a broad overview of the finan-
Fin 456/556 cial markets and institution’s framework. Included
Fin 401/501 International Financial Management (4)
Research (Credit to be arranged.) is consideration of the components of the U.S.
Development and study of a framework for the and international financial system in the global
Prerequisite: BA 303. financial decisions of multinational businesses; economy, the financial institutions that facilitate
Fin 404/504 management of working capital, investment and the flow of funds, interest rate determination, and
Internship (Credit to be arranged.) financing decisions of a firm in an international how government policy affects funds flow and
Fin 405/505 environment; foreign exchange markets, exchange interest rates. Issues of demand and supply deter-
Reading and Conference risk, and international diversification. Prerequisite: mination, market structure, and resulting eco-
(Credit to be arranged.) BA 303 for Fin 456; 551 or 561 for Fin 556. nomic behavior are also considered.
Prerequisite: BA 303. Fin 459/559 Fin 545
Fin 407/507 Advanced Real Estate Valuation (3) Hedging and Risk Management (4)
Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) Applies concepts from 439/539 to examine case Futures, options, swaps, and other derivative
Student-selected problems in business operation studies in real estate appraisal and valuation. instruments, their characteristics, their uses in
and business management to be studied by the Topics include valuation for financial reporting, financial risk management, and their effects in
individual and discussed in group meeting under determining the highest and best use for a site, speculative situations; methodologies for valuation
direction of academic staff. Prerequisite: BA 303. and determination of value following a property of derivatives. Exotic options, innovations in exot-
taking or condemnation. Prerequisite: Fin ic derivatives and in the development and use of
Fin 409/509 439/539.
Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) derivatives in corporate finance and investments.
Field work involving the practice of professional Fin 460 The rapid development of derivatives in domestic
activities away from campus. Prerequisite: consent Real Estate Finance II (4) and international finance. Prerequisite: Fin 561 or
of instructor. Finance principles applied in the context of real 551.
estate investments. Financial strength analysis, Fin 551
Fin 410/510 cash flow estimation, determining the cost of cap-
Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) Financial Management
ital, various discounted cash flow methods. for Financial Analysts (4)
Consent of instructor.
Option valuation and real options approaches. Gateway course to the Master of Science in financial
Fin 439/539 Relative valuation approaches.  Applied to the val- analysis. Examines the financial concepts and prob-
Real Estate Valuation I (3) uation of Real Estate Investment Trusts and other lem-solving skills required to evaluate whether man-
Fundamentals of appraising real estate. Land utili- real estate development entities. Prerequisites for agerial decisions add value to the firm. Students will
zation. Analysis of real estate values by approaches undergraduates: Fin/USP 360 and BA 303. develop an understanding of the financial implica-
followed by governmental and private appraisers. tions of business decisions and a framework with
88 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

which to evaluate their decisions. An integral part of with special topics at the discretion of the instruc- Deals with developing sound policies and proce-
this approach requires understanding how the differ- tor. Applying theory, performing analyses, and dures in managing the supply chain. Topics
ent functional areas of a business interrelate and the making judgments are critical in this case course. include supplier selection and evaluation, compet-
supporting role that finance provides. Topics consid- Prerequisite: Fin 551 or 561. itive bidding, contract development and adminis-
ered include cash flow analysis, risk determination, Fin 599 tration, value analysis, and standardization.
valuation, working capital management, and financ- Real Estate Finance and Investments (3) Prerequisite: BA 339 or BA 311.
ing. Graduate credit cannot be earned for both Fin Application of finance and economic principles to ISQA 440
561 and 551. Prerequisite: admission to the Master analysis of real estate finance and investments. Governmental Procurement (4)
of Science in financial analysis program. Emphasis on the development of problem solving Introduction to theories and practices of govern-
Fin 553 capabilities through the use of computer applica- mental procurement. Major aspects of purchasing
Financial Analysis tion programs. Special attention is given to risk within public agencies in the United States with
and Business Valuation (4) analysis, alternative mortgage instruments, hedg- special emphasis on the Oregon statutes and
Financial analysis of the performance of the busi- ing techniques, and the tax effects of real estate administrative rules. Differences between public
ness or parts of the business such as product or investment. Prerequisites: Fin 551 or Fin 561 or and private purchasing processes. Federal purchas-
projects. Tools and techniques of financial state- USP 598 or equivalent. This course may only be ing processes. Prerequisite: BA 339.
ment analysis from the perspective of investors and taken once for credit.
ISQA 449
creditors; development of models for determining Process Control and Improvement (4)
and forecasting the profitability and financial posi-
tion of the firm. Business valuation techniques,
Information Systems Study of the principles of quality management
including statistical quality control, total quality
emphasizing cash flow projections. Some issues in ISQA 399
Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) management, and the quality tools especially as
costs and risk management. Theoretical principles they apply to supply and logistics processes.
and practical approaches of valuation of a business ISQA 401 Prerequisite: BA 339.
or business interest; valuation strategies for specific Research (Credit to be arranged.)
purposes such as valuation for mergers, acquisi- ISQA 404 ISQA 450
tions, and corporate restructuring, multibusiness Internship (Credit to be arranged.) Project Management (4)
valuation, valuation of international businesses. Develops a basic understanding of principles and
ISQA 405 tools of project management. Covering the phases
Prerequisite: Fin 551 or 561; competency with Reading and Conference
electronic spreadsheets. and activities of projects, as well as the manage-
(Credit to be arranged.)
ment tools used to create project plans, manage-
Fin 555 Prerequisite: consent of instructor.
ment, including the impacts of organizational strat-
Applied Econometrics ISQA 407 egy, structure and culture on the development and
for Financial Analysis (4) Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) execution of projects. Prerequisites: Upper division
Theory and application of empirical methods, Student-selected problems in information sys- standing in the SBA.
including model development, experimental tems, quantitative analysis, or operations and
design, and statistical analysis, applied to issues in ISQA 451
materials management to be studied by the indi-
business, particularly the areas of accounting and Business Forecasting (4)
vidual and discussed in group meeting under
finance. Construction and testing of hypotheses, Focuses on the use of various forecasting tools to
direction of academic staff.
analysis of variance, multiple regression, methods aid in making managerial decisions. Examination
ISQA 409 of the various forecasting models and methods in
for dealing with problems in the distribution of
Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) a core activity. Understanding the abilities of the
data, time series, forecasting, and performance
evaluation. Publicly available data will be Field work involving the practice of professional forecasting tools will be examined. Students will
obtained and used by students. Prerequisite: Fin activities away from campus. Prerequisite: consent analyze data using many of the tools and assess
551 or Fin 561. of instructor. and evaluate the validity of each. Prerequisites:
ISQA 410 BA 339.
Fin 561
Financial Management (4) Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) ISQA 454
Examines the financial concepts and problem- ISQA 429/529 Supply and Logistics Negotiations (4)
solving skills required to evaluate whether mana- Transportation and Logistics Management (4) An introduction to commercial negotiation.
gerial decisions add value to the firm. Students Overview of logistics including transportation, Includes applications both within and outside an
will develop an understanding of the financial warehouse location and layout, inventory policies, organization, such as negotiating with peers and
implications of business decisions and a frame- distribution operations, and information systems. other employees as well as with suppliers of mate-
work with which to evaluate their decisions. An Prerequisite: BA 339 or BA 311. rials and services. Negotiation planning, tools and
integral part of this approach requires understand- tactics, and the conduct of a negotiation are stud-
ISQA 430
ing how the different functional areas of a busi- Industrial Transportation and Freight (4) ied. Extensive hands-on negotiation practice is
ness interrelate and the supporting role that Develops an understanding of various modes of included. Prerequisite: BA 339.
finance can provide. Topics considered include transportation, primarily focused on business ISQA 458/558
cash flow analysis, risk determination, valuation, applications and the movement of freight. Purchasing and Logistics within
working capital management, and financing. Operational characteristics of the modes are eval- the Food Industry (4)
Prerequisites: Fin 514, Actg 511. uated, freight rate derivation and analyses are Explores the rapid transition of food industry
Fin 562 understood, and organizational evaluations of operations through an in-depth look at food com-
Intermediate Financial Management (4) transportation strategies are studied. modity production, processing, storage, and
Second-level course in financial management to Transportation contract forms are analyzed and transportation; facility location and transportation
provide more depth in the study of asset pricing, transportation risks are evaluated. Prerequisites: network design; role of wholesalers and distribu-
capital budgeting, capital structure, dividend poli- BA 339. tors in the food supply chain; food safety; food
cy, working capital management, growth through industry consolidation and globalization; supply
ISQA 431
mergers, and leasing. Emphasis is placed on the chain compression; ECR and demand forecasting;
Transportation Regulation (4)
further development of problem solving capabili- and e-commerce and the food industry.
Evolution of transportation law in the U.S.,
ties. Prerequisite: Fin 551 or 561. Prerequisite: BA 339.
including examination of case law as precedent.
Fin 565 Designed for those planning careers in transporta- ISQA 459/559
Cases in Corporate tion, logistics or supply chain management. Production Planning and Control (4)
Financial Management (4) Prerequisite: BA 339. Intermediate and short range production planning
The study of financial decisions and actions in and scheduling. Topics will include aggregate plan-
ISQA 439/539
business through the use of case studies. Topics ning, materials requirement planning, scheduling
Purchasing and Supply
generally include forecasting, investment, financ- Chain Management (4) and just-in-time. Prerequisite: BA 339.
ing, and management of working capital accounts
S c h o o l o f B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r at i o n 89

ISQA 479 labor relations. Also examines legal questions which new methods of leadership. Prerequisites: BA 302
Integrated Supply affect human resource management. Prerequisite: for Mgmt 447; Mgmt 550 for Mgmt 547.
and Logistics Management (4) BA 302. Preference on the waiting list will be given Mgmt 448
Capstone course using cases and projects to inte- to HRM-option students. Team Processes (4)
grate the various concepts of supply and logistics Designed to provide the student with a working
Mgmt 399
management. Prerequisites: ISQA 429, 439, and Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) understanding, and practical skills, related to
3-4 additional credits in supply and logistics man- operating effectively in team settings. The influ-
agement option courses. Mgmt 401/501
Research (Credit to be arranged.) ence of member personality and attributes on
ISQA 511 Mgmt 404/504 teamwork, motivating team members, developing
Quantitative Methods For Managers (4) Internship (Credit to be arranged.) effective team processes, and constructive conflict
Covers the quantitative methods useful in mana- management and team communication are some
Mgmt 405/505
gerial analysis and decision making. Basic and of the issues that may be addressed. Also focuses
Reading and Conference
advanced statistical models as well as forecasting (Credit to be arranged.) on the development and use of a variety of teams
and management science tools are studied. prevalent in contemporary organizations and
Consent of instructor.
Prerequisite: admission to graduate program. some of the challenges faced in using these teams
Mgmt 407/507 in an optimal fashion. Prerequisite: BA 302.
*ISQA 518 Seminar (Credit to be arranged.)
Electronic Commerce (3) Mgmt 461/561
Student-selected problems in business operation
Survey of technologies and technological applica- Reward Systems and Performance Management
and management to be studied by the individual
tions to conduct business electronically today and (4)
and discussed in group meeting under direction
in the future. Students will learn about electronic Study of reward system practices that aid in moti-
of academic staff.
data interchange, the role of technology in elec- vation, employee development, and productivity
tronic markets, the Internet, and the organization- Mgmt 409/509 improvement to meet organization goals. Shows
al impact of these technologies. Internet-based Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) how job analysis data forms the information base
technologies will be presented and used. Mgmt 410/510 for both compensation and performance appraisal
ISQA 551 Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.) processes. Includes an analytic study of traditional
Managing Information Technology (4) Mgmt 441 and evolving methods of compensation manage-
Course participants explore information technolo- Collective Bargaining ment, and relates this and performance appraisal
gy (IT) from an innovation-management perspec- and Labor Negotiations (4) processes to the broad performance management
tive. This has two aspects. First, participants con- Workshop giving students hands-on experience framework. Prerequisite: prior completion of
sider IT for its increasingly central role in fostering negotiating individual and group contracts. Mgmt 351; prior completion of or concurrent
business innovation, including strategic and opera- Students will learn how to manage the employ- registration in Mgmt 550. Preference on waiting
tional initiatives in such areas as electronic com- ment relationship within a union environment, list will be given to HRM-option students.
merce, global market expansion, supply chain studying: the legal environment of unions; negoti- Mgmt 464
management, business process redesign, and ations theory and practice; and grievance resolu- Contemporary Leadership Issues (4)
knowledge management. Second, participants tion procedures. Students will devote significant Investigation of the ideas of what constitutes
examine information technologies as innovations time in class to negotiating individual and group “effective leadership” as organizations enter the
in their own right. In considering the associated contracts, and will have ample opportunity to 21st century. Various aspects of the new leader-
management challenges, particular emphasis is receive feedback to improve their skills. ship paradigm are addressed. Students will devel-
placed on IT innovation as a knowledge-based Prerequisite: BA 302. op an awareness of their personal leadership pro-
process that demands careful management of busi- Mgmt 445 file and capabilities and the issues they will face as
ness and technical partnerships within and across Organizational Design and Change (4) leaders in tomorrow’s organizations. Prerequisites:
firm boundaries. Study of organizations from a macro perspective. BA 302.
ISQA 552 Emphasis will be on the implications of dynamic Mgmt 471/571
Managing Operations environments, innovation, and technology for Staffing and Employee Selection (4)
and the Value Chain (4) organizational structure, design, and processes. The staffing process includes the acquisition,
Introduces the students to basic operations and Management of change from a multi-level per- selection, and placement of employees to achieve
supply chain issues. In addition, issues around the spective will also be addressed. Prerequisite: BA the strategic human resource goals of the organi-
use of natural systems and other models of man- 302. zation. Topics covered include staffing strategies,
aging work will be considered within a perspective *Mgmt 446 human resource planning, legal issues, recruit-
of sustainable organizations. Prerequisite: Actg Principles of International Management (4) ment methods, selection techniques (e.g., bio-
512. Study of the managerial functions and problems graphical information, interviewing, ability tests,
related to international business activity. The work samples, assessment centers), selection vali-
Management and focus of this course is on the management of for-
eign trade, direct investments, and international
dation, and utility analysis. Prerequisite: prior
completion of Mgmt 351; prior completion of or
Leadership operations. In addition, the political, economic, concurrent registration in Mgmt 550. Preference
and cultural environments of international busi- on waiting list will be given to HRM-option stu-
For information on the management and leadership ness are examined from the perspective of man- dents.
option requirements, see page 77. All 300- and 400- agement. Comparative management is also treated
level courses require junior-level standing and admis- Mgmt 491/591
through the study of other management systems. Training and Development (4)
sion to the School of Business Administration; gradu- Prerequisite: BA 302.
ate courses require admission to the graduate pro- Training and development highlights the organi-
grams. Mgmt 447/547 zation’s commitment to its employees. The course
Mgmt 199 The Power of Soul and Spirit in Business (4) looks at training needs analysis; the nature, types
Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.) Seminar devoted to exploring what soul and spirit and methods of training; career stages, paths,
means in the context of today’s workplace; its cur- planning; retraining outdated workers; outplace-
Mgmt 351 rent relevance to business; strategies for injecting
Human Resource Management (4) ment, evaluation of training effectiveness; long-
more soul and spirit into working environments; term development programs; and processes of
Studies the human resource management functions
and methods for developing sensitivity and appre- organization development. Prerequisite: prior
performed by the human resource manager as well
ciation for this dynamic approach to being in the completion of Mgmt 351; prior completion of or
as by the line executive or supervisor. Uses contem-
business world. Topics to be explored include concurrent registration in Mgmt 550. Preference
porary approaches and problems to analyze the
methods for building community in the work- on waiting list will be given to HRM-option stu-
entire process of performance management, includ-
place; strategies for developing one’s inner life; dents.
ing human resource planning/job design, selection
methods for fueling creativity; approaches to
and staffing, training and development, compensa- Mgmt 493
bringing one’s whole self to work; and examining Human Resource Policies (4)
tion, performance appraisal, and employee and
90 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

An in-depth, analytical study of human resources long-term productivity. Studies all aspects of the Mktg 199
and the tasks of the modern human resource man- employee life cycle from selection through separa- Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.)
ager, with an emphasis on the policy making tion, including employee development, reward Mktg 338
aspect of human resource management. Studies systems, performance management, and employee Professional Selling (4)
executive-level decision making within staffing, relations. Emphasis on problem solving for prac- A overview of personal selling as an element of
training, compensation, appraisal, and labor rela- ticing managers. Prerequisite: Mgmt 550. the marketing function for both industrial and
tions. Examines emerging issues in HRM, such as *Mgmt 554 retail professional sales with an emphasis on the
quality of work life, wellness, substance abuse, Negotiation and Conflict Resolution (3) sales process including prospecting, approaching,
human resource information systems, etc. Examines negotiation as a sometimes rational, presenting, negotiating, closing and follow-up.
Prerequisites: Mgmt 351 and two of the following sometimes irrational social process used for resolv- Topics include sales careers, sales strategies and
courses: Mgmt 461, Mgmt 471, or Mgmt 491; ing conflict. Studies the interdependence between tactics, buyer behavior as part of individual and
admission to the School of Business parties which causes the conflict; focuses on effec- group purchase processes, establishing and build-
Administration. Preference on the waiting list will tive and ineffective negotiating tactics between ing customer relationships and the role of selling
be given to HRM-option students. these competing groups. Explores the use of in the marketing effort. In addition to formal the-
Mgmt 503 impartial third parties to facilitate negotiations. oretical coursework, students practice sales skills
Thesis (Credit to be arranged.) Practical applications include labor management in role plays, presentations and other exercises
Mgmt 544 relationships, purchase agreements, organizational requiring practical application of selling theory.
Technology Management (4) goal setting, etc. Prerequisite: Mgmt 550. Prerequisites BA 205.
Course takes a systematic approach to managing *Mgmt 555 Mktg 340
technology and innovation. Addresses issues of Management of Organizational Change (3) Advertising (4)
technology and competition, technology infra- A seminar focused on the concepts, theories, and An introductory course designed to provide an
structure, technology strategy, research and devel- practice of managing organizational change and overview of marketing communications, plus an
opment, the roles of invention, innovation, development. Class discussion will center on an understanding of fundamental advertising issues
research and development, product development, examination of the history and assumptions of and strategies. Course focuses on concepts, princi-
and other critical technology related topics. organizational development and change, the action ples, processes, terminology, trends, and tech-
Coverage will also be given to issues related to research model and other foundations, plus a vari- niques which shape this constantly changing field
product development as well as IT strategy and ety of organization intervention techniques. including the impact of technology on message
in-depth examination of the current technologies Special issues such as ethics in client-consultant delivery.
of the day. relationships will be integrated into class activities. Mktg 341
Mgmt 545 Prerequisite: Mgmt 550. Public Relations (4)
Managing Innovation Performance (4) Mgmt 556 Principles of public relations in contemporary
Examines the non-technical, human side to the Organizational Politics (3) America, with emphasis on the role of public rela-
challenges of technological innovation manage- A study of the theoretical and practical aspects of tions in business. Prerequisite: Mktg 340.
ment. Course topics include technical professional success in organizations. Topics may include how Mktg 363
performance and productivity, high performing to acquire, maintain, and use power; how to deal Consumer Behavior and Customer Satisfaction
technical teams, managerial effectiveness, innova- with superiors and subordinates; techniques for (4)
tive work cultures, and organizational practices more quickly rising on the organizational ladder; Explores the determinants of consumer and busi-
and policies that promote technological innova- misuses of power; developing mentor relation- ness buying behavior. Applications of behavioral
tion and new product development. Practical ships; power games; and success symbols. concepts to marketing strategy are emphasized
applications of course concepts to actual work sit- Prerequisite: Mgmt 550. along with how to measure, retain, and enhance
uations are emphasized. customer satisfaction while developing long-term
Mgmt 560
*Mgmt 546 Ethics in Organizations (2) relationships. The use of technology and databases
Principles of International Management (4) Provides an understanding of the ethical issues in understanding the marketplace is explored.
Covers the major challenges of managing interna- that managers and organizations face. Topics cov- Prerequisites: BA 311; six credits in psychology,
tionally, including political risk assessment, inter- ered include business ethics, corporate social sociology, or anthropology in any combination
national strategy, structuring and controlling the responsibility, public policy process in relation to recommended.
multinational enterprise, international negotia- business, and managerial integrity. Prerequisite: Mktg 375
tions, and international human resource manage- Mktg 511. Retailing (4)
ment. Course is targeted both toward managers Focuses on the retail distribution of food and con-
who work abroad as well as those dealing with Mgmt 562
Business Strategy Capstone (4) sumer goods to consumers with emphasis on the
international business from the home country. dynamic nature of the retail environment and how
An integrative, capstone study of strategy formula-
Mgmt 550 tion and implementation in international and changes in consumer demographics, new technolo-
Organizational Management (4) domestic business enterprises. Case analysis and gy, new competitive forms, and the Internet are rev-
Covers issues in organizational behavior and other appropriate methodologies are used to devel- olutionizing the retail industry. Topics include:
human resource management that are critical to op the skills and judgment necessary to provide Staffing, managemnt and retail operations, category
organizational effectiveness. Organizations are overall direction to the organization. Special empha- management, web marketing, merchandising, and
studied from three perspectives: the individual, sis will be placed on how to successfully match promotion. Prerequisite: BA311.
the work team, and the organization as a system. competitive strategy with effective implementation Mktg 376
Topics include motivation, performance assess- policies. Prerequisites: Fin 551 or 561. International Business (4)
ment, creative problem-solving, compensation, International business concepts and practices
staffing, employee development, and organiza- Mgmt 601
Research (Credit to be arranged.) relating to international trade are presented at a
tional design. Focal emphasis on business leader- survey level. Current global issues related to inter-
ship is examined from a multi-level perspective. Mgmt 607 national trade and actual international problems
Prerequisite: Mktg 511. Seminar (Credit to be arranged.)
are identified along with the basic concepts relat-
*Mgmt 551 ed to international finance, management, and
Managing Human Resources (4) marketing practices.
How do managers help their subordinates achieve
great and sustainable performances? In the 21st Marketing Mktg 399
Special Studies (Credit to be arranged.)
century, the employment contract has undergone For information on marketing option requirements, Mktg 401/501
significant changes, with both the workforce and see page 77. All 300- and 400-level courses require Research (Credit to be arranged.)
the organization being vastly different from their junior-level standing and admission to the School of
predecessors. Focuses on the daily strategies of Mktg 404/504
Business Administration; graduate courses require Internship (Credit to be arranged.)
generalists as they lead their subordinates to high admission to the graduate programs.
S c h o o l o f B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r at i o n 91

Mktg 405/505 emerging advertising media as available. sis, interpretation and reporting of data.
Reading and Conference Prerequisite: Mktg 340, 441, 442. Prerequisite: BA 311.
(Credit to be arranged.) Mktg 461/561
Mktg 444
Consent of instructor. Advertising Account Management (4) eMarketing (4)
Mktg 407 Course for college seniors who aspire to a career Examines important marketing issues in a busi-
Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) in advertising agencies as account managers as ness world that is being transformed by wide-
Student-selected problems in business operation well as students who aspire to a career in advertis- spread adoption of the Internet and related tech-
and business management to be studied by the ing media or advertising creative positions work- nologies. Topics include customer relationship
individual and discussed in group meeting under ing with account managers. Course will cover management, effects of Internet on product-relat-
direction of academic staff. contemporary topics in account service, client ed issues (such as branding and new product
relations, skill building, and career planning. development), pricing, distribution, and promo-
Mktg 409/509
Practicum (Credit to be arranged.) Course format is intended to be highly interac- tion, security, and privacy concerns. Prerequisite:
Field work involving the practice of professional tive, with numerous guest lectures from ad execu- BA 311.
activities away from campus. Prerequisite: consent tives, case problems, written assignments, reading Mktg 462/562
of instructor. assignments, agency visitations, and at least one Customer Information and Relationship
project. Prerequisite: Mktg 340. Management (4)
Mktg 410/510
Mktg 445, 446, 447 Examines the operational, organizational and
Selected Topics (Credit to be arranged.)
National Student Advertising Competition (2, behavioral issues that surround customer relation-
*Mktg 430 4, 2) ship management. It explores the marketing pro-
Entrepreneurship (3) A three-term, advanced learning course which is cesses and strategies that are needed to differenti-
The study of entrepreneurship, with emphasis on part of a national competition and is offered in ate and interact with customers through custom-
identifying market opportunities and the develop- conjunction with the American Advertising ized offerings. Database mining techniques are
ment of marketing and business plans to meet Federation. Participants will form a traditional used to analyze and address customer needs.
these opportunities. Prerequisite: BA 311. advertising agency and develop a national cam- Prerequisites: BA 311, Mktg 460 for 462; Mktg
Mktg 435/535 paign for a national brand company. Campaign 544 for 562.
Consumer Package Goods Marketing (4) development focuses on research, creative strategy, Mktg 464
Examines marketing distribution systems used by the media plan, ad production, integration of Marketing Strategy and Management (4)
food and consumer package goods (CPG) compa- promotional and interactive components, presen- Capstone marketing course that focuses on the
nies. Emphasis on describing CPG industry value tation, and budgeting. Prerequisites: Mktg 340, development of the marketing plan. The emphasis
chains and how business environmental factors 441 and 442. is on integrating the major areas of marketing
impact the creation, delivery, and capture of cus- Mktg 450 management including customer identification,
tomer value by different industry participants. Product Innovation and Management (4) industry analysis, product and communication
Examines the marketing relationships between Product innovation is at the core of the marketing strategies, distribution, pricing, and control in an
manufacturers, wholesalers, brokers, retailers, and process. The Internet has changed the rules of e-business environment. Prerequisite: BA 311,
consumers. Topics include ECR, category manage- product development by erasing competitive bar- Mktg 460.
ment, Efficient Replenishment, retail trends in riers and emphasizing rapid development cycles.
buyer behavior, e-commerce, new product intro- Mktg 466
The class will focus on identifying new product Principles of International Marketing (4)
ductions, Efficient Promotion, trade relations, opportunities, rapid innovation procedures, the
industry alliances, competitive trends, channel Differences between domestic and international
management of the development process, and marketing are examined. A market-oriented con-
roles and conflicts, and globalization. Prerequisite: alignment with e-marketing strategy. Prerequisite:
BA 311 or 339. ceptual foundation relating international channels
BA 311. of distribution, financing, documentation, trans-
Mktg 441 Mktg 452 portation organizing, and staffing is presented.
Media Strategy (4) Business-to-Business Marketing (3) Prerequisites: BA 311, Mktg 376.
Examines the advertising media process as an out- Management of the marketing activities of enter-
growth of marketing and advertising objectives. Mktg 467
prises serving business-to-business markets. The Sales Management (4)
Focuses on strategic issues, quantitative decision course includes industry and competitor analysis,
making, and media planning and negotiating tech- Survey of the sales management function with
the fundamentals of competitive advantage and attention to sales force selection, allocation of sales
niques. This course is data intensive and analytical, the role of product, price, distribution, and pro-
with attention given to the Internet, local, and non- effort, motivation and reward of sales force, sales
motion in the creation of competitive market automation tools, and the integration of sales with
traditional mediums, as well as dominant national strategies. Prerequisite: BA 311.
measured media. Prerequisite: Mktg 340. e-business strategy. Prerequisite: BA 311.
Mktg 455 Mktg 503
Mktg 442 Technology Marketing (4)
Creative Strategy (4) Thesis (Credit to be arranged.)
Survey of Internet-based marketing strategies with
Course puts into practice the theories, principles, special focus on the Web in business-to-business Mktg 507
and techniques of the advertising business loosely Seminar (Credit to be arranged.)
and business-to-consumer situations. The course
known as “creative.” Course material will focus on Marketing Trends and Developments. Marketing
encompasses the strategic market planning and
the strategy behind advertising messages, tech- Information Systems. Marketing Models. Export
implementation processes as applied to e-business
niques for writing and designing advertisements, Planning for Executives. Sales Force Management.
including identifying and analyzing e-market
and the unique requirements of different types of opportunities, data warehousing/mining, develop- Mktg 511
creative messages. Also includes creative consider- ing e-products, creating the customer interface, Pioneering Innovation (4)
ations for specific media including those driven e-pricing, e-branding, and e-positioning strategies. This foundational MBA course provides students
by technology. Prerequisite: Mktg 340. Additional emphasis is on creating and leveraging a with an understanding of the innovation process
Mktg 443 strategic Web presence with portals, partnerships, and its relationship to creating and managing
Advertising Campaigns (4) community building, and permission-based market- organizations that can be sustained in the global
Emphasis is on the development of total advertis- ing. Prerequisite: BA 311. economy. Included in the course is consideration
ing campaign from a marketing perspective. of the external forces and trends that confront the
Mktg 460
Integrates elements of the advertising process such innovation process, coupled with an internal
Marketing Research (4)
as setting objectives, selection of target markets, assessment of corporate strengths and weaknesses.
Studies the planning, data collection, analysis, and
budget development, media selection, message Consideration of the customer and the customer/
reporting issues relating to marketing research.
creation, production, development of presentation firm interface is emphasized. Additionally the
Key issues include defining information needs,
and recap documents and the staging of a major course will include methods for fostering the cre-
sampling, using conventional methods and infor-
promotional event using both traditional and ative process, both individually and within the
mation technology to obtain primary and second-
ary data, instrument design, statistical data analy-
92 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

firm. Concurrent enrollment in BA 508 is change. Topics include identification of market Students learn how to better anticipate and man-
required. opportunities, market segmentation, positioning, age a global corporation’s social and environmen-
Mktg 544 product innovation, customer value creation, tal issues.
Marketing Research and Strategy (4) managing the customer interface, and new MIM 513
Introduces basic concepts of the marketing process approaches to distribution. Emphasis will be on Pacific Rim Economies, Trade, and Financial
from the perspective of the marketing manager and strategies for marketing technology products in an Markets (3)
provides a framework for the analysis of marketing e-business environment. Survey of current economic trends among the
management problems. A key focus is to develop *Mktg 560 Pacific Rim economies, focusing on potential
the necessary marketing planning and analytical Research for Marketing Decisions (4) problems and opportunities of each country.
skills to develop marketing strategies. Specific topics Designed to study the methods of gathering pri- Course also covers the principles of international
include the role of marketing in a competitive envi- mary and secondary information for business trade, balance of payments and adjustments,
ronment, impact of technology on marketing strate- decisions. Also designed to study how to become impediments to trade flows, financial institutions
gies and processes, analysis of marketing opportuni- a good information user. Emphasizes the plan- and markets, and national economic policies
ties and the competitive environment, selection of ning, design, and implementation of quantitative affecting business in the Pacific Rim and the
target markets, market segmentation, and marketing and qualitative research projects to obtain infor- United States.
strategies in the global marketplace. Prerequisite: mation from internal and external business envi- MIM 515
Mktg 511. ronments. Considers the evaluation and appropri- Contemporary Global Marketing (4)
*Mktg 546 ate use of information, information sources and The global/international marketing strategies and
Buyer Behavior and Communication (4) research services. Prerequisite: ISQA 511, Mktg operations of multinational corporations (MNCs)
Study of determinants and influences on purchas- 544. are studied through assessment of international
ing behavior emphasizing contributions from *Mktg 566 markets, marketing environments, and various
behavioral sciences. Course explores application of Global Marketing Management (4) aspects of global marketing strategies and market-
competitive and technological influences on buy- Examines and provides a framework for study of ing management.
ers behavior and marketing strategy. Emphasis on the global marketing environment as well as the MIM 516
marketing communication and promotion. management of global marketing enterprises and Contemporary Pacific Rim
Prerequisite: Mktg 544. global marketing practices. Encompasses the prep- and World Affairs (4)
*Mktg 547 aration for global competition, assessment of envi- Study of the contemporary political, economic and
Distribution Strategies (3) ronmental forces, and strategic and operational social issues of significance to the Pacific Rim
Examines the fundamental and emerging trends planning for marketing in the global environ- countries, with particular emphasis on the interna-
in distribution activities of business enterprises. ment. Also examines the management of interna- tional politics of China, Japan and Korea. Enables
Course analyzes the competitive advantage(s) asso- tional, multinational and global marketing enter- students to anticipate the politics of international
ciated with distribution strategies. Explores trends prises and their marketing activities. Prerequisite: transactions, understand key issues in the transi-
in channel design, the changing role of partici- Mktg 544. tion from the cold-war to post-cold ware period,
pants, channel relationships, and channel commu- *Mktg 567 appreciate the major regional organizations and
nications. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. Sales Force Management (4) organizing philosophies in Asia, understand the
Involves a detailed study of the sales management relationship between domestic and external poli-
Mktg 548
New Products Management (4) function. Issues to be addressed include designing tics, and clarify the motives and interests of major
Reviews the product innovation management pro- the sales force, setting objectives, developing strat- governments.
cess. Major topics include opportunity identifica- egy, recruiting, evaluating, compensating, and MIM 517
tion, concept generation, project evaluation, controlling the program. Special attention is given Accounting for Global Enterprises (4)
design and development, product launch strate- to integrating the sales force with e-business strat- Study of international accounting issues crucial
gies, and product management. Special consider- egy. Prerequisite: Mktg 544. for effective interpretation and understanding of
ation will be given to aligning product develop- Mktg 601 international business. Goal of the course is to
ment with technology-driven, high-growth market Research (Credit to be arranged.) build a framework that can be used to analyze and
opportunities. Mktg 607 understand financial reports used by multinational
Seminar (Credit to be arranged.) corporations (MNCs). Special managerial and
*Mktg 551
Managing Marketing Information (3) control problems of MNCs, including perfor-
Study of the uses and implementation of tools, Master of International mance evaluation, transfer pricing, and taxation
will also be addressed.
methods, processes, and systems for managing
marketing information. Emphasis will be placed Management MIM 519
on the determination of information needs for MIM 509 International Law and Ethics (4)
marketing decisions, the methods, processes, and Global Business Immersion (Credit to be Study of the social, political, and legal context of
systems for effective and efficient management of arranged.) international business management through the
marketing information, as well as the new market- Two-day intensive and practical application of examination of the variety of means by which the
ing approaches and tools that utilize information international business and cross-cultural skills. values of society and the actions of government
technology for marketing products and services. impact the success or failure of multinational
MIM 510 business transactions. The complex regulatory and
Prerequisite: Mktg 544.
Age of Pacific Seminar Series (2) ethical issues that may occur in the culturally and
*Mktg 552 Special topics either under the sponsorship of the
eServices Marketing (4) historically diverse Pacific Rim markets will also
Age of the Pacific Series or an elective course be examined.
Focuses on understanding the distinction between addressing contemporary business issues in inter-
service versus product marketing with an empha- national business. MIM 521
sis on assessing, designing, and managing on-line Sustainability Metrics in Business (4)
MIM 511 Helps students develop an understanding of how
service offerings. eService relationships will be
Global Business, Society and Ecology (4) the measurement of a global company’s environ-
examined within a customer loyalty framework
Examines the meaning of sustainable development mental and social performance contributes to
that considers customer value, switching costs,
for a profit-making global corporation, the effect business goals and strategies. Students examine
and on-line relational bonds as key drivers of loy-
of global protocols and conventions on global cor- how different global companies measure and
alty. Prerequisite: Mktg 544.
porate sustainable development strategies, and report on their environmental and social perfor-
Mktg 555 how corporations and industries develop their
Technology Marketing (4) mance, and how their different approaches link to
strategies for sustainable development. Takes a business practices.
Designed to introduce students to the special multiple stakeholder perspective of organizations
issues faced by managers marketing technology and the natural and social environments, especial-
products in markets characterized by rapid ly related to systems thinking and innovation.
S c h o o l o f B u s i n e s s A d m i n i s t r at i o n 93

MIM 524 how to identify opportunities to initiate changes required to make effective marketing decisions
Global Sourcing and Supply (4) in the firm’s value chains that reduce waste and and introducing the sources and methods used to
Focuses on purchasing and supply management in generate value. Addresses the principles of indus- acquire that information.
an international environment. Included will be trial ecology, environmental management systems, MIM 541
such topics as locating and qualifying internation- product stewardship and life cycle analysis, eco- Cross-Sector Partnerships for Sustainable
al suppliers, and developing contracts and long efficiency and design for the environment. Case Enterprises (4)
term relationships with chosen suppliers. Other studies will be used to explore the practical chal- Studies interactions with key stakeholders to
topics for study will be payment processes, includ- lenges and opportunities to implementation of achieve specific sustainability goals, e.g., reduced
ing letters of credit and currency exchange rate product design and stewardship activities. energy use, contamination remediation, and com-
fluctuation risk management. This course will also MIM 534 munity engagement. Using a systems approach,
contain a segment focused on doing business in Global Logistics Management (4) examines the roles of key stakeholder groups (e.g.,
specific Pacific Rim countries. A commodity study Includes studies of inventory and warehouse plan- government, non-governmental organizations
will be required. ning and control and the principles of transporta- (NGOs), competitors, suppliers, and customers)
MIM 527, 528, 529 tion. Managing logistics in an international envi- in sustainability; the process for identifying and
Advanced Cross-Cultural Communications I, ronment will be the primary focus, with special engaging key stakeholder groups; the formation
II, III (1, 1, 1) attention given to air and sea transportation. and effective management of cross-sector partner-
Study of the process of communication, its vari- Topics such as liner conferences and air freight ships, in particular corporate-government and cor-
ous components, and how cultural, sociocultural, will be included. porate-non-governmental organization partner-
psychocultural, and environmental influences ships.
MIM 535
affect the outcome, including the role of non-ver- Global Market Research (4) MIM 544
bal communication. Analysis of successful adapta- A fundamental difference between the practice of Integrated Global Supply and Logistics
tion to new cultures, including developing a com- marketing in domestic markets vs. global markets Management (4)
munication competence in a new culture and is the greater diversity of global markets and the Final course in the specialization in global supply
dealing with conflict. While the principles of cross scope of marketing activities. Global marketing chain management. Integrates all of the concepts
cultural communication and adaptation are gener- managers need to have accurate and useful infor- contained within the previous three classes.
ic to all cultures, two cultural environments, mation about the nature of international markets Global supply and logistics planning and strategy
China and Japan, will be studied in depth, to to make successful decisions about market selec- development is the primary emphasis. Case course
develop cultural self-awareness. tion, positioning and the development and execu- where each week students will be expected to ana-
MIM 531 tion of global marketing programs. Introduces lyze and prepare a supply and logistics case in an
Product Design and Stewardship for students to the tools and methodology of global international setting. Emphasis on developing
Sustainable Enterprises (4) market research from the perspective of the prac- analytical and problem-solving skills and on gen-
Takes the view that to maximize a company’s ticing manager. Emphasis on helping students erating the quantitative information necessary to
competitive advantage, managers need to know understand the general kinds of information make superior managerial decisions.
94 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

MIM 545 including the creation of global corporate culture, MIM 574
Global Selling (4) HR support for organizational learning and International Corporate Finance and
Focuses on helping students develop an under- approaches to human resource management trans- Investment (4)
standing of Asian company purchasing practices fer across borders, are also studied. Also examines Focus on investment and financing decisions of
and buyer behavior, and linking that understand- the nature of successful cross-cultural teams and firms operating in more than one nation. Topics
ing to the development of effective selling skills in principles of leading change in multinational include international risk and value analysis, cross
a business-to-business environment and an under- firms. border capital budgeting and capital acquisitions,
standing of effective sales management strategies financing mix, working capital management of
MIM 568
and activities. The integration of sales automation multinationals, foreign exchange risk and expo-
Managing Information
technology and e-business will be discussed. Technology Globally (4) sure management, estimating cost of capital inter-
Focus on the use of information technology in a national investment, international capital markets,
MIM 551
Managing and Leading International Non- competitive international environment and the and sources of financing. Prerequisites: MIM 513,
Governmental Organizations (4) impact information technology has on interna- 517.
Introduction to international non-governmental tional business operations. The vocabulary and MIM 575
organizations and the contributions they make to background of information technology issues that Marketing in Asia and the Pacific Rim (4)
the larger society. Develops an overall understand- cross national boundaries, and the use of informa- Study of marketing strategies and practices in
ing of the relationship of strategic international tion superhighways to obtain critical information Asian and other Pacific Rim countries. Markets,
NGO management and program effectiveness. and maintain business relationships in other coun- marketing environments, and marketing practices
Step-by-step development of a strategic plan that tries will be studied and discussed. in selected Asian countries are analyzed. Planning,
flows logically from the mission of the organiza- and managing marketing strategies and operations
MIM 571
tion, the external environment, and organizational Global Strategic Cost Management (4) are also included. Prerequisites: MIM 515, 516,
goals and objectives. Studies strategic planning, Takes the perspective that global managers should 523, 547.
grant development, project development, execu- use multiple approaches to developing and using MIM 577
tion and evaluation, marketing, financial manage- accounting information for global companies. International Business Negotiations (3)
ment and law as it pertains to international Special emphasis placed on understanding tradi- Examination of the issues and techniques of inter-
NGOs. Prerequisite: MIM 511. tional cost systems, activity-based costing systems, national negotiations in a variety of business set-
MIM 558 cost management in global supply chains and tings. Particular emphasis is given to establishing
Comparative Operations Management (4) determining the cost of quality. Relies heavily on and working within international partnerships.
The changing international environment in man- the examination of actual global company situa- The course makes extensive use of actual negotia-
ufacturing will be reviewed through: comparative tions. Prerequisite: MIM 574. tion simulations.
study of process selection, facilities design, opera- MIM 572 MIM 579
tions planning and control, supply logistics, pro- Global Business Valuation (4) Asia Field Study (1))
cess benchmarking, technology management, Focuses on financial analysis of the performance Field study in China, South Korea and Japan. As
international supply chain and customers, quality of the global business or parts of the global busi- a capstone experience, students travel to China,
management, and performance measurement. ness such as product or projects. Tools and tech- South Korea and Japan (possibly South Korea) to
MIM 561 niques of financial statement analysis from the visit companies, meet with international business
International Community Policy, Leadership perspective of chief financial and accounting offi- executives, and learn more about these cultures.
and Decision-Making (4) cers, investors and creditors; development of This trip allows students the opportunity to
Focuses on the principles and strategies of com- models for determining and forecasting the profit- immerse themselves in the culture and lifestyle of
munity and economic development in relation to ability and financial position of the global firm. different Asian countries.
participatory role appraisal, livelihood strategies Business valuation techniques, emphasizing cash MIM 588, 589
and assessments, and community leadership and flow projections. Some issues in costs and risk Global Business Strategy I, II (2, 2)
decision making. How to identify the interrela- management. Theoretical principles and practical Identify and analyze factors that have accelerated
tionships and influence of human behavior, natu- approaches of valuation of a global business or the globalization of industries, define the concept
ral resources and economic circumstances. Also business interest, including valuation strategies for of a global strategy, and examine the organization-
focuses particularly on economically-disadvan- specific purposes such as mergers, acquisitions, al issues that are central to enhancing the interna-
taged international communities. Methods of and corporate restructuring, multi-SBU and inter- tional competitiveness of a business enterprise.
engagement between international non-govern- national operations. Prerequisite: MIM 574. Address institutional contexts that facilitate and
mental organizations, corporations, and commu- MIM 573 impede the formulation and implementation of
nities to further their respective and mutual Cases in International Corporate Financial global strategies. Explore the interdependence and
objectives are addressed. Recommended prerequi- Management (4) interrelationships in three geopolitical areas: the
site: MIM 511. This final course in the MIM International United States, the Pacific Rim with emphasis on
MIM 564 Corporate Finance Specialization integrates con- Greater China, Japan and Korea, and the
Global Human Resource Management (4) cepts, tools and knowledge gained from the previ- European Economic Community.
Examines the management of human resources in ous specialization coursework. Case analyses are
the international firm, including motivating and used to enhance analytical and quantitative skills
leading employees in multi-cultural contexts. applied to real-world situations. All case work
Course begins with an analysis of the human focuses on companies having international opera-
resource management philosophies and approach- tions, with particular emphasis on the Asia-Pacific
es to industrial and employee relations in repre- region. Prerequisites: MIM 574, MIM 571, and
sentative countries. Integration of human resource MIM 572.
management systems in international firms,
Graduate School
of Education
Randy Hitz, DEAN

Graduate Programs: licenses must meet the Commission require-

Initial and Continuing Licenses ments in force at the time of the license
Early Childhood Education application.†
Elementary Education
Middle Level Education
High School Education—In cooperation with
† Because licensure rules are controlled by the Oregon
Teacher Standards and Practices Commission, it is possi-
appropriate departments ble that licensure requirements may change. All persons
Specialist Programs—Administrative Studies expecting to be recommended for initial or continuing
(P-12); Postsecondary, licenses should consult with an adviser or contact the
Graduate School of Education Licensure Office, 503-
Adult and Continuing Education; 725-4758.
Library Media; Counselor The school welcomes all students to join
Education (options: School, Clinical Mental in helping us reach our mission: “preparing
Health, Rehabilitation, Marital, Couple and
Family); Literacy Education;
professionals to meet our diverse communi-
Special Education ties’ lifelong educational needs.” The faculty
ESL/Bilingual Education and staff are committed to the following
M.Ed., M.A., M.S.—Education guiding principles as we strive to fulfill our
M.A.T., M.S.T.—In cooperation with appropri- mission:
ate departments 1. We create and sustain educational envi-
Ed.D.—Educational Leadership ronments that serve all students and
(Options: Administration; Curriculum and address diverse needs.
Instruction; Postsecondary Education; 2. We encourage and model exemplary pro-
Special Education)
grams and practices across the life span.
The Graduate School of Education (GSE) 3. We build our programs on the human
has a wide range of comprehensive programs and cultural richness of the University’s
leading to degrees and licensure. It is autho- urban setting.
rized by the Oregon Teacher Standards and 4. We model professionalism and develop
Practices Commission to recommend teach- collaborative efforts that support our mis-
er education and specialist candidates for sion.
both initial licenses and added endorse- 5. We challenge assumptions about our
ments. practice and accept the risks inherent in
GSE programs are fully accredited by the following our convictions.
National Council for Accreditation of 6. We develop our programs to promote
Teacher Education and by the Oregon social justice, especially for groups that
Teacher Standards and Practices have been historically disenfranchised.
Commission. Counselor Education pro- 7. We strive to understand the relationships
grams are accredited by the Council for among culture, curriculum, and practice
Accreditation of Counseling and Related and the long-term implications for eco-
Educational Programs and the Council on logical sustainability.
Rehabilitation Education. Although licen- 8. We model thoughtful inquiry as the basis
sure requirements are incorporated into for sound decision-making.
degree programs, changes by the Oregon
Teacher Standards and Practices
Commission during the life of this catalog
may alter the requirements. Applicants for
96 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Goals and Purposes: Education requirements, the candidate will with themes in: Educational Leadership;
be awarded the appropriate degree and be Postsecondary, Adult, and Continuing
We prepare our candidates to provide recommended, upon request, for the appro- Education (PACE); and Leadership in
leadership in: priate license. Ecology, Culture, and Learning (LECL).
Diversity and Inclusiveness: The purpose of these programs is to pre-
 to work in diverse settings The M.Ed. can be earned by students who
pare educational leaders who are able to
 to promote inclusive and therapeutic have completed PSU’s Graduate Teacher
respond positively, creatively, and proactively
environments to the increasing diversity characterizing our
Education Program (GTEP) and Secondary metropolitan communities and to view
Research-Based Practices and Professional Dual Educator Program (SDEP).
Standards diversity as a foundation upon which to
For GTEP, additional coursework includes:
 to critically analyze and implement Credits
build excellent educational programs for all
research-based practices learners.
CI 563 Teacher as Researcher .................................. 4
 to demonstrate appropriate professional Electives ................................................................. 1-3
All students admitted to the 45-credit
knowledge, skills, and dispositions master’s program must complete four
Impact on Learning and Development For a M.Ed through SDEP, students com- required courses from the Professional
 to ensure all learners and clients succeed plete the following coursework: Studies Core. Other courses listed may be
 to use technology to enhance learning Credits
used as part of the specialization, in consul-
 to influence policy and provide leadership Ed 507 Seminar I: Work sample............................... 2
tation with the student’s adviser. Within
for organizations Ed 507 Seminar II: Work sample.............................. 1 each specialization students may elect to
Evidence Informed Decision Making Ed 507 Seminar III: Job Readiness............................ 1 develop, with their advisers, a general pro-
 to use evidence to solve problems of prac- Ed 509 Initial Field Experience................................. 1 gram or theme (special emphasis or focus).
Ed 580 Adolescent Learners in Inclusive Settings... 2 Themes in educational leadership include:
tice and make educational and therapeu-
Ed 581 Inclusive Classroom Researcher.................... 2
tic decisions educational administration; educational pol-
Ed 582 Collaborative Teaming & SPED Process....... 4
Ed 583 Study Skills & Learning Strategies............... 2 icy analysis; leadership studies; educational
Ed 584 Advocacy & Transition Planning.................. 2 foundations; early childhood administration;
Undergraduate Ed 585 Instructional Planning for Inclusive
Classrooms................................................................. 4
educational research and evaluation; and
leadership in ecology, culture, and learning.
programs Ed 586 Collaborative Teaching................................. 2
Ed 587 Inclusive Ed Research and Leadership......... 2
Themes in postsecondary, adult, and con-
Undergraduate students interested in pur- CI 511 Classroom Management............................... 3 tinuing education include: adult learning
suing a career in teaching should refer to the CI 514 Multicultural & Urban Education................. 3 and development; higher education; student
“Education Programs” section in this catalog CI 519 Special Secondary Methods.......................... 3 services; and training and development.
CI 525 Student Teaching Inclusive Setting............... 6
(page 176) for information regarding recom- CI 525 Student Teaching Fulltime Inclusive........... 12
Professional studies core.....................16 (minimum)
mended preparatory programs for elementa- CI 543 Effective Teaching Strategies & Foundations of Education.....................4 (minimum)
ry and secondary teachers. Materials for Working with Linguistically & †ELP 551 Social Foundations of Education or
Culturally Diverse Learners....................................... 3
ELP 554 Philosophy of Education
CI 548 Advanced Secondary Methods:
Specialty Area............................................................ 3 ELP 555 Gender and Education
Graduate programs SpEd 509 PRAC: Supervised Field Experience.......... 3 ELP 556 Urban Schools and At-Risk Status
ELP 552 History of Education
SpEd 510 Functional Assessment............................. 3
ELP 553 History of American Education
The Graduate School of Education offers SpEd 510 Functional Curriculum.............................. 3
SpEd 512 Diagnostic Assessment............................. 3 ELP 557 Cultural Pluralism and Urban Education
the Doctor of Education, the Master of Research and evaluation.......................4 (minimum)
SpEd 513 Classroom-based Assessment................... 3
Education, Master of Arts, and Master of SpEd 521 Behavior Management............................. 3
†ELP 511 Principles of Educational Research
Science degrees in education. SpEd 525 Student Teaching SPED half time............ 6
and Data Analysis I
Organizational systems..........................4 (minimum)
SpEd 528 Instructional Methods I:
Admission requirements Literacy (mid-lvl/H.S.)................................................ 3
†ELP 568 Educational Organization and
SpEd 529 Instructional Methods II: Math
Adult development................................4 (minimum)
To be admitted to a graduate program in & Content Area Instruction...................................... 3
†ELP 520 Developmental Perspectives on Adult
professional education, the applicant must SpEd 536 Specialized Techniques............................. 3
SpEd 571 Adolescents with Learning
first satisfy minimum University require- Differences................................................................. 2 † Required course.
ments listed on page 67. The applicant must
also meet the admission requirements of Total required 93
In consultation with the adviser, students
specific degree, license, or specialist pro- Master of arts or master of must complete the requirements for their
grams that the school is authorized to offer. science IN EDUCaTION area of specialization (and theme) and select
Detailed information regarding admission The master’s degrees in the Graduate School of one of two options to complete the require-
requirements for the various graduate pro- Education are designed for thoughtful and car- ments for the master’s degree (a thesis or a
grams is available from the Graduate School ing practitioners who have the knowledge, comprehensive examination). The thesis
of Education and on our Web page at www. skills, and desire to critically examine educa- requires an oral examination in addition to tional practices while working to improve the written product. Courses numbered 808
Degree requirements them in ways that are conceptionally sound, are not allowed. Further information about
ethically responsible, and culturally responsive. each of these areas of specialization may be
University graduate degree requirements are obtained from the Graduate School of
listed on page 67. Specific Graduate School Option I: Educational Leadership
Education. For more information please
of Education requirements for degree, edu- and Policy
visit our web site at
cational specialists, or license candidates are The Department of Educational Leadership
listed below. Upon successful completion of and Policy (ELP) offers a department-wide Option II: Curriculum and Instruction
all University and Graduate School of Master of Arts and Master of Science degree The M.A./M.S. degree in education in cur-
riculum and instruction emphasizes profes-
G r a d u at e S c h o o l o f E d u c at i o n 97

sional education. The purpose of the pro- ECE. For more information, please see our Coun 567 Using Tests in Counseling........................ 3
gram is to prepare experienced teachers and Web site at Coun 568 Career and Lifestyle Planning................. 3
Coun 569 Developmental Foundations of
others interested in education to be teacher Counseling................................................................. 3
leaders, create curricula, and respond posi- Coun 570 Legal and Ethical Issues........................... 3
tively to our increasingly diverse schools and Option III: Counselor Education Coun 571 Group Counseling.................................... 3
society. Students can complete the electives All students who are pursuing a master’s Coun 580 Supervision............................................... 1
degree in counselor education must com- Coun 581 Multicultural Perspectives in Counseling.3
in a variety of ways: working toward ESL,
Coun 582 Research and Program Evaluation in
Reading, or Library/Media endorsements, plete core courses with some additional Counseling................................................................. 3
focusing on one of the department special- work needed based on program require- Coun 585 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning I....... 3
izations, or choosing from an array of grad- ments. This program satisfies University and Total 56
uate level classes. Graduate School of Education requirements Clinical Mental Health Counseling
Requirements for the degree are: and is part of the requirements needed prior Specialization. The clinical mental health
1. A program of study consisting of 45 grad- to taking the NCE examination of the counseling specialization prepares individu-
uate-level credits approved by the stu- National Board for Certified Counselors als to work as counselors in private and pub-
dent’s graduate adviser and the depart- (NBCC) or of the Commission on lic clinical mental health agencies, commu-
ment chair, to include: Rehabilitation Counselor Certification nity colleges, universities, employee assis-
a. A minimum of 24 credits in curriculum (CRCC). This program is also approved by tance programs or private practice settings.
and instruction. the Oregon Board of Licensed Professional Prior experience in a helping relationship is
b. A core of studies encompassing prepara- Counselors and Therapists and the Teacher recommended for individuals pursuing this
tion in the areas of teaching and learning, Standards and Practices Commission of specialization. Depending upon one’s choice
curriculum, research and evaluation, Oregon. Students should work with their of setting, the counselor should prepare to
human relations, and multicultural edu- advisers in the process of understanding the offer diagnostic and intervention services to
cation. The precise nature of this core of licensure requirements of both of these cre- the populations seeking counseling. The
studies is specified by the department. dentialing groups. program of study leading to an M.A./M.S.
Degree plans are written in cooperation The primary purpose of the counselor in education with a clinical mental health
with an assigned adviser. education program is to educate competent counseling specialization must include the
c. Eighty-five percent of the required credits counselors for public and private schools, following courses:
must be 500 level. community behavioral health agencies and Credits
d. No more than 6 credits may be 800-level rehabilitation facilities. The program is Core coursework..................................................... 56
courses numbers, if approved by the designed to strengthen competencies in the Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II.................. 3
adviser prior to being used for a master’s behavioral sciences and to broaden the stu- Coun 553 Advanced Therapeutic Strategies........... 3
dents’ background in human growth and Coun 575 Foundations of Couples, Marriage, and
program. Courses numbered 808 are not Family Counseling..................................................... 3
allowed. development, counseling theories and inter- Coun 586 Psychopharmacology and
e. With adviser and department chair ventions, interpersonal relations, individual Mental Illness............................................................ 3
approval, up to 15 credits may be trans- and group processes, career and life-style Coun 587 Foundations of Mental Health
Services....................................................................... 3
ferred in from other institutions. planning, assessment, diagnosis and treat- Coun 588 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning II...... 3
f. With adviser and department chair ment planning, research and program evalu- Coun 544 Consultation: Theory and Practice.......... 2
approval, up to 15 credits from PSU ation, and multicultural aspects of counsel- Coun 546 Grief and Loss........................................... 2
taken prior to admission may be included ing. Coun 572 Systemic Perspectives on Human
Sexuality..................................................................... 3
in the program. Students may pursue one of four areas of
Coun 577 Family Therapy or
g. The total credits of (e.) and (f.) cannot specialization within the counselor educa- Coun 578 Couples Therapy....................................... 3
exceed 15. tion program: clinical mental health coun- Coun 593 Case Management................................... 3
2. The student will select one of three seling, rehabilitation counseling, and school Electives..................................................................... 3
options to complete the requirements for counseling; and marital, couple, and family Total 90
the master’s degree: (1) an independent counseling. This is primarily an evening Rehabilitation counseling specialization.
action research project, (2) a thesis, or (3) weekend program. The program takes three The rehabilitation counseling specialization
a written comprehensive examination. years to complete unless students choose to prepares individuals to work in a variety of
The thesis requires an oral examination in proceed more slowly. settings such as the state/federal rehabilita-
addition to the written product. Note: Students in all four specializations tion system, public and private rehabilita-
Core Classes must complete Coun 541 Introduction to tion facilities, and supported employment
CI 561 Advanced Educational Psychology (3) Counseling and one course in psychopathol- projects, with clients needing vocational and
CI 565 Theoretical Models of Curriculum (3) psychosocial rehabilitation services.
ogy prior to admission or before enrollment
CI 567 Curriculum and Culture (3)
CI 580 Theories of Instruction (3)
in the fall term of the first sequence of Emphasis is on the development of effective
CI 581 Issues in Education (3) coursework. Additional prerequisites are interpersonal counseling skills, vocational
CI 590 Action Research: Proposal (3) specified for students in the school counsel- development, and job placement skills in
Coun 525 Guidance for Classroom Teachers (3) ing specialization (see “Licensure” on page order to assist clients with chronic and
CI 591 Action Research Implementation (3) 99.). Courses numbered 808 are not allowed. severe disabilities in improving the quality
Early Childhood specialization. The Core courses Credits of their lives via self-sufficiency and eco-
Graduate School of Education offers gradu- Coun 504 Internship.................................................. 9 nomic independence.
ate-level courses for professionals seeking to Coun 509 Practicum: Group Counseling.................. 1 Students seeking national certification
Coun 509 Practicum: Counseling............................. 6 from the Commission on Rehabilitation
strengthen their understanding and skills in Coun 509 Practicum: Peer Supervision.................... 2
the area of early childhood education. This Coun 531 Foundations of Substance Abuse
Counselor Certification (CRCC) as rehabili-
coursework focus is appropriate for those Counseling................................................................. 3 tation counselors or state certification by the
pursuing a master’s degree in curriculum Coun 543 Interpersonal Relations............................ 3 Oregon Worker’s Compensation
and instruction with a specialization in Coun 551 Theories and Interventions I................... 3 Department should complete the following
Coun 566 Appraisal Instruments.............................. 1 80 credit program:
98 P o r t l a n d S t at e U n i v e r s i t y

Credits Coun 596 Foundations of School Counseling......... 3 The program of study leading to an M.A.
Core coursework..................................................... 56 Total 75 or M.S. in library media requires the com-
Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II.................. 3
pletion of the following credits:
Coun 583 Job Placement and Training.................... 3 Option IV: Special Education
Coun 590 Foundations of Rehabilitation Credits
The Graduate School of Education offers Lib 509 Initial Practicum........................................... 3
Counseling................................................................. 3
Coun 591 Medical Aspects of Disability.................. 3 comprehensive programs for the professional Lib 530 Literature Promotion Programs K-12......... 3
Coun 592 Psychosocial Aspects of Disability........... 3 preparation of students in special education. Lib 534 Administration of the School
Coun 593 Case Management................................... 3 A master’s degree in special education may Library Media Center................................................ 3
Lib 536 Design and Production of Instructional
Coun 594 Occupational Analysis/Vocational be completed in conjunction with state Media......................................................................... 3
Evaluation................................................................. .3
Coun 595 Contemporary Issues and Applications
licensure in special education or may be Lib 541 Reference and Information Systems and
in Rehabilitation Counseling.................................... 3 completed independently. For licensing Services....................................................................... 4
information see “Programs Leading to Lib 542 Collection Development and Evaluation... 3
Total 80
Lib 547 Library Media Instructional Programs K-12.3
Marital, couple, and family counseling Licensure: Special Education” on Special Lib 548 Organization of Library Media Collections.4
specialization. The marital, couple, and Education Licensure Programs. Lib 561, 562, or 563 Practicum................................. 3
family counseling specialization prepares Students completing a master’s degree Lib 573 Advanced Methods and Procedures in
must complete the special education master’s School Library Media Centers.................................. 3
individuals to work in mental health centers,
Lib 574 Research Strategies for Library Media
community agencies, and other settings in degree core program. The master’s core must Specialists................................................................... 3
which counselors are expected to assist cli- total at least 12 credits beyond initial special Lib 575 Directed Field Expertise............................... 3
ents presenting with couples, family, or rela- education licensure. Courses numbered 808 Lib 576 Planning and Evaluation of Library Media
are not allowed. The master’s degree without Programs.................................................................... 3
tionship issues. Emphasis is placed on teach- Electives..................................................................... 4
ing counselors systemic assessment and Oregon licensure must total at least 45 cred-
In consultation with the adviser, students
intervention in the counseling process. The its (which includes the master’s core).
must complete the course requirements and
program of study leading to an M.A. or Master’s core program. Students must
select one of two options to complete the
M.S. in education with the marital, couple, take SpEd 590 Applied Behavioral Research
requirements for the master’s degree (a thesis
and family specialization requires the com- in Special Education prior to beginning the
or comprehensive examination). The thesis
pletion of the following credits: capstone experience. A student must com-
requires an oral examination in addition to
plete a capstone experience by choosing
Credits the written product. Courses numbered 808
Core coursework..................................................... 56 either the completion of a special project or
are not allowed. For additional information,
Coun 552 Theories and Interventions II.................. 3 a master’s thesis. In addition to the comple-
Coun 572 Systemic Perspectives on Human tion of a written product, the student must Doctor of Education in Educational
Sexuality..................................................................... 3
present his/her project/thesis to the faculty. Leadership. The Ed.D. in Educational
Coun 573 Contemporary Couples, Marriage,
and Family Systems................................................... 3 Students are required to enroll in 6 credits Leadership, offered by the Graduate School
§Coun 574 Family Life Cycle and Transitions.......... 3 of Special Project (SpEd 506) or Thesis of Education, is the school’s highest profes-
Coun 575 Foundations of Couples, Marriage, (SpEd 503). sional degree. It is designed to help formal
and Family Counseling.............................................. 3
The master’s core includes: and informal educational leaders develop
§Coun 577 Family Therapy....................................... 3
SpEd 590 Applied Behavioral Research in
§Coun 578 Couples Therapy..................................... 3 Special Education...................................................... 3 their capacity to provide leadership that
§Coun 579 Advanced Systemic Instructions: Couples SpEd 591 Issues in Special Education....................... 3 makes a positive and significant difference in
and Families............................................................... 3
Coun 555 Counseling Children & Youth.................. 3
A combination of the following: the professional fields and diverse communi-
SpEd 503 Thesis or SpEd 506 Special Project....... 6
Coun 588 Diagnosis & Treatment Planning II......... 3 ties they serve. Emphasis is on the develop-
Electives............................................................... 0-6
Coun 544 Consultation: Theory and Practice.......... 2 ment of excellent professional performance
Total 12
Coun 546 Grief & Loss............................................... 2 as leaders in education in: public and private
Total 90 Students completing the Master’s program schools; community and four-year colleges
§ Coun 573 and 575 recommended prior to enrolling in with a focus on Visually Impaired Learners and universities; community, state, and fed-
these courses. have the option of completing the Master’s
School counseling specialization. The eral educational agencies; and nonschool set-
Core Program as described above or to com- tings, where appropriate.
school counseling specialization prepares indi- plete SPED 590, SPED 591, and an addi-
viduals to work as counselors in school settings. Four specializations are available to stu-
tional 6 elective hours in special education dents: PreK-12 administration specializa-
Emphasis is placed on preparing school coun- AND complete a proctored, written Master's
selors to work with students to support them in tions; curriculum and instruction; postsec-
Comprehensive Examination. ondary and adult and continuing education;
the process of achieving academic, career, and
personal/social success. The 77 credit program Option V: Library Media and special and counselor education. Each
is for individuals who enter the program with The PSU program in library media focuses student is admitted to one of the four spe-
two years of teaching experience. Students who on the preparation of the school library cializations. Students interested in sustain-
cannot document two years of teaching experi- media specialist for professional positions in ability education may request admission
ence must complete a 6-credit, 200- hour effec- K-12 library media centers. The program through any of the four specializations.
tive teaching sequence to obtain licensure as a incorporates all of the coursework that is part General requirements. A minimum of 135
school counselor (see “Licensure” on page 99.) of the library media endorsement plus a credits is required beyond the baccalaureate.
Credits 16-credit core of studies representing Students must either satisfy degree require-
Core coursework..................................................... 56 research and evaluation, human relations, ments in place at the time of admission or,
Coun 527 Counseling Individuals with Diverse and other current topics that apply to the at the student’s option, may elect to apply
Needs........................................................................ .3
library media field. Students work closely requirements adopted after admission.
Coun 545 Youth at Risk............................................ 3
with an adviser to plan a sequence of courses Continuous enrollment is required.
Coun 547 Legal & Ethical Issues in School
Counseling................................................................. 1 that meet program requirements and draw A minimum of 72 credits must be com-
Coun 555 Counseling Children and Youth.............. 3 on their own specific areas of interest. pleted at Portland State University after
Coun 576 Parents, Families, and Communities in admission to the doctoral program, to
Schools....................................................................... 3
Coun 589 Action Research in Counseling................ 3
include the leadership core, specialization,
and dissertation. Early in the program the
G r a d u at e S c h o o l o f E d u c at i o n 99

student and adviser jointly develop an indi- Postsecondary Education (4) approved inquiry strategies, including—but
vidual program of study, approved by the ELP 541 The Community College (4) not limited to—traditional research designs
Independent Study (variable credit)
doctoral program coordinator. Courses and methods, ethnographic and descriptive
Total 24
numbered 808 are not allowed. Special Education and Counselor Education
case studies, policy analyses, product devel-
Credits Required Courses opment and field testing, and program eval-
Leadership core SpEd/Coun 607 Problem-centered Studies in uation. A minimum of 18 credits is directed
Ed 620 Doctoral Studies Proseminar . ..................... 4 Special and Counselor Education: toward the dissertation project.
Seminar I, II, III.................................................... 18
Ed 630 Principles and Practices of Learning............ 4
SpEd/Coun 604 Internship†................................. 12
Residency. As is required for all doctoral
Ed 640 Organizational Leadership Theory degrees at PSU, candidates for the Ed.D.
and Research in Education....................................... 4 in College Teaching (3-6)
Ed 650 Educational Policy and Politics ................... 4 and/or in Pre-service Supervision (3-6) degree fulfill the residency requirement after
Ed 660 Foundations of Research Paradigms and and/or in School Settings (3-6) admission to the doctoral program.
Methods..................................................................... 4 and/or in Community Agencies (3-6) Candidates must register for a minimum of
Ed 661 Qualitative Research Methods Total 30 three consecutive terms of full-time
in Education.............................................................. 4 † Minimum of 12 credits. As part of each internship,
Ed 662 Quantitative Research Methods students/and faculty will attend an internship seminar. approved graduate study at PSU (at least 9
in Education.............................................................. 4 The cognate field (where required 12-18 credits per term) through coursework, the
Specialization..................................................... 24-36 credits). Students in postsecondary, adult, study of practice (i.e., field-based work),
PreK-12 Administration
and continuing education must complete credits by arrangement, and/or dissertation
Required Courses................................................... 8 credits. Foreign language competency is not
ELP 658 Social, Historical, Philosophical, and
work in a field(s) outside the Graduate
Cultural Foundations of Educational School of Education that complement(s) required for the Ed.D. degree.
Administration (4) their degree program. The cognate might be
ELP 659 Theory, Research, and Practice
used for several purposes: to gain further
in Educational Administration (4)
Integrative Themes.............................................. 16 knowledge about theories and conceptual Licensure
The student, in consultation with the adviser, will frameworks developed by those in other Testing requirements for program com-
develop a specialization in one of the following fields that have been or might be applied to
integrative themes. It is possible to use courses pletion and Oregon’s test pass rates.
from more than one theme in developing a new education; to develop in-depth knowledge of Federal regulations require that potential
integrated theme. and skill with specific inquiry methods; and applicants and the general public are
District-level Administration. Coursework for the to gain greater breadth in related fields. The
superintendent license may be used in this informed of the following:
theme. cognate credits for the special and counselor In Oregon, a system of multiple measures
School-level Administration. Coursework for the education program are as follows: Students is used to determine the status of program
administrator license may be used in this theme.
with a M.A./M.S. in special education must completers, who can then be recommended
Educational Policy. This theme focuses on policy
development and political processes, building on take 12-15 credits of coursework in counsel- to the Teacher Standards and Practices
a solid foundation in educational sociology, his- or education. Students with an M.A./M.S. Commission for licensure. One component
tory, philosophy, research, evaluation, diversity,
and pluralism. in counselor education must take 12-15 of this system requires the educator to pass
Total 24
credits of coursework in special education. A both a basic skills test and a battery of sub-
Curriculum and Instruction list of preferred coursework is available from ject matter tests. For basic skills testing the
Required Courses................................................... 3 the Department of Special and Counselor educator may choose to take the California
CI 610 Research and Resources in Curriculum Education. The cognate credits for PreK-12 Basic Educational Skills Test (CBEST) or
and Instruction (3)
Integrative Themes for Change..................... 30-33
administration are optional, and the C+I the PRAXIS I: Pre-Professional Skills Test
The student, in consultation with the adviser, specialization does not require a cognate. (PPST). Authorizations in early childhood,
either will develop an integrative theme to be Electives. Students may include up to 57 elementary, and middle level teaching
proposed as their specialization credits or select credits as electives. Electives might include
an existing specialization, such as reading and